Business
Health
Wellness
Relationships
Culture
GET THE CURRENT ISSUE

Beyond the Image

Develop beyond the image in your career and in your life! Hosted by photographer, best selling author and entrepreneur coach James Patrick, this podcast is made for entrepreneurs who are looking to level up in their careers. This show will give you the tools, resources, insights and information you need to be unapologetically successful. Listen in and learn how you too can develop beyond the image!

No BS Approach to Business Development with Vanessa Joy

Business development is likely the most stressful element of a photographer’s career. Having to market and sell while navigating the relentless fear of rejection is what separates those who are able to successful grow their careers from those who continue to struggle.

Well, let’s fix that, shall we?

My guest today on the Beyond the Image podcast is Vanessa Joy. She has worked with thousands of photographers not only in mastering their craft, but to actually build a sustainable business.

Vanessa is a Canon Explorer of Light and has generated a multi-million dollar photography business working with brands such as BravoTV, Hilton Grand Vacations, Profoto and more.

In this episode of the podcast, Vanessa and I dive deep into the reality of marketing and business development for creative professionals, what works, what doesn’t work and what ultimately is the one thing that can generate new business.

As a gift for listeners, Vanessa Joy has a free social media guide. Just DM her “instatips” to her IG at https://www.instagram.com/vanessajoy

Thank you for checking out the Beyond the Image podcast. As always we appreciate your reviews on the Apple Podcast App, Spotify or wherever you get your episodes!

https://jamespatrick.com/ 

Check out this episode!

[FREE GUIDE] Legacy Planner Annual Goal Strategy Guide

The last planner you will ever need! Plan out your year, months, weeks and days with The Legacy Planner to get more done, stay on track and chart out your most successful year ever!

Why do some individuals seem to possess the capacity to consistently achieve great things in their lives, while others tend to struggle? Perhaps you have wondered the same thing and questioned what specifically separates the two groups.

If we are to believe musings from the infinite parade of social media memes, then each of us are already abundant with endless potential. Yet despite that potential, for some unknown reason, only a small percentage of the population seems to have the right key to unlock it.

To add to the confusion, that “key” is often defined as simply being the result of hard work, grit, hustle, persistence, determination, perseverance, or a multitude of other buzzwords that sound really great and empowering—but don’t actually provide a concrete answer.

What is it that actually separates the individual who is able to achieve his or her health goals from someone who battles with their health year after year? What distinguishes the efforts of the person who stimulates and grows their mental acuity from someone who regularly suffers from stress and atrophy? What is different about those who foster enriching relationships from others who remain lonely? And what distinguishes someone who achieves their business goals from those who do not?

For the past decade, these questions have been central in author James Patrick’s obsession behind deconstructing and comprehending how humans are able to cultivate change, and thereby achieve success within their lives. His goal was to decipher the exact methodology of achievement, systemize it, and make that approach accessible so others could put it into action.

Through his editorial research, the writing of his best-selling book Fit Business Guide: The Workout Plan for Your Brand, and the hundreds of interviews he conducted for the podcast Beyond the Image, James discovered the elements that are responsible for crafting change, and devised how to reserve engineer them so they can be applied to anything we wish to achieve.

After all, success leaves clues.

What those clues have shown is that creating the change you seek and turning the impossible to possible comes down to three essential pillars: Vision. Purpose. Legacy.

The Legacy Planner is how you can apply all three to your own life to ignite the change, growth, and success you’ve always imagined.

GET A FREE PDF COPY AT https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

OR GET PRINT COPIES ON AMAZON AT https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0BJ4R45NV 

Check out this episode!

I Got Scammed

Early in my career I got scammed by a client who hired me to photograph an event for his company, and then never paid me. His company eventually disappeared and two decades passed until I came across him again.

He had relocated, launched a new company and was on the cover of a pay to be featured magazine. 

What happened next with the magazine was really interesting.

[NEWS] The Legacy Planner is newly updated for 2025! Get your copy now at https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/ 

Check out this episode!

Your Watermarks Suck

The last time I dared talk about photographers using watermarks, I got a few (okay, a lot) of angry messages.

But I hope this time you hear me out on why watermarking your photos is a futile effort that only satiates ego and does nothing to actually help your brand or business.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Getting Fired by Clients

By default we only want to share our wins and successes. The fear is that if we are open and honest about projects that don’t go well or client experiences that are not stellar that it will somehow reflect negatively upon us. The truth is, when we only share the positives about our careers, it gives a false aspiration of what a creative career truly looks like.

Throughout our careers we will lose more work than we will ever win. That is the simple math of it. And once we acknowledge that reality – we can begin to look at losses as not failures but as opportunities to learn and improve our services to the right clients.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Photographers Give Terrible Advice

When I am in the mood to torture myself, I hop over to Photography Facebook Groups and read the comment sections whenever a photographer asked for help, support or advice.

The inevitable result is a barrage of awful keyboard critics giving the worst advice pretending they are being altruistic and supportive – but in reality just trying to keep others out of the industry they believe they are at the center of.

In this episode I discuss what happened when a photographer made the mistake of asking for help.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Nightmare Photo Shoos **Halloween Special!**

I selected 13 (of course) of the most terrifying photo experiences I’ve had in my 20+ year career. Everything from having people physically assault me to say I’m too young to be a photographer.

Enjoy my awful memories while I go into an anxiety attack reliving these horrific experiences.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

How to Ask a Photographer to Work for Free

Okay don’t get too mad at me for this episode! It is not that I am encouraging photographers that they have to work for free. But I wanted to dissect how someone could professionally and respectfully ask a photographer to collaborate or provide services at low-to-no cost.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Competition in Photography

How do we best compete as photographers in a way that supports the community and industry as a whole? And what happens when photographers go against that supportive environment and try to harm other’s businesses?

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses both sides of competition from healthy to unhealthy.

Connect with James Patrick at https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

When Should Photographers Work for Free

When should photographers work for free? If you’ve followed me for anything length of time, you’ve seen the numerous videos and posts I’ve done about cheap clients trying to take advantage of photographers. You would, no doubt, asssume I would be diligent about saying that no photographer or creative should ever work for free.

But that is not what I feel at all. In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, I chat about the times when photographers and creatives should consider taking out the camera without being paid.

What do you think? Connect with me on my website https://jamespatrick.com/ or Instagram https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto

 

Check out this episode!

Creating Your Style as a Photographer

When we think about creating our style as a photographer (or any creative professional) what we intially think is that we have to niche down who our core market is and the type of work we will be focusing on. And we are not wrong to think that.

But surprisingly, there is actually a tremendous amount more we can do to define our style as a creative.

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses a myriad of ways that photographers, videographers and fellow creatives can begin the process of defining and carving out their unique style to help them stand out from their competition in the marketplace.

Connect with James
https://jamespatrick.com/
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto

 

Check out this episode!

Camera Settings for Various Situations

In this episode of The Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick reviews his recomended camera settings for a variety of various situational photo shoots.

From in studio portraits to on location action photos to window lit natural light photos. James reviews each scenario and gives his recommended settings for ISO, f-stop and shutter speed.

In addition, James reviews recommended camera settings to help work more efficiently when doing your photo shoots.

Connect with James at JamesPatrick.com or IG @JPatrickPhoto

Check out this episode!

Questions to Ask Before Pricing Your Photography Services

“What do you charge” is a quesiton that can immediately generate a lot of panic for any photorapher. The fear is that the client is immediately trying to frame your pricing so they can find a potentially cheaper service provider. And likely, you may not be wrong.

But what about those times when a genuine client approaches you with a real project? How do you help ensure you are best equipped with all of the right information to help you make an accurate price proposal and bid so you ultimately win more work?

In this episode I talk about specific questions you should consider asking your prospective clients before you send over a price.

Connect with me at https://jamespatrick.com/ or https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto 

Check out this episode!

Best & Worst Photo Gear

In over two decades as a professional photographer, I’ve spent more than I will ever admit on photo gear. From cameras to lenses, from modifiers to lights, from tripods to c-stands and from computers to editing softwares.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, I spill the tea on all my favorite pieces of gear I’ve ever purchased as well as all of the items I wish I could get my money back on.

Have you bought and loved or purchased and regretted any of these items?

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto
https://www.instagram.com/jamespatrickphotos/
https://jamespatrick.com/

 

Check out this episode!

Are Magazines Screwed?

Short answer: VERY

I’ve spent over 20 years working in print media and even own two magazines. So you can say I have a vested interest in this topic and this industry.

I want to deep dive into how magazines got themselves into the hole they have with subscribers and with advertisers.

Also I will explore what, if anything, magazine publisher’s can do to help salvage (or even save) the industry.

You can listen to the Beyond the Image podcast wherever you get your episodes.

Connect with me on Instagram @JPatrickPhoto or my website www.JamesPatrick.com

Check out this episode!

How to Take Good Photos of Bad Subjects

Today, we’re talking about how to get good photos of bad subjects. When I say bad subjects, I don’t mean they’re bad people. What I mean is, they’re just not great on camera. 

“Regardless of how bad someone thinks they are on camera, it’s our job as photographers to make something great. And if not great, to make something usable.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Are most subjects good on camera?

  • Why you should communicate and give direction to your subjects. 

  • The power of preset ideas and having a visual representation on set. 

  • Starting safe instead of ending safe. 

  • Making micro adjustments. 

  • Paying attention to body language. 

  • Knowing when to stop. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Protect Your Photo Business

Today, we’re talking about bad actors or bad faith clients. These are clients who could potentially be trying to rip off your business, steal from you and try to take advantage of you as a small business owner. 

“This can be, not only financially detrimental, it can be emotionally taxing.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Certain situations James has had in his businesses with bad actors. 

  • Things you can do as a photographer to protect yourself and your business. 

  • What a contract actually does. 

  • The power of saving all your communication. 

  • Why you should listen to your intuition and be okay saying no. 

  • Should you collect a deposit?

  • Facts over feelings. 

  • The last resort that will work. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

WWE VP of Photography Brad Smith

Welcome to the relaunch of the Beyond the Image Podcast! A show for creatives, made by a creative.

If you’ve listened to this show over the last few years, you’ll realize it’s rare I bring a guest back on a second time. This is a mistake I want to rectify. I went back to our episode from March 5, 2019 with one of the first guests I had on. 

I heard this individual speaking on a webinar series on how creative professionals can navigate their career and try to procure work from bigger and better clients so they can scale their business and I knew I needed to have him on the podcast so I can pick his brain. 

In his career he has been the Director of Photography at Sports Illustrated, a Senior Photo Editor for the New York Times, and the Associate Director of Photography for the White House. Currently, he is the VP of Photography for the WWE and I could not think of anyone better to bring back as a guest for the 600th episode of this show. 

Welcome, Brad Smith, back to the show. 

“The key thing to remember is, it’s a marathon,  not a sprint.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A review of Brad Smith’s professional career trajecetory.

  • What inspired Brad to take on the role of a leader and teacher in the photography industry. 

  • The most important realization you can have as a photographer. 

  • What will keep getting you jobs over and over again. 

  • The power of connecting with your clients. 

  • Why you need word of mouth in your business 

  • How deliverables have changed over time. 

  • What Brad and the WWE is looking for when looking at a photographer’s social media and portfolio. 

  • Being willing to evolve and adapt. 

  • The one character trait that will lead to better photographs. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Connect with Brad

Website: https://www.wwe.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

How I Radically Increased My Photography Income

Here at the studio last week, we had our 4th annual get together where we had different creatives (whether photographers, videographers, producers, designers, etc.) to talk about the state of where the industry is at right now and the challenges we are facing as creatives within our businesses and to start to share best practices on how we can navigate these things. 

 

The thing that kept coming up over the course of this 3 hour conversation is that so many creatives are still struggling with ways to develop new business for their companies. 

 

Let’s talk about it. 

“Having a specialty, never stopper me from working in any industry or any genre.” 

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • What most of us are relying on for our business. 

  • How James was able to scale his business and what strategies he was implementing. 

  • 8 different things that James did in his business. 

  • The power of having a speciality. 

  • A strong way to stand out. 

  • Effective outbound marketing. 

  • Being seen by your ideal client. 

  • Why you need proactive marketing strategies. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Dealing with Haters Online

In today’s episode, I want to talk about haters. Also known as, online trolls. In 20 years of running different businesses, I’ve had to navigate my fair share of trolling hate online. When you’re just starting in a new industry, this crap could be devastating. So, let’s talk about it. 

“If you’re not upsetting anyone, then you are simply not doing enough to be noticed.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What happened to James early in his career when he experienced online trolling. 

  • The realization James had that changed everything. 

  • What it actually means when you get haters. 

  • A reminder of why you do the work you do and who you do it for. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Launching a Photography Business

Before I really launched into my career as a professional photographer, I had a lot of hesitations and reservations. I had a lot of thoughts and questions about if I could make it. Had I allowed those thoughts to take root, I never would’ve picked up a camera. Let’s talk about what it takes to be successful. 

“What is actually stopping you from getting started?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Initial thoughts I had when starting my photography business.

  • The real reason why I’ve had over 20 years of success and awards in my business. 

  • How to have success in any industry.

  • How to stay exactly where you are now. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 596: Photographing SI Swimwear’s In Her Words with Taylor Ballantyne

Photographing SI Swimwear’s In Her Words with Taylor Ballantyne

Hosted by: James Patrick

We have a brand new approach for an episode today. I get to speak to a creative and we are going to unpack their catalog, work, and experiences and get a behind the scenes look at what it takes to bring some of these projects to fruition. 

 

My guest today who I’m chatting with it Taylor Ballantyne, a photographer and director. 

“It’s our responsibility to learn how people are digesting information, first and foremost.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • How Taylor got her start into photography, started working with fashion brands, and then became a director.

  • The power of taking the time to learn and work on different projects in different industries during your career. 

  • How work ethic has changed over time and why. 

  • The lack of communication this generation is facing. 

  •  Why it’s so important to continue to evolve.

  • Behind the scenes stories from some of Taylor’s projects. 

  • Working with models who aren’t comfortable. 

  • Are personal and business really separate?

  • What Taylor is most excited for next in her career. 

Connect with Taylor

Website: www.taylorballantyne.com

Instagram: @taylorbphoto @taylorbfilm

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 595: Things I USED To Think Mattered as a Photographer

Things I USED To Think Mattered as a Photographer 

Hosted by: James Patrick

There’s a handful of things I thought really used to matter as my career as a photographer. At some point in the 20 years, I’ve realized that these are things that don’t matter at all. Let’s talk about those things in this episode. 

“There is no right and no wrong in your stance as a creative professional in any of these things.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • 8 things I used to think really mattered as a photographer. 

  • What prevented me from outsourcing to editors. 

  • Should you set longer usage terms?

  • What I think about giving your clients RAW files. 

  • Tagging and being tagged. 

  • Why the brand and amount of gear doesn’t actually matter. 

  • What really matters at the end of the day. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 594: Producing a Fashion Photoshoot

Producing a Fashion Photoshoot 

Hosted by: James Patrick

We have a pretty large fashion campaign we’re doing in the studio tomorrow. This got me thinking about discussing all of the essential steps required in the pre-production of having a successful fashion campaign. Let’s get into it. 

“Once we set the theme, that will help us dictate all the other decisions we have to make.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • What pre-production looks like in order to ensure the campaign goes successfully 

  • The importance of developing the theme or overall art direction of the campaign. 

  • Is the location important?

  • How James selects his models. 

  • The different teams that need to be hired. 

  • What storyboarding looks like and why James does it. 

  • One of the earliest mistakes James made in his career. 

  • The balance of creating commonality along with variety. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 593: Creating Community Over Competition with Corey Spiegel

Creating Community Over Competition with Corey Spiegel

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

 

Today, we’re talking about the power of human connection. It is so easy to get lost in this endless sea of competition and comparison. It’s so simple to put yourself on an island and to contrast yourself against the rest of your industry and community. In this episode, we’re talking about working through that and forming connections.

 

My guest today is Corey Spiegel, she’s the founder of Light House.

 

 

” people are very accepting when you peel back that layer and get real.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Corey’s inspiration behind her business and what she does.

  • What human connection is and why it’s important.

  • Why there may be resistance to human connection in today’s world.

  • How to get people to engage and connect and why being silent isn’t an option.

  • The cons of social media.

 

 

Connect with Corey

Website: www.findyourlighthouse.com

Instagram: @findyour_lighthouse

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 592: Photographers Who Suck

Photographers Who Suck

Hosted by: James Patrick

Some photographers just suck, so in this episode, let’s give them a name. 

“The common denominator is them.” 

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • A list of photographers who really suck and why. 

  • What these photographers are doing in their free time. 

  • Advice for the photographers who made this list. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 591: Self-Care for the Modern Entrepreneur with Daniel James

Self-Care for the Modern Entrepreneur with Daniel James

Hosted by: James Patrick

I still need to be reminded about the importance of prioritizing ourselves so that we can show up better in other places. We’re going to chatting about self-care today and where self-care could potentially be going. 

 

My guest today is the founder and CEO of Vortex, Daniel James. 

 

“When you feel good, you do better.” 

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Daniel’s company and why he felt it was needed in the marketplace. 

  • Spa culture.

  • Are men more resistant to self-care?

  • The side effects of not taking care of yourself. 

  • What makes Vortex different. 

  • Helping people reframe what self-care means to them. 

  • The most common objections people have to self-care. 

  • Where Daniel sees this industry going. 

Connect with Daniel

Website: www.vortexwellness.ca

Instagram: @vortexwellness.ca

Personal Instagram: @danielcjames

After free trial: 15% off for life with the code VORTEX: www.nucalm.com

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 590: Should Photographers Give RAW Files to Clients?

Should Photographers Give RAW Files to Clients?

Hosted by: James Patrick

Today, we’re addressing the question, “Should you as a photographer be giving away your RAW files?” Lets dive into it!

“Asking for the RAW file ensures you’re getting the highest quality and highest file size.” 

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Multiple reasons why clients may ask for the RAW files.  

  • Why certain clients may need unedited photos. 

  • Understanding photo rights and usage. 

  • The divisive stances between photographers on this topic. 

  • The importance of knowing the clients wants and needs. 

  • Is there a right or wrong answer to this question?

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 589: When to Hire a VA with Kaelyn Marie Fuglaar

When to Hire a VA with Kaelyn Marie Fuglaar 

Hosted by: James Patrick

Today, we’re talking all about outsourcing: when to outsource, what tasks you should outsource, and how to get the most ROI when you choose to outsource. I’ve been outsourcing work for 18 years of the 20 years I’ve been in business and I can you that I wish I would’ve outsourced 2 years sooner. 

 

My guest today is Kaelyn, the owner of Kaelyn Marie Virtual Assistant, who has also been the podcast editor of our show for years. 

“Having someone who believes in what you’re doing is going to also show in their work and their work ethic in what they do for you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Kaelyn’s journey to become a virtual assistant. 

  • How to determine what areas of your business you should outsource. 

  • Gaining trust with the people you outsource to. 

  • The importance of feedback and communication in your work relationships.

  • Ways to find the right person for your business and the questions you should be asking. 

  • Calculating your hourly rate. 

  • Why you don’t need your team members to be in-person anymore. 

Connect with Kaelyn

Instagram: @kaelynmarievirtualassistant

Website: www.kaelynmarieva.com

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 588: 7 Ways to Get MORE Clients as a Photographer

7 Ways to Get MORE Clients as a Photographer 

Hosted by: James Patrick

There is a very finite number of things a photographer can do to get work. In this episode, we’re diving into the 7 things a photographer can do to get more clients. 

“Nothing will work better than manual outbound.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • 7 different strategies to get new clients. 

  • How paid ads have changed over the years and how you should be using it in your business. 

  • What’s less costly and can be more effective than paid advertising. 

  • Why word of mouth marketing leads to the highest conversion rate. 

  • How to achieve the highest ROI. 

  • What to do right now if you have a smaller budget. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 587: Why Your Ads Aren’t Working with Jason Wojo

Why Your Ads Aren’t Working with Jason Wojo 

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, we’re talking about how we can best leverage advertising to enhance the awareness of our brand and generate leads for our business. We’re also going to dissect what works in advertising and what may be a useless investment.  

 

My guest today is Jason Wojo. He’s a 9 figure advertiser and the owner of Wojo Media. 

“We’re in a space where everybody’s mind is cookie cutter and we’re trying to get business owners out of that.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • How Jason runs his agency differently than most. 

  • Why controversies sells

  • The biggest mistakes entrepreneurs are making when running their ads. 

  • How to get better results when hiring an agency. 

  • Speed is not always better. 

  • How much you should spend on ads and when you can expect a return on ads. 

  • What a ramp up looks like. 

  • The power of video ads. 

  • Why having accountability plays a huge role. 

  • The reason entertainment content has worked better than any other content. 

  • Do people watch replays?

  • What we can anticipate moving forward to capture people’s attention. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Connect with Jason

Instagram: @thejasonwojo

Website: www.thewojomedia.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 586: Why We Closed Get Published LIVE

Why We Closed Get Published LIVE

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, we’re sharing about why we’re closing the doors on something that we worked on over the last 10 years.

“We decided we no longer wanted to be on the sidelines.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • The original event and where the idea came from. 

  • The history of previous events. 

  • The reason behind our rebrand in 2022.

  • Why we’re retiring the Get Published LIVE brand and what’s coming next. 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 585: Getting Your Brand Published with Chelsea Clarke

Getting Your Brand Published with Chelsea Clarke

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, I have Chelsea Clarke with me, the editor of Icon Refined Magazine. We’re talking about leveraging the power of earned media to amplify brand awareness and generate leads for your business.  

“You have to figure out what you’re bringing to the table, where it could best be placed and who’s listening to that.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Takeaways and observations Chelsea had after meeting face-to-face with the attendees of this year’s Get Published Live event.

  • What obstacles attendees were able to work through at the event. 

  • Getting clear on what media you want and why. 

  • Figuring out where to place your message. 

  • How to resist putting media pitches on the back burner. 

  • A glimpse behind what happens on the receiving side of your pitch. 

  • How to get noticed by editors. 

  •  

Connect with Chelsea 

Email: editor@iconrefined.com

Instagram: @iconrefinedmag

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 584: Growth of Independent Magazines with Kaneo Biggs & Chelsea Clarke

Growth of Independent Magazines with Kaneo Biggs & Chelsea Clarke

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, I have two amazing guests with me; Chelsea Clarke, the editor of Icon Refined Magazine and the one and only, Kaneo Biggs, Publisher and Editor in Chief of Ellements Magazine. 

 

Today, we’re diving into how magazines have changed and evolved over time. 

“Magazines still rank number one.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • The role and value that magazines have with audiences today.  

  • The timelessness of being published in a magazine. 

  • Do people care about being on the magazine’s website or being on the magazine’s Instagram?

  • How much sponsored content has changed over the years. 

  • Why people want publicists and how it affects pitches. 

  • The advantage of working with independent publications over a traditional publishing house. 

Connect with Chelsea 

Email: editor@iconrefined.com

Instagram: @iconrefinedmag

 

Connect with Kaneo 

Website: ellementsmagazine.com

Instagram: @ellementsmagazine

Email: k.biggs@ellementsmagazine.com

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 583: Shooting the Cover of Paradise Valley City Lifestyle with Nadine Bubeck

Shooting the Cover of Paradise Valley City Lifestyle with Nadine Bubeck

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, we are going to be diving into my recent cover shoot for Paradise Valley City Lifestyle magazine. 

 

My guest today is Nadine Bubeck. She’s the publisher of Paradise Valley City Lifestyle magazine. 

“I believe in timing, I believe in fate. I believe things happen and unfold all at the right reason and the right timing.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Nadine’s background and story. 

  • How Nadine has been able to stay in the television industry without losing time with her kids. 

  • Is print media at risk?

  • Why Nadine chose to go back into print magazine. 

  • The power of multimedia.

  • A complete behind the curtain of the cover shoot. 

  • Why Nadine chose the specific women she did. 

  • The importance of storytelling. 

  • Using social media to help your business. 

  • How to get your media pitch to stand out.

  • What details should go into your pitch and what shouldn’t. 

  • Structuring content effectively. 

  •  

We are ONE WEEK out from our 10th annual Get Published Live event! Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with Nadine 

Website: citylifestyle.com/paradisevalley 

Instagram: @paradisevalleycitylifestyle

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 582: Are Business Coaches Lying to You?

Are Business Coaches Lying to You?

Hosted by: James Patrick

Are business coaches lying to you? If you’ve seen this show or listened to any previous episodes, you know the answer is probably going to be yes. So, let’s unpack what that looks like. 

“You can’t actually coach someone in 15 minutes.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A sneak peek behind the scenes of a business coach’s program. 

  • Identifying the lie business coaches sell. 

  • Should you trade time for money?

  • Coaching one thing yet doing spending else. 

We are ONE WEEK out from our 10th annual Get Published Live event! Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

How to Price Creative Services

Let’s have a conversation about how you can be pricing your photo services. 

“Pricing as a creative is hard.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Determining what you should be charging. 

  • 3 pillars that will guide you as you price your services.

  • The questions you need to answer before pricing your services. 

  • Establishing the creative and economic value. 

  • Determining the opportunity value. 

  • Why there is no standard rate. 

We are 2 weeks out from our 10th annual Get Published Live event! Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #580: Why the Algorithm Hates You

Why the Algorithm Hates You

Hosted by: James Patrick

Do you ever get a feeling that the Instagram algorithm hates you? I think I might have an idea why. 

Let’s dive into in this episode. 

 

“It was already daunting to begin with and it seems to have only gotten more daunting. “

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What content is working right now. 

  • What content isn’t working right now. 

  • How our attention span affects the type of content we will consume. 

  • How the instagram app guides us through content now. 

  • 3 types of content you can produce. 

  • What type of content you must lead with now in order to grab your audience’s attention. 

  • Getting your content to be shared and land on the explore page. 

  • Things to focus on to improve your content.  

We are 1 month out from our 10th annual Get Published Live event!  Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 579: Red Flag Requests for Clients

Red Flag Requests for Clients

Hosted by: James Patrick

I’ve fallen for some pretty dumb requests as a photographer. 

 

In this episode, let’s look at some of the red flag requests that potential clients could be throwing your way. 

“You are not required to work for less to help someone else make more.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Things James has fallen for in the past. 

  • Red flag statements and the translations of what they actually mean. 

  • Why you shouldn’t move forward rental clients say any of these things to you. 

  • The one thing to take from this episode. 

Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 578: Dealing with Excuses

Dealing with Excuses

Hosted by: James Patrick

People making excuses about why they don’t want to buy our products and services sucks. But, maybe we’re not actually hearing and understanding why these excuses are happening. 

 

Let’s talk about dealing with excuses in today’s episode. 

“What does that say about your confidence in your product or service?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Diving into the excuses and what they actually mean. 

  • The narrative we tell ourselves when people tell us no. 

  • The truth behind the excuses. 

  • Why tricky language and clever sales scripts is not the answer. 

  • How to actually make sales. 

Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 577: What to Charge and How to Set Your Rates

What to Charge and How to Set Your Rates

Hosted by: James Patrick

My most profitable years in business were not the years that I made the most money.

 

In this podcast, let’s talk about how to successfully budget in your business and determine what you need to be charging so you can increase your profitability. 

“Not every hour you’re working in the week, you’re actually making money.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What information you need to know before setting your rates. 

  • Real examples of business costs.

  • How to calculate the time you will be available to work in one year. 

  • How to calculate the hourly rate you need to make in order to hit your goal.

  • Overhead hours and billable hours.

  • How to hit your goals and set a budget you can actually achieve. 

Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 576: Really Bad Pitch

Really Bad Pitch 

Hosted by: James Patrick

I for a really, really bad pitch recently. So, let’s dive into why this pitch was so offensively bad and how to avoid pitches this bad when you’re trying to warn media features. 

“When we’re getting pitches, we have to really quickly decide if this person is right for our audiences.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The key to finding a good guest. 

  • Why the length of a pitch matters. 

  • What you must have in your pitch in order to be seriously considered. 

  • How to craft a good follow up.

  • What not to say in a follow up email. 

  • The importance of considering the mutual benefit. 

Learn how to land and leverage media features at Get Published Live: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #575: Photo Scam to Watch Out For

Photo Scam to Watch Out For

Hosted by: James Patrick

There’s now a new scam out there to watch out for and photographers are the ones being targeted. Let’s talk about it in this episode.

“Scammers are often provided scripts and manuals to help them increase the attraction you have to them and decrease any resistance or barriers you might have,”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How the scam starts.

  • An example of a recent scam someone tried on James.

  • What the scammers try to do to you and how.

  • The different sites scammers are utilizing to scam people.

Get Published: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Apply to IconRefined Magazine: https://iconrefined.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 574: Be the Perfect Podcast Guest with Ella Lucas-Averett

Be the Perfect Podcast Guest with Ella Lucas-Averett

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

 

There are few things more frustrating and more annoying than when you bring a guest onto your show and you’re excited to dive into a conversation with them, but that guest falls completely flat.

 

In today’s episode, we’re going to be chatting about how you can show up and shine as a guest on a show so that the hosts want you back and can’t wait to share it with their audience.

 

 

“In order to stand out, in order to cut through the noise, you need to be excellent.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Ella got started in podcasting.

  • Things the best speakers in the world do.

  • Why focusing on the outcome you’re going to create for the listener is vital.

  • Things to ask a podcast host before being a guest.

  • Why losing podcast listeners is more detrimental than other social media platforms.

  • Do you have to air a bad episode?

  • Sending your outline ahead of time.

  • How to be in the top 2% in the industry.

  • Capitalizing on your investment.

  • The power of repurposing podcast interviews.

 

 

Last week of pre-sale for Get Published Live! All details & tickets here: https://getpublishedlive.com/

 

 

Connect with Ella

A Better Podcast Handout HERE

Instagram: @onairwithella

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 573: Getting Rejected to Speak on Stage

Getting Rejected to Speak on Stage

Hosted by: James Patrick

I just got rejected and that sucks. In this episode, I’m talking about how to navigate and deal with it. 

“It’s equally as important to talk about the things that I, as a host but also a coach, am going through that has not worked.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why it’s important for James to share this experience. 

  • The most effective way of getting new leads from your target audience. 

  • How to create a proper submission.

  • What you can do when you receive a rejection. 

  • Putting forth the best effort you can. 

Last week of pre-sale for Get Published Live! All details & tickets here: https://getpublishedlive.com/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 572: Avoid Being Taken Advantage of in Business

Avoid Being Taken Advantage of in Business 

Hosted by: James Patrick

Do you ever get the sense that someone is trying to take advantage of your business?

 

In this episode, we’re going to talk about how to spot it and how to respond to it. 

“You are not required to deal with someone’s emotional immaturity.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Red flags to look out for when doing business. 

  • Why you need to get all the details.

  • The importance of making sure you have your contracts signed before moving forward. 

  • Specific things to say in these situations.  

  • How to respond in a professional way and establish boundaries. 

  • Trusting your intuition. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 571: The Software Every Entrepreneur Needs

The Software Every Entrepreneur Needs

Hosted by: James Patrick

I’m in a lot of Facebook groups for my industry and I see a very similar question pop up a lot. 

“What is the best software for…?” “What is the thing you use for…?” 

Regardless of what the question was, I have an answer for you in today’s episode. 

 

“The best one to use is the one you’re using right now.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why entrepreneurs are asking for input on this specific topic.

  • Finding what works for you. 

  • What you should do instead of asking for input. 

  • How simple it is to switch platforms. 

  • Utilizing free trials.  

  • Why you don’t need other peoples opinions. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 570: Get Your Brand to Stand Out with Chris Do

Get Your Brand to Stand Out with Chris Do

Hosted by: James Patrick

On the podcast today is Chris Do. He’s a branding coach and branding strategist and the recent cover of our issue of Icon Refined Magazine. 

“You’re either selling or being sold to.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Chris started in branding. 

  • Why entrepreneurs struggle to understand how their brands work in the marketplace. 

  • The importance of getting on the other side of the lens. 

  • Who will be the future millionaires and billionaires. 

  • Value created and value added. 

  • The power of storytelling. 

  • Asking better questions. 

  • Letting your customers tell the story. 

  • What’s more important than quality nowadays. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Connect with Chris 

Website: thefutur.com

Instagram: @thechrisdo

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 569: Jerks Who Undercut Rates

Jerks Who Undercut Rates

Hosted by: James Patrick

A photographer tried to poach my clients by telling them he would charge them less. 

 

In this episode, I’m sharing why it didn’t and won’t work out for him. 

“Competing exclusively on price will eventually put you out of business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 4 reasons undercutting prices won’t work. 

  • What caliber of clients you’ll land if you lower your rates. 

  • The reputation you will get among clients. 

  • The long term effects.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 568: Cyber Security Tips Entrepreneurs Need to Know with Heather Monthie

Cyber Security Tips Entrepreneurs Need to Know with Heather Monthie

Hosted by: James Patrick

I got an email yesterday about what is being dubbed as the mother of all data breeches which has impacted billions of individuals. I get emails like this every other month or so. It easy to look at these big companies and think it’s too far away to actually impact me. But, what if it was within your own company, email or social media account?

 

In this episode, we’re talking about what you as an entrepreneur need to do to protect yourself and your data. My guest today is a dear friend and Cyber Security consultant, Heather Monthie. 

“Companies that don’t have a dedicated IT team are large targets for cyber attacks.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The importance of entrepreneurs to be diligent about their cyber security. 

  • Why small businesses are targeted. 

  • What steps to take as a business owner. 

  • Warning signs to be on the lookout for. 

  • Spotting a phishing email. 

  • Windows versus iOS.

  • Determine your critical assets and protecting these first. 

  • Why you need a phone pin. 

  • Having a continuity plan. 

  • Being proactive to protect your business. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Heather 

Cybersecurity for Small Businesses: https://www.fcc.gov/communications-business-opportunities/cybersecurity-small-businesses 

Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/heathermonthie/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/drmonthie 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #567: When Everyone Does What You Do

When Everyone Does What You Do

Hosted by: James Patrick

“But everyone is a photographer now.” That was told to me by a photographer as a reason why their business was struggling. Let’s talk about why this isn’t a valid reason. 

 

 

“Ifl that is what you believe, then it’s going to be true.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The same thing James has heard for 20 years. 

  • What you should believe about any industry. 

  • The one thing that will keep you competitive in any market place. 

  • How to keep your business within your control. 

  • Having the right mindset. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 566: Dealing with POS Critics

Dealing with POS Critics 

Hosted by: James Patrick

Early in your career, there are few things that will derail you faster than when you go to share your work online and someone jumps into the comment section to give you unsolicited critiques.

 

Today, let’s talk about how to navigate this and deal with these people. 

“No one has the right to get between someone and something that they are passionate to pursue.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Realizing you won’t be good right when you start anything. 

  • How you become great at things. 

  • The power of embracing the process. 

  • Why starting a new thing is terrifying. 

  • Letting people pursue their goals. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 565: Avoiding New Year Burnout with Dr. Meredith Butulis

Avoiding New Year Burnout with Dr. Meredith Butulis

Hosted by: James Patrick

Today, I’m exhausted and already on my third cup of espresso and it’s barely noon. Part of this is because it’s the start of the year and I have this massive sense of overwhelm of trying to get so many things done in this perceived finite amount of time so that I feel like I’ve gained momentum and I’m starting the year ahead. 

 

Well, this can lead to some burnout. So, that’s what we’re going to dive into in today’s show; how to avoid burnout. My guess today is Dr. Meredith Butulia. 

“Don’t wait to start running until your feet hit the ground.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why the New Year may cause stress for entrepreneurs. 

  • 8 areas of wellness that we should always be attending to and how to do that. 

  • The importance of mutual energy in relationships. 

  • Identifying if there’s an issue and how to hone in on it. 

  • How often you should be reassessing your wheel. 

  • The biggest regrets older people have and how to avoid having them yourself. 

  • Taking steps in the right direction. 

  • Being okay with trying things and changing your goals. 

  • What you should track and how to do it without taking up too much time. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Dr. Meredith 

Instagram: @doc.mnb

Book: Your Wellness Makeover 

Get a FREE chapter of her brand new book by DMing Meredith on Instagram and letting her know you listened to this podcast! 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 564: How NOT to Blow Your Podcast Interviews

How NOT to Blow Your Podcast Interviews 

Hosted by: James Patrick

Congratulations! You just booked an interview on a podcast. So today, we’re diving into how not to blow this opportunity. 

“Podcasts are a phenomenal way not only to amplify your authority but to generate leads for your business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why podcasts are great for your business. 

  • Who’s fault is it if the podcast gets screwed up?

  • How to prepare yourself as a guest.

  • The 3 things you need to do when being interviewed. 

  • The important of giving the audience a reason to enter your ecosystem. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 563: Finding Your Summit with Jenn Drummond

Finding Your Summit with Jenn Drummond

Hosted by: James Patrick

Now that we’re into a New Year and I’m sure you’ve set some aggressive goals for yourself and hopefully a plan to achieve those goals, I wanted to bring on a special guest.  

 

My guest today is Jenn Drummond. She just dropped her brand new book called, “Break Proof: 7 Strategies to Build Resilience and Achieve Your Life Goals.” She wrote this book at the end of achieving a World Record. 

“If you’re not having fun and enjoying this journey, you’re missing the point.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The World Record that Jenn set and why she decided to go for it. 

  • Choosing how you live. 

  • Examining your life and really waking up to living it. 

  • Changing your perspective. 

  • How Jenn helps others find their summit. 

  • Why you need a team around you. 

  • Planning for your goals. 

  • Learning to be flexible. 

  • The most common obstacles individuals are coming up against in their own journeys. 

  • Taking it one step at a time. 

  • Seasons of rest. 

  • What’s next for Jenn. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Jenn 

Book: Amazon

Website: www.jenndrummond.com

Instagram: @thejendrummond

Text EVEREST to 33-777 you’ll receive the Milky Way video! 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 562: Clients Not Paying? How to Respond

Clients Not Paying? How to Respond

Hosted by: James Patrick

Are your clients not paying your bills on time? That can be super frustrating. So, in this episode, we’re diving into how to get your clients to start paying up and how to prevent these situations from happening again in the future. 

“Always have terms and conditions.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 5 recommendations on how to get your invoices paid in a timely manner. 

  • Why your terms and conditions matter.

  • A simple and overlooked step you may need to take in your business. 

  • The power of collecting a down payment. 

  • Why you should document everything. 

  • Should you ever make threats? 

  • Advocating for your business. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com or

Check out this episode!

BTI # 561: How to Get Published in ICON with Chelsea Clarke – LIVE

How to Get Published in ICON with Chelsea Clarke – LIVE

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, we’re explaining why our team created ICON Refined Magazine and how to contribute to future issues of the magazine or be featured in future issues of the magazine.

 

The editor of ICON Refined magazine, Chelsea Clarke, is on the show today to answer all your questions,

“Entrepreneurs are a unique breed.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Chelsea’s background and history.

  • All about rebranding,

  • What makes an entrepreneur successful and the different aspects of the lifestyle.

  • Fitting within the magazine itself.

  • Creating a community and constantly learning

  • Do you have to be a writer to be published?

  • What to avoid when it comes to pitching,

  • The power of feedback.

  • What not to do in a pitch,

  • The truth about earned media.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 560: Well… That Didn’t Work! My Best Failures of 2023

Well… That Didn’t Work! My Best Failures of 2023

Hosted by: James Patrick

Happy New Year! 

 

I have a little bit of a bone to pick with the annual recaps, the top nines, and all the posts reflecting on the past year and only shedding light on the things that were positive or reframing things so they look more positive to our audience members.

 

Let’s talk about this today!

“Our focus is to foster and empower those around us.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What tends to happen when we see other people’s successes.

  • The good, the bad, and the ugly of 2023.

  • Things that worked in James’s business and things that didn’t.

  • Knowing the difference between what’s in your control and what isn’t and why it’s important.

  • How we can easily mislead and lie to our audience as entrepreneurs.

  • The power of being fully transparent.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 559: How to Set Your 2024 Business Goals

How to Set Your 2024 Business Goals

Hosted by: James Patrick

This is the 3rd year hosting the annual business strategy session. The goal of this session is to help give clarity when it comes to setting your goals for the New Year.  

“We don’t check back in on the goals we’re setting for ourselves.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Reasons why accomplishing goals we set is difficult. 

  • Why you need to check in on your goals. 

  • Small goals versus big goals. 

  • How to accomplish big goals. 

  • Measuring your goals and being specific. 

  • What happens if you don’t accomplish your goals?

  • Using your goals to set up your daily planner. 

  • How to create a pitch media outlets will read. 

  • Having a good press page. 

  • All about a podcast tour. 

Subscribe to James YouTube: https://youtube.com/@jpphotoaz

 

Grab you legacy planner here: https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI# 558: Why Your Sales Suck

Why Your Sales Suck

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, James is talking about the biggest reason why business owners aren’t selling. 

“You cannot make a sale you did not ask for.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The main reason you’re not selling. 

  • How to start making more sales. 

  • The excuses we tell ourselves.

  • Why you should make your offer the most important thing you talk about. 

  • Getting the results you want. 

 

Grab you legacy planner here: https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI# 557: How to Hack Productivity

How to Hack Productivity

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

In today’s episode, we have a huge announcement for you. 

 

James is also going to talk about goal setting, what he used to struggle with while setting goals, and how to get productive throughout the year. 

“We are wired to procrastinate on things.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A huge announcement!!

  • What usually happens when we set goals. 

  • Setting goals and forgetting them. 

  • The power of checking in on your goals. 

  • How to break your annual goals into daily tasks. 

  • Why the legacy planner will help you achieve your goals. 

Grab the legacy planner HERE: https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab the brand new issue of Icon Refined at: https://iconrefined.com

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 556: Funny Thing About Regret is…

Funny Thing About Regret is…

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

After reading a book about regret by Daniel Pink, I started to think about the biggest regrets I’ve had in 20 years of entrepreneurship. In this episode, I’m sharing those with you and what they all have in common. 

 

“I am fair more likely to regret the things that I did not do, then the things that I took a shot at.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • James’s biggest regrets over the years. 

  • The consequences from these regrets. 

  • The common denominator.

  • What James doesn’t regret. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 555: Saving Yourself From Burnout

Saving Yourself From Burnout 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Do you ever feel like you just don’t want to work? This tends to come up a lot more around the holiday season and the past few years haven’t helped. Let’s dive into this today.

“Your energy is a finite resource.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What burnout is.

  • 3 things you can do to help.

  • How to protect your energy.

  • The power of reframing your experiences.

  • Why you need to fill your own cup.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 554: I’d Much Rather Be Doing This

I’d Much Rather Be Doing This

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I’ve been thinking a lot about an event I was asked to attend last week at a local college in Arizona. I was asked to review the portfolios of students getting ready to graduate. Let’s talk about what I found and didn’t find in these portfolios. 

“If you’re waiting for permission to start doing something, it’s not going to come.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What should be included in your portfolio and why. 

  • How to do the work you want to do. 

  • The truth about stability in the workforce. 

  • Some things colleges should be requiring of their students to set them up for success. 

  • The loop that will create opportunities for you. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 553: Redefining Your Vision with Nickolas Duarte

Redefining Your Vision with Nickolas Duarte

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We had some messages from some of our listeners that wanted us to pull back the curtain and reveal behind the scenes on productions, how they’re put  together, and the steps that go into building out the team that helps create a lot of the work that you see out in the marketplace. 

 

So, today on the show, my guest is Nickolas Duarte. He was one of the first guests when we first launched this show. 

 

“Do I want to do this right now?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The journey Nickolas has been on and where he’s headed. 

  • Evolving as entrepreneurs. 

  • Balancing taking on jobs that don’t fully align with you.

  • Being willing to shift your style and attract the right people. 

  • Current trends that suck. 

  • The power of sharing the struggles and reality of your journey behind the scenes. 

  • How to effectively debrief and process projects along the way. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Nickolas 

Websites: www.nickolasduarte.com or www.crownchimp.com

Instagram: @mrnickduarte

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 552: Book More Clients with Jane Goodrich

Book More Clients with Jane Goodrich

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

In today’s episode, we are talking about business development and how to build rapport and trust that encourages our prospective leads to become clients.

 

My guest today is fellow photographer, Jane Goodrich. She’s the founder of Picsello.

“People buy from people.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why marketing is important in your business. 

  • Misconceptions about sales and marketing. 

  • Not doing everything and when to outsource. 

  • Testing things out and how much to spend on each. 

  • How to leverage social media. 

  • Are you charging too much?

  • The importance of knowing your ideal client. 

  • Market saturation and how to truly stand out. 

  • Building your portfolio so it’s beneficial to you. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Jane 

Website: janegoodrich.com or picsello.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 551: Nightmare at the Studio

Nightmare at the Studio

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There’s times when I’m in situations that are a lot scarier than they need to be. Today, I am sharing some of the most terrifying photoshoot experiences I’ve ever had. Happy Halloween!

“This could end up with something interesting or this could end up with me dead.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Tales from the camera operator. 

  • When someone pulled a gun during a photoshoot. 

  • James being choked by his client’s husband. 

  • Being detained during a photoshoot. 

  • Being haunted by missing gear. 

  • Horrific things clients have asked of James to do. 

  • Swimming with sharks. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 550: Lead Magnets That Convert

Lead Magnets That Convert

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re diving into the strategy behind creating lead magnets and how to nurture the prospects you draw in so they become clients. 

 

“The goal of a lead magnet is to draw in leads into your brand, into your business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The three types of leads.

  • Types of lead magnets.

  • What determines an effective lead magnet. 

  • What your lead magnet must do and why yours may not be working. 

  • Mistakes to avoid. 

  • What content should be included within the lead magnet. 

  • Answering the “so what” question. 

  • What should be on your landing page. 

  • Ways to market your freebie. 

  • Email sequences and what to include in your nurture emails. 

  • Should you use a custom confirmation page?

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 549: Will Someone Publish My Book? Part 1

Will Someone Publish My Book? Part 1

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re diving into the first episode of a series of my own personal journey of having a book published through a traditional publisher. This series will entail all of the lessons, roadblocks, detours, obstacles, and great things that could come as well. There’s no guarantee of how this series will end, but I will stay transparent with you along the way. 

“Rejection is part of the creative process.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Rules for this series and what to expect. 

  • Why James is doing this. 

  • What’s different about this book versus the other 3 James wrote. 

  • All about the proposal letter sent to the publisher. 

  • Why a publisher passed on James’s book and how he adjusted to this feedback. 

  • The next step in the journey. 

  • Thoughts on rejection. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 548: Why Your Lead Magnet is Failing

Why Your Lead Magnet is Failing

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re diving into what makes an effective lead magnet and how to fix it if it’s not working. 

“An effective lead magnet is a way to enhance the trust and rapport you have with your audience.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What tells you if the lead magnet is working or not. 

  • Why you would want to create a lead magnet for your customers. 

  •  Benefits of having a lead magnet. 

  • The power of an email list. 

  • The biggest mistakes people are making with their lead magnets. 

  • What a lead magnet must do. 

  • How to set up your offer page. 

  • Marketing your lead magnet. 

  • What makes up a great lead magnet.  

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 547: Art of the Side Hustle with Julie Bonner

Art of the Side Hustle with Julie Bonner

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

So many of our journey’s start with a side hustle. We start with an idea and begin to explore what would happen if we were to chart something out in our free time. That’s how so many of my different brands and businesses were built, including my photography business which I started while working in another career.

 

In this episode, my guest and I are talking about the culture and the economy of the side hustle.

My guest today is Julie Bonner, the founder of Julie Originals.

“If I want to make more money on my own time, I will.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Julie and James met.

  • Julie’s history with side hustles.

  • Finding the right side hustle.

  • Focusing on the things you’re good at and outsourcing the rest.

  • Navigating clients and being real.

  • Clear communication and when to stand your ground.

  • Should you tell people about your side hustle?

  • Gathering feedback and actually using it the right way.

  • Marketing your side hustle effectively.

  • Capturing your audience’s attention.

  • Creating balance so you don’t hit burn out.

  • Your brand is not your logo.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Julie

Website: www.julieoriginals.com

Instagram: @julieoriginals

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 546: Blowing Magazine Opportunities – Live Coaching

Blowing Magazine Opportunities – Live Coaching 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

On this week’s live coaching, James is diving into how to land magazine opportunities and what you need to know when pitching media outlets. 

“The media’s role is not to be a publicity platform for you exclusively.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Big news about the launch of Icon Refined Magazine. 

  • What you need to bring in your magazine pitches. 

  • A quick sample sentence to put in your pitches.

  • Thinking like a true content creator. 

  • Doing your research before giving an uninformed pitch. 

  • The importance of how you present yourself and how it affects future features. 

  • Making sure your relationship with media outlets goes both ways. 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

 

Get a copy of the current Icon Refined and more at www.iconrefined.com.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 545: Getting 100 Leads in 10 Days with Sara Frenza

The number one thing I get told by my clients when doing coaching calls is that they are struggling to generate leads for their business. 

 

In today’s episode, we will be talking about how to generate leads effectively and nurture them properly so you can create conversion in your sales sequence. 

 

My guest today is Sara Frenza. 

“Lead generation is a fundamental aspect of not only starting a business, but growing a business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The purpose of a lead magnet and why you need one. 

  • Mistakes people make when creating lead magnets. 

  • How to nail your copy and what not to do. 

  • Finding your tone and voice. 

  • Creating an emotional connection to your audience. 

  • Do you really have a lead problem? 

  • Posts that peak people’s interest and attention. 

  • The best ways to nurture. 

  • What makes sales easy and how to make it clear to your audience. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Sarah

Website: www.sarafrenzafitness.com

Instagram: @sara_frenza

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 544: The Rags to Riches Lie

The Rags to Riches Lie 

Hosted by: James Patrick

In this episode, James has a story for you that may change your perspective on the rock bottom stories you’ve heard from some influential people.

“Stop comparing your path to the paths of others.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The truth behind most rags to riches stories.

  • Why influencers and entrepreneurs may share false stories.

  • How to properly share a failure story.

  • Where you came from matters.

  • What coaches can do better.

  • Manufactured gimmicks and how to not fall victim to them.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 543: I Lost a 1 Million Dollar Contract

I Lost a 1 Million Dollar Contract

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Did I ever tell you about the time I lost a 1 million dollar contract for a company I worked for? Buckle up, because we are reliving some of my trauma together on today’s episode.

 

“If I denied accountability, not only would I never have learned, but I was far more likely to repeat the same mistakes again.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The story of how James lost a million dollar contract.

  • What small error cost the contract.

  • Why this rejection was so important for James and his career.

  • How accountability will change your life for the better.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 542: How Media Pitching Has Evolved – Live Coaching

How Media Pitching Has Evolved – Live Coaching 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, James is going to be talking about how pitching media outlets has evolved over the years. 

“Journalists are receiving 20-30 

cold pitches a day.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How James has shifted his pitches personally. 

  • The two different types of pitches and how to use them. 

  • What to include in your pitch. 

  • How many people should you pitch to?

  • Standing out from other pitches. 

  • Why you should follow up. 

  • Interesting quotes and statistics from journalists and media outlets. 

  • What kind of pitches media outlets want. 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 541: How Companies Exploit Models

How Companies Exploit Models 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Has someone ever contacted you for a potential gig or job offer and very soon you find out that they have no intention of paying or compensating you in any way? Instead, they offer you a trade for your services, but what they’re offering isn’t equal to what you are being asked to provide. Let’s talk about this today.

“If this is how they’re willing to treat professional service providers, imagine how they treat their clients.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • An experience James had last week with someone trying to trade for services.

  • How to respond to certain inquiries when people ask for trades.

  • Starting off a company the right way.

  • Red flag promises to watch out for.

  • Knowing your worth.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 540: Pitches Worth Reading with Madison Rutherford

Pitches Worth Reading with Madison Rutherford

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Madison Rutherford. She’s the associate editor and digital editor of Phoenix Magazine. Today, we’re talking about how to create pitches worth reading.

“The most important part of the story is the first sentence and the last sentence.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Madison’s journalism journey.

  • Interviewing famous people and what makes it unique.

  • Changes in lifestyle journalism over the last 10 years.

  • Influencer culture.

  • The importance of knowing your audience.

  • How to keep a reader entertained and educated.

  • Stop shot-gunning pitches!

  • Why the style of your work matters.

  • The Oxford comma.

  • Dissecting a pitch example live.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Madison

Website: PHOENIX Magazine

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 539: Surviving the Production from Hell

Surviving the Production from Hell 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

It’s taken a whole week for me to feel comfortable talking about this. I had one of the hardest, most stressful production experiences I’ve had in over 20 years as a photographer. At one point, I was quite literally trying to rip out my own hair.

 

But, there’s an interesting end to this story so I’m sure you’ll gain something from my experience. Let’s talk about.

“I did what a professional should do.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • James’ most recent production experience.

  • The journey of the missing packages.

  • Adapting in the face of problems.

  • The importance of maintaining composure in front of clients.

  • What our role is as professionals.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 538: How to Launch a Best Selling Book – Live Coaching

How to Launch a Best Selling Book – Live Coaching (E)

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, James is going to be talking about creating an effective book launch strategy so you sell more books and potentially even hit a best seller list. 

“Having books published and having books hit best-seller lists, has had an extreme benefit to our ROI.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What James has been up to and what’s coming up.

  • The big difference between self-publishing and traditional publishing.

  • When you do traditional publishing, do they market the book for you completely?

  • How to make the best-seller lists.

  • An overarching marketing strategy when rolling out your book.

  • All about distribution channels.

  • Why it’s beneficial to have a successful book launch.

  • Doing a podcast tour effectively.

  • The power of reviews.

  • Pricing and profit.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 537: Creating Photos for Magazine Covers

Creating Photos for Magazine Covers

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We realized it would benefit our audience to have a good conversation around what helps make a successful cover image. Let’s talk about it today. 

 

“The image should be compelling enough to make someone stop and pause and take in that magazine visually.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What makes a photo suitable to appear on a magazine cover photo. 

  • Relating to the demographic. 

  • An emotional resonance

  • Story telling. 

  • A strong composition. 

  • Drawing the viewer in. 

  • A good balance of contrast and color. 

  • Brand alignment. 

  • Timeliness. 

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 536: Saying No to Free Work

Saying No to Free Work

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Getting asked to work for free is annoying. So, today I’m going to share different ways to respond to inquiries when asked to work for free.

“You do not have to work for exposure.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Using your years of experience to say no.

  • Should you exchange free work in return to add more to your portfolio?

  • The power of offering discounts for future work.

  • Valuing your work and your time.

  • Exploring different options to match your client’s budget.

  • Calling them on their bluff.

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 535: Breaking Through Roadblocks with Tamika Robinson

Breaking Through Roadblocks with Tamika Robinson (E)

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

In today’s episode we are going to talk about change and being faced with things we were not expecting; obstacles that we were not anticipating and how we navigate around those.

 

My guest today is Tamika Robinson. Tamika was a collegiate athlete in track and field, specifically a sprinter. 

“Nothing;s forever and sometimes there’s no guarantee that plan A is going to work.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Tamika’s story and what happened that changed her path.

  • The importance of working through your emotions.

  • Pivoting your life after a big change.

  • How obstacles may actually be leading you down the right path.

  • Allowing yourself to grieve the idea of what you thought could be.

 

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Tamika

Website: www.jarfit.com

Instagram: @thefigureprincess 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 534: Why You’re Not Getting Stuff Done

Why You’re Not Getting Stuff Done

Hosted by: James Patrick

In today’s episode, James is diving into all the many projects he is working on and how they went from ideas on paper to actual tangible steps he could take to complete each project.

“It’s easy to confuse being busy, by doing busywork, with being productive.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What it takes to start and keep your momentum when completing projects.

  • Creating subtasks to tackle big projects.

  • Why you may be stalling on certain to-dos.

  • Planning your weeks effectively.

  • Being busy versus being productive.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 533: Free Business Coaching LIVE

 

Free Business Coaching LIVE

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another week of live coaching. Today, James is answering all and any business questions LIVE from those who tuned in to the live.

“The best way to compete with others in your industry is to draw your competition into an area they cannot compete with you in.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Updates on what James and his team are doing.

  • How to communicate a shift in your business and clientele.

  • Nurturing your audience with the right content.

  • Utilizing social media, especially Instagram.

  • Beating your competition.

  • Is your story angle powerful enough?

  • Going completely digital.

  • How to obtain a cover or get published in a magazine.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Get Your Brand to Stand Out with Matt McWilliams

On this show, James has talked a lot about what it takes to embark on an entrepreneurial journey. But when you are pursuing a passion and trying to make your passion into something that is profitable, how do you get your work to be seen? 

 

Our guest today is going to help you stand out regardless of what industry you’re in. His name is Matt McWilliams and he is the author of the new book, Turn Your Passions into Profits.

“Getting 15 minutes of fame has never been easier.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The inspiration behind Matt’s new book.

  • Getting clear on your passion.

  • Separating the emotion from the logic.

  • Specific ways to stand out.

  • Control the narrative.

  • Niching down and dominating that topic.

  • How long you should test the things that make you stand out and if it’s working or not.

  • Staying relatable.

 

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Matt

Book: passionsintoprofitsbook.com/bti

Text: 260-217-4619

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI # 531: Try Not to Suck at Business

Try Not to Suck at Business 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

The year was 2016 and the Chicago Cubs were rallying for their first World Series win in 108 years. Their manager at the time coined the phrase, “Try not to suck.” This was the rally cry that went on to win that year. 

 

As an entrepreneur, we have to wade through a lot of crap and there are a lot of crappy professionals out there. 

 

So, let’s talk about how to be an entrepreneur, regardless of what industry you’re in, without sucking. 

 

“Do not put yourself and your wants ahead of the goals your client hired you for.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • When to share your opinion.

  • Should you charge less than your competitors? 

  • What clients will remember. 

  • How to not resent a job. 

  • Being transparent when charging a client. 

  • The correct way to provide advice. 

  • Non-negotiables.

  • James’s values and some you can adopt for yourself. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 530: Navigating Entreprenuership with Renee Bauer

Navigating Entreprenuership with Renee Bauer

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Is this true for you? Who you are at the beginning of your entrepreneurial journey is not who you are 3 months, or 6 months, or 3 years into the process. As you shift in this journey, perhaps those in your circle may not recognize the person you have become. This could be even more delicate when that individual is a significant other. 

 

We’re going to dive into this today and how to navigate through that. My guest today is Renee Bauer, a divorce attorney.

“Those who have a higher education and those who are 

entrepreneurs do have a higher rate of divorce.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The work Renee does as a lawyer that goes far beyond paperwork.

  • How Renee’s personal story has impacted her career.

  • Why divorce rates may be higher for entrepreneurs.

  • Simple communication within your relationships that can save them.

  • Setting boundaries.

  • The perspective of the person who isn’t the entrepreneur in the relationship.

  • Bringing your partner into your journey.

  • Red flags to be aware of.

  • The importance of taking care of yourself and knowing who you are.

  • Stepping into the best version of you.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Renee

Book: shewhowinsbook.com

Instagram @msreneebauer

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

 

Check out this episode!

BTI # 529: Which Web Builder Should You Use with Gaby Fleming

Which Web Builder Should You Use with Gaby Fleming

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

With all the clients I work with, the idea of having a web presence is so crucially important. Whether it’s for displaying your portfolio, sales, or lead generation. A lot of my clients want to be able to create and manage their website themselves, either for financial reasons or to have that control.

 

When you set out to build a website on your own, you are going to be met with a plethora of different website builders and it can be very overwhelming. Which one should you choose?

 

Today, we’re going to dive into 5 of the most popular website builders, what you need to know about each of them, and which one is the right one for you. 

 

My guest today is Gaby Fleming, head of website design at Patrick Creative Media.

“A website that is up will be infinitely better and more successful than a website that is kept in preview mode.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Who Gaby is and what she does.

  • The top 3 reasons people choose to do a website themselves.

  • The 5 most popular website builders.

  • Pros and cons of each website builder.

  • Deciding if customization is important for you.

  • Why you would have plugins on your website and what it is.

  • What makes WordPress so popular and if it’s for you.

  • Which website builder is best for SEO.

  • Mobile-friendly usage.

  • Keeping it simple.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Gaby 

Website: www.patrickcreativemedia.com

Instagram: @patrickcreativemedia

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 528: Proactive vs. Reactive Marketing (LIVE Coaching)

Proactive vs. Reactive Marketing (LIVE Coaching) 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

On today’s show, we are going to dive into the difference between proactive and reactive marketing and how to move yourself from being in a reactive marketing state to being in a proactive marketing state.

“Be seen, be heard, be read.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Current casting announcements.

  • What the difference is between reactive and proactive marketing.

  • The reason your business may not be consistent.

  • Why proactive marketing is so powerful and effective.

  • Can you create leads?

  • Tapping into your target audience.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 527: Breaking News to Breaking a Leg – How Adrianna Licitra Left a Career to Pursue a Passion

Breaking News to Breaking a Leg – How Adrianna Licitra Left a Career to Pursue a Passion 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

It took a while for me to admit that I wanted to be a photographer. I worked in marketing after college and anytime I was at a public event, I would never say that I was trying to build a career as a photographer. I would say, “I work in marketing.” Until the day I said, “I’m a photographer.” This is when I realized I needed to set a plan to get out of my marketing career and pursue photography full time. 

 

And that is exactly what we’re talking about today with my guest, Adrianna Licitra.

“What if I just left and did what I wanted to do?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Adrianna’s corporate journey and what finally made her make her move. 

  • How to know when to make a change in your career. 

  • Asking yourself the tough questions. 

  • Honing your craft. 

  • The importance of always being a student. 

  • Making your passion lucrative. 

  • Negotiating terms of use. 

  • Does your brand play a role in the clients you get? 

  • What Adrianna would have done differently if she could go back and how it may inspire you. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Adrianna 

Instagram: @adrianna_licitra

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 526: Dumbest Things Photographers Tried to Steal Business

 Dumbest Things Photographers Tried to Steal Business

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

In today;s episode, we’re going to dive into the absolutely most absurd acts I’ve seen photographers take to either steal business or to prevent others from earning business.

“Someone else winning does not mean that you lost.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Personal experiences James has had.

  • Sneaky things photographers may sneak into contracts.

  • The importance of having client loyalty.

  • Celebrating others in your industry and knowing there’s enough to go around.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 525: The Entitlement Effect: How Ego Can Destroy Publishing Opportunities (Live Coaching)

The Entitlement Effect: How Ego Can Destroy Publishing Opportunities (Live Coaching)

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re going to talk about how your ego can ruin your media chances. 

“You should be an equal participant in spreading the editorial narrative.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Things you shouldn’t do when you have media features,

  • How you should approach a media partnership.

  • The importance of sharing your media features with your audience.

  • When you should just buy an ad.

  • Why you need to become a team player.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 524: Drawing the Line: When Photoshoot Onlookers Cross Boundaries

Drawing the Line: When Photoshoot Onlookers Cross Boundaries

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

At what point does watching a photoshoot that’s happening in public cross a line? At what point does it become intrusive?

 

Let’s talk about this since it happens quite often. 

“Modeling while in a public place is intended exclusively for the work that’s being created.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why this happens so often.

  • When it’s not a problem versus when it is. 

  • Examples of when it becomes a problem and why. 

  • Real life examples that James has dealt with. 

  • Putting these scenarios into perspective. 

  • Consent in a public photoshoot and who it extends to. 

  • What this means for photographers. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 522: Dumbest Things I’ve Spent Money on as a Business Owner

Dumbest Things I’ve Spent Money on as a Business Owner

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re going to be diving into the stupidest things I’ve ever spent money on. I’ve made some questionable decisions with my earned cash.

 

 

“We have never regretted investing

in our user experience.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The dumbest things James has spent money on as a business owner.

  • Why some popular social media “strategies” aren’t worth it.

  • How to avoid the wrong hires.

  • Things James should have invested in instead.

  • What will bring in qualified leads.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 521: Crafting Short Form Content that Goes Viral with Hilary Billings

I’ve talked a lot on this show about the importance of attention. I’ve described attention as the most important asset that our audience can impart upon us because without attention, there is no hope to ever engage our audience to take a next step with us.

 

My guest today is Hilary Billings and she is no stranger when it comes to building and leveraging attention.

 

“People are making a decision in 2.5 seconds whether or not they are going to scroll or they’re going to keep watching a video.”

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hilary’s background and how she started honing in on the currency of attention.

  • The power of doing your research and applying it correctly.

  • What is short form content and why has it gained so much momentum?

  • The biggest mistakes people make when creating short form content.

  • The important of intentionality.

  • The 3 things a video needs in order to do well.

  • What defines a successful video?

  • The most overlooked piece of video creation.

  • How we are served content on social media and how to use that for your advantage.

  • Creating bingeable content that leads to conversions within your business.

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Hilary

Website: www.attenioneers.com

Book a free strategy call: www.attentioneers.com/freecall

Check out this episode!

BTI # 520: The Most Annoying People Trying to Get Published

The Most Annoying People Trying to Get Published

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we are going to discuss in detail who the most annoying people trying to get published right now are and their characteristics.

 

“Media features and working with the media is a mutually beneficial relationship.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 7 types of annoying people and why.

  • Should the amount of followers you have get you published?

  • Why one moment of success won’t turn into consistent media coverage.

  • Should you name drop and brag about yourself to get media coverage?

  • What you should be talking about when asking to get published.

 

 

Join our next LIVE coaching with Lesley Logan in the Facebook Group for FREE to learn how to price your services: Fit Business Guide

Go to: www.fitbusinessonline.com

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 519: Launching a Photo Biz from Scratch with Shayla Pelton

Launching a Photo Biz from Scratch with Shayla Pelton

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we get to chat about something I get a lot of joy out of which is building a career in the photography industry. Whether or not you’re in the photography business you can relate this to establishing something that you have a passion for, building a support network for it, and the lessons you learn along the way.

 

My guest today is Shayla Pelton.

 

 

“Yes, the market can be oversaturated, but there’s still going to be a

client for every photographer.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Shayla’s story as a photographer.

  • When is it okay to call yourself a photographer?

  • Valuing your work.

  • The importance of acquiring skills.

  • How to gain momentum early on.

  • The power of referrals.

  • Showing up as yourself in an appropriate way.

  • Loving yourself and how this plays a role in your business.

  • Client dynamics and what to do when you don’t click.

  • Standing out in a saturated market.

  • Finding your North Star and making goals for the future.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Shayla

Instagram: @boudoirbypeltonphotography

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 518: Client Confidential: Red Flags for Crappy Clients

Client Confidential: Red Flags for Crappy Clients

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

In today’s episode, we’re going to peel back the glossy exterior and dive head first into the world of red flags when dealing with client relationships.

 

 

“When they have been ripped off by every service provider they’ve hired, the common denominator is them, not the service provider.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Personal examples from James’s experience when he stood his ground and when he did not.

  • When prospective clients ask you to work for free.

  • Signs of commitment phobia.

  • Should you sign an NDA?

  • Why you shouldn’t work for less or free.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 517: Overcoming Imposter Syndrome with Neelima Chittapu

Overcoming Imposter Syndrome with Neelima Chittapu

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

At our 9th annual Get Published Live event last month, we had an attendee express that they wanted to make sure that they fit in with the group. Of course, the answer was yes absolutely you do.

 

It reminded me of the first time I went to a mastermind session and compared myself to every other person in the room. What I learned is that everyone else was thinking the same thing and it’s a part of the imposter syndrome we place on ourselves.

 

This individual stood out to us because she has defied so many barriers and preconceived notions about what is possible and absolutely deserved to be in that room. She is the owner of TechFabric and her name is Neelima Chittapu.

 

 

“Believe in yourself, believe in your talent. That will take you places.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Neelima became the owner of her own tech company.

  • The importance of surrounding yourself with the right people.

  • Why you need to be more curious.

  • What’s the worst that can happen?

  • Fighting the sexist stereotypes within male dominated industries.

  •  When’s the right time for you to start?

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Neelima

Instagram: @neelima_reddy

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 516: The Most Daily Effective Schedule for Entrepreneurs

The Most Daily Effective Schedule for Entrepreneurs

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, I’d like to share the morning routine of a social media influencer and the dangers behind this message for entrepreneurs.

 

 

“There is not a wrong answer as long as it’s you that’s deciding what is best for you.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How the perfect day for an entrepreneur should look.

  • Lies about morning routines.

  • The dangers behind striving in entrepreneurship.

  • What does success look like to you?

  • Doing what you want to do, not what others tell you is the right thing to do.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

What Got People Published at Get Published LIVE

In today’s live coaching session, we’re going to be diving into feedback we got from the media partners and magazine editors at Get Published LIVE on all the things that stood out to them and helped people get cast for media features. We’ll also dive into things that didn’t work in people’s applications.

 

 

“The more comprehensive the pitch, the easier it was for the editor to get a more holistic view on the subject.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • This year’s focus for Get Published LIVE.

  • How many attendees booked features this year and how many were magazine covers.

  • What magazines are looking for besides just a good model.

  • The one thing you don’t want to lack in your submission.

  • Balancing brevity.

  • Is inexperience a deal killer?

  • What you should focus on in your pitch.

  • Why you should proofread.

  • How to pitch specifically to media outlets.

  • Should you use ChatGBT in your pitches?

  • Bringing value and standing out in the market.

  • Upcoming feature opportunities.

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 514: Effectively Scale Your Business with Emylee Williams

Effectively Scale Your Business with Emylee Williams

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

 

Today, we are talking about how to stand out and build a brand worth being seen, how to communicate the value of that brand to the right audience, and then how you convert that audience to consumers in your business.

 

My guest today is Emylee Williams. She is the co-founder of Boss Project.

 

 

“People will pay for an experience.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • An update on how Get Published 2023 went.

  • Emylee’s journey as an entrepreneur.

  • The power of curiosity and experimentation within your business.

  • What you have to get better at.

  • Putting yourself in the shoes of the consumer.

  • Can you serve everyone?

  • How to do business “right.”

  • Scalability in your business.

  • Why you need to outsource.

  • Should you stay involved in your business?

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Connect with Emylee

Website: www.bossproject.com

Instagram: @bossproject

Podcast: The Strategy Hour

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 523: Let’s Talk About Sales with Sheley Brien

Let’s Talk About Sales with Sheley Brien

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We’re going to be talking about sales today. I love talking about sales, it seems to make so many of our listeners get a little bit uncomfortable, in a good way. Sales is something that can frustrate a lot of you or leave you feeling overwhelmed, not knowing what you need to do. Oftentime, many of us will try to go down these rabbit holes and figure out “how to sell without selling,” or create sales without having to build or nurture relationships. 

 

But today, we are going to be talking about sales from a completely different perspective. Our amazing guest is Sheley Brien. She is a podcast host and a commercial general contractor business owner.

 

 

“Someone else’s opinion of us or metric of success, is irrelevant to you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The event that changed Sheley’s trajectory of her life.

  • Changing the perspective on what success is.

  • The most important thing you can ever do.

  • Why investing in yourself matters.

  • Scheduling appointments with yourself.

  • Redefining what self care looks like.

  • Setting a standard for yourself.

  • Showing up with the right energy.

  • Doing more of what works.

  • Assessing results and how to do it effectively.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Sheley

Instagram: @sheleybrien

LinkedIn: Sheley Brien

Podcast: The Business of Being Healthy

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Blowing the Whistle on Crappy Coaches (and what we should do instead)

In this eye-opening episode, we dive into the world of coaching, shedding light on the darker side characterized by bad coaches who misuse their power, display arrogance, and take advantage of their privileged positions.

We instead believe in empowering our clients and creating positive change within the coaching community. Tune in as we reveal the eight crucial aspects that every coach should prioritize when working with their clients. From fostering a safe and inclusive environment to providing constructive feedback and mentorship, we explore the essential elements that lead to an effective coaching relationship.

Whether you’re currently a coach or are ever considering working with a coach, this episode will inspire you to demand better, advocate for change, and support a coaching culture that puts the well-being and development of clients first.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What’s not helping inspire people and why.

  • A true definition of coaching and what it should look like.

  • Should you ever speak down to your clients as a coach?

  • How to create a healthy relationship dynamic between clients and coaches.

  • What coaching should be.

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 512: Get Published Panel 2020

Get Published Panel 2020

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Since it is the week of Get Published LIVE 2023, we are dipping into our archives again and have a really awesome replay for you. This is from FITPosium 2020. We were completely virtual and pulled together one of the most diverse and knowledge filled media panels ever.

 

This panel features a host of different editors and publishers.

 

This episode will give you insight and knowledge on how to stand out in your pitches.

 

 

“Always bring value.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Live Q&A from previous attendees.

  • The takeover of digital media features.

  • How to make your pitch stand out and what to include on your pitch.

  • Why you need to keep following up.

  • Pitching for print versus pitching for online.

  • What to NOT do when pitching.

  • Should you use stock photos?

  • Building up equity for future features.

  • Different editorial calendars and how they are planned.

 

 

Join Get Published Live 2024 with a discounted pre sale price FRIDAY for one week only at getpublished.live 

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 511: Biggest Missed Opportunity in Media Pitches

Biggest Missed Opportunity in Media Pitches

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

It is the week of Get Published LIVE 2023! It’s our 9th annual conference where we gather entrepreneurs, content creators, writers, and more to learn how to land and leverage earned media. We already have 40 magazine features booked, 12 podcasts booked, and 6 digital media features booked.

 

Today, I want to talk about some of the things we noticed going through the submissions from all the attendees.

 

 

“You cannot rely on the media outlets to connect these dots for you.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Cutting through the crap.

  • What’s holding submissions back.

  • The biggest issue James and his team found in the submissions.

  • What connection you need to make for the media outlet.

  • The importance of being specific in what value you bring.

  • Join Get Published Live 2024 with a discounted pre sale price FRIDAY for one week only at getpublished.live 

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 510: Is Your Spouse Holding Back Your Career?

Is Your Spouse Holding Back Your Career?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

On today’s show we are diving into the question is your spouse holding back your entrepreneurial potential?

 

 

“After 2 hours, 75% have said that they felt their spouse or partner, current or past tense, has either gotten in the way, slowed down, or held their career back in

some way, shape, or form.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why James is talking about this today.

  • Why someone may hold you back.

  • Feelings that may be happening in your partner.

  • Working through the concerns and getting to the root.

  • The power of effective communication.

  • Negotiating with your partner and knowing what you’re not willing to compromise on.

  • Things to avoid in these conversations.

 

 

This is the LAST WEEK you can get tickets! Last year, over 250 media features were booked the same weekend!

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 509: Get Published Media Panel 2019

Get Published Media Panel 2019

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We are just over a week out from Get Published Live 2023 and that means there are only days left to enter in for this year’s casting search. We have dozens of magazines, dozens of podcasts, and online media features casting for hundreds upon hundreds of media features. Go to getpublished.live to enter in and join us.

 

Today, we are dipping into our archives. This is a panel from FITposium 2019 with some amazing magazine editors sharing their insights and tips on how to earn media. This is a preview of what you can expect at this year’s conference.

 

 

“You all are worthy of being photographed and worthy of being in a magazine.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to follow up the right way.

  • Tips on submitting writing pieces.

  • Different ways to pitch.

  • The importance of bringing specific ideas inside your pitch.

  • Sticking to your niche.

  • What images you should send in your pitch.

  • Doing the research before pitching.

  • Why you have to keep pitching.

 

 

This is the LAST WEEK you can get tickets! Last year, over 250 media features were booked the same weekend!

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 508: Get Published: 4 Simple Steps for Entrepreneurs and influencers to Establish Media Features

Get Published: 4 Simple Steps for Entrepreneurs and influencers to Establish Media Features

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There are ultimately only four steps that you need to take in order to earn media or to get published. It doesn’t matter whether you’re an influencer, an entrepreneur, a brand manager, or a content creator.

 

Let’s talk about these four steps and what you need to know about them today.

 

 

“Research, pitch, deliver, repeat.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 4 steps to getting published.

  • What things you need to research before pitching.

  • How to craft the perfect pitch.

  • How to have a strong hook.

  • Is one pitch enough?

  • Why you need to make sure you are meeting deadlines and tailoring your feature to that specific magazine.

  • What comes after the feature is published.

 

 

This is the LAST WEEK you can get tickets! Last year, over 250 media features were booked the same weekend! www.getpublished.live

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 507: Picture Perfect – A Career Without Barriers with Sophie Kietzmann

Picture Perfect – A Career Without Barriers with Sophie Kietzmann

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re going back to the origin of our podcast and I’m bringing on a fellow photographer to chat with me. The show started as a show for creatives and artists to figure out ways to navigate through this industry landscape. What I learned over the course of 500 episodes is that some of the challenges that we as creative entrepreneurs face, you as an entrepreneur also face. That’s when we decided to broaden the scope of the podcast.

 

My guest today is all the way from New York City, Sophie Kietzmann, a fashion photographer.

 

 

“Consumers want to see people they can identify with and relate to.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Sophie ended up in New York and her experience there.

  • The positives of living in New York as an entrepreneur.

  • Learning from others in your industry while staying authentic to who you are.

  • When it’s time to make the jump from learning to running your own business.

  • What campaigns consumers respond to.

  • The shift in the photography business and how they market to consumers.

  • Defining the narrative and bringing transparency to the industry.

  • The importance of diversifying and tapping into marginalized voices.

  • What’s coming up next in the fashion industry and what’s been exciting.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Sophie

Website: www.sophiekietzmann.com

Instagram: @sophiekietzmann

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 506: How Being a Guest on Podcasts Can Benefit You and Your Brand

How Being a Guest on Podcasts Can Benefit You and Your Brand

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When we think about earned media and getting published, the first thing that comes to mind is landing a feature in a magazine. Why? Because it would look really cool. But, do not overlook the power of being featured on podcasts.

 

 

“Listeners are extremely loyal to the shows that they subscribe to.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you should want to be featured on podcasts.

  • The benefit of a longform platform.

  • The power of being vouched for.

  • How you can offer a next step into your business for the listeners.

  • An exclusive opportunity to cast for media features.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 505: Three Exercises to Master Your Communication with Brenden Kumarasamy

Three Exercises to Master Your Communication with Brenden Kumarasamy

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I want to set the stage for you. We are going back about 18 years. I am in my final year of college and my professor at the time knows that I need a few extra upper division credits in order to get my degree, He says, “Tell you what, I’ll hook you up with an independent study for these upper division credits, but in exchange you have to teach one of my classes for me next semester.”

 

I can still remember the first time I had to give a presentation in front of my peers.That was my first dip into public speaking and it was nauseating, painful, and absolutely panic inducing. But, it was also critically important and over the past 2 decades I’ve leveraged everything from speaking on a microphone to speaking on stage and being a guest on shows as a way to build trust and rapport with my audience.

 

That’s what we’re talking about today. How to master your level of communication. My guest today is Brenden Kumarasamy. He is the host of MasterTalk.

 

 

“If you can make sense out of nonsense, you can make sense out of anything.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why it’s important right now to be able to verbally communicate the effectiveness of your brands.

  • The problem with presentations in the educational system and what they teach us.

  • Brenden’s story and how he learned communication.

  • Taking the time to go on the journey to master communicating well.

  • An easy exercise you can start doing today.

  • How to experience exponential progress.

  • Thinking quickly on your feet.

  • The 3 biggest balls that you can work on to improve your communication.

  • Framework to make effective content.

  • Building the foundation first.

  • Should you be a master of all mediums?

  • Finding 3 speakers you admire and spending time studying them.

  • The biggest challenge you may face.

  • Getting rid of filler words.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Brenden

YouTube: MasterTalk

Free Communication Workshop Live on Zoom: HERE

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 504: Get Your Magazine Pitches to Stand Out

Get Your Magazine Pitches to Stand Out

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

With so many people pitching to media outlets, hoe do you get your pitches to stand out? Let’s talk about that today.

 

 

“It is not about what you do or who you are, so much as it is about what you want to do for that publication.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Ways to get your media pitches to stand out.

  • How to lead with value and why it matters.

  • The power of follow up.

  • Where you can go next month to learn everything you need to do.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 503: Why Your Content is NOT Standing Out – Live Coaching

Why Your Content is NOT Standing Out – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Is your content not being seen online? Today, we’re going to be talking about why and how we can fix that.

 

 

“Our audience gets used to seeing the same things, the same trends, and therefore, they start to lose interest.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to reach a wider audience authentically.

  • Two reasons why your content isn’t being seen.

  • What you do have control over when it comes to your content.

  • The importance of having a strategy and how to create the right kind of strategy.

  • Creating content you would want to consume.

  • The 3 functions your content should have.

  • The questions you need to answer before creating content.

  • What true fans are and how to nurture them.

  • The power of refining and adjusting as needed.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 502: Finding Your Voice in Podcasting with Alicia Haygood

Finding Your Voice in Podcasting with Alicia Haygood

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

In today’s episode, we are going to be talking about truly the number one thing that I use for my own brand awareness, authority amplification, and lead generation. It’s the power of podcasting. Not just hosting my own show but also landing spots as a guest on other shows as a way to build trust and rapport.

 

My guest today is the host of the Scottsdale Vibes podcast, Alicia Haygood.

 

 

“Everyone can be a podcaster, but it’s the quality that you need to work on.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Alicia’s backstory and experience and how she shifted to make a bigger impact.

  • The start of podcasting.

  • Improving the quality of your podcast.

  • What people don’t understand about podcasting and why your audience sticks around.

  • The importance of being consistent.

  • How to get people to listen to your show.

  • Sticking to what your podcast is about.

  • Knowing you’re on the right track.

  • How much you should prepare for an interview,

  • Staying true to yourself.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Alicia

Find the podcast on all the platforms: Scottsdale Vibes

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #501: TikTok Ban – What it Means For You

TikTok Ban – What it Means For You

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Well, the first domino has fallen. As of Friday, April 14, Montana became the first U.S. state to vote to pass legislation that bans TikTok from all personal devices. According to CNN, the bill is going in front of the governor and if the governor signs the bill, it will go into effect most likely in January 2024.

 

There has been a lot of reporting over security concerns that come with the app. Particularly how it relates to user data. This could be the first of many states following suit. Let’s talk about what this means for you.

 

 

“There’s no algorithm for your emails.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What the legislation specifies.

  • The people who are impacted the most.

  • Things you can do right now.

  • The bigger picture.

  • Why you need a clear funnel and where they should be funneled to.

  • Where to learn more.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE. Only 10 seats left!

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

Last year, 250 attendees were booked!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

500th Episode LIVE

Welcome to our 500th episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast! We have a lot we’re going to be diving through, including the evolution of the podcast and where content creation is right now, where it’s going, and what you need to know about the content that will move your business in the direction you want to be going.

We also have a whole bunch of announcements, giveaways, and prizes this episode so make sure you listen all the way through!

“This is about building content that connects to an audience where they are.”

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The winners of the cover feature and surprise feature winners.

  • Why it’s harder to gain and keep your audience’s attention.

  • What it takes to create content that reaches the audience you want it to reach and gets that audience to take the action you want them to take.

  • Statistics that will bring perspective.

  • How to solve your client’s problem before they’ve purchased from you.

  • The different phases of a client’s process.

  • Questions you need to ask yourself.

  • The evolution of the podcast.

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

Check out this episode!

BTI # 499: How Getting Published Can Grow Your Business

How Getting Published Can Grow Your Business

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Earned media, or getting published, is the fastest way to grow your business. But how does this happen? Let’s dive into this today.

 

 

“Landing media features amplifies your authority.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 2 ways getting published grows your business.

  • Getting validation in the field you are in.

  • How to get new leads into your ecosystem.

  • Where you can land top features next month!

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 498: What is Earned Media?

What is Earned Media

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When I say “getting published” the thing that comes to mind is landing a feature in a magazine. But what do I mean when I say “earned media?”

 

 

“Earned media has a 4x engagement compared to advertising.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The definition of earned media.

  • Different media outlets you can earn.

  • Do you have to pay for earned media?

  • Advertising versus earned media.

  • How to amplify your authority and generate new leads for your business.

  • Where to go to land an earned media feature next month.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 497: How to Get Your Magazine Pitches to Stand Out

How to Get Your Magazine Pitches to Stand Out

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

With so many people pitching to media outlets, how do you get your pitches to stand out? Let’s talk about that in today’s episode.

 

 

“90% of people will only send 1 single pitch and never follow up.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Ways to stand out when pitching to media outlets.

  • What media outlets are looking for in your pitch.

  • The importance of follow up.

  • How to get published as early as next month.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 496: Why Getting Published is Better Than Advertising

Why Getting Published is Better Than Advertising

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

What is the difference between earned media and paid advertising? And which one is better?

 

 

“A 1 page article in a magazine is worth the

same as buying 4 full page ads in that magazine.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Earned media versus paid advertising.

  • Which is better?

  • Why advertisements no longer work like they used to.

  • Where you can go next month to land media features.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 495: 2 Big Misconceptions About Getting Published

2 Big Misconceptions About Getting Published

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There are 2 big misconceptions when it comes to getting published and we are diving into those on today’s show.

 

 

“Overwhelmingly, most of the features are for individuals like you.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 2 misconceptions about getting published.

  • Why you don’t need to be a celebrity to get published.

  • Pitching to media outlets instead of thinking they will come to you.

  • Where to go this year to learn how to land top media features.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 494: Pricing Tiers You Should Have – Live Coaching

Pricing Tiers You Should Have – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

Today, we’re going to be talking about pricing tiers you should be having as well as some amazing opportunities that we have for you.

 

 

“You can’t build a business if no one knows you exist.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A casting for Ricochet Magazine and how to qualify.

  • Understanding the scope a prospective client has to go through to do business with you and why it’s important.

  • 6 phases of a client journey.

  • Properly defining value and where it comes from.

  • What phases you can and can’t skip to be effective.

  • How to retain your clients.

  • Core offers, low ticket offers and high ticket offers.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. More info and tickets HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 493: Biggest Mistakes When Pitching – Live Coaching

Biggest Mistakes When Pitching – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

In today’s live coaching, we are going to be talking about the top mistakes individuals make when they are trying to get published or when they are pitching to magazines.

 

 

“Pitching is not a one-time thing, it’s an ongoing process.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The most egregious mistakes you may be making when pitching.

  • Why you need to send multiple pitches to the same outlets.

  • What your goal should be when pitching.

  • Simplifying the process of pitching and following up.

  • The importance of knowing the audience.

  • Pitches that would raise a red flag.

  • Making your idea easy to find.

  • Why pitching actually helps the editor, podcast host, etc.

  • 3 ways to differentiate yourself and create strong pitches.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 492: 5 Most Important Marketing Questions to Ask

5 Most Important Marketing Questions to Ask

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re talking about the 5 most important questions you should be asking in relation to your marketing and your sales. Ultimately, it’s not just the asking of these questions but also finding the answers to these questions.

 

 

“Where can you position yourself in front of your target audience?”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 5 questions you need to ask and answer.

  • How to develop the right messaging.

  • Getting in front of your target audience.

  • Why you need to find your USP.

  • 3 ways to differentiate yourself in the marketplace.

  • The things you need to evaluate in your business.

  • Identifying the obstacles you are facing.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 491: 3 Things You Need to Know About Magazines Before Pitching

3 Things You Need to Know About Magazines Before Pitching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When it comes to trying to get published, there are three critically important things that you need to know about media outlets before you ever send off your first pitch. Today, let’s talk about these 3 things and why they’re important.

 

 

“Are these your prospective clients?”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 3 things to know before pitching.

  • The reasons you need to know these things before pitching.

  • The first question you want to ask yourself.

  • Why you need to know the date and the details of the audience you’re pitching to is.

  • What you need to download.

  • The importance of alignment when pitching.

  • Building a relationship with the decision maker.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 490: Should you Pay to Get Published? – Live Coaching

Should You Pay to Get Published? – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

Today’s topic that we are diving into is should you be paying to get published?

 

 

“I don’t want you to believe that paying for media features is the only way to generate leads for your brand or for your business.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Earned media vs. paid media.

  • The ROI of paid media.

  • Why your goals matter when answering this question.

  • Emails you may receive for paid media and how to navigate them.

  • Questions you should ask yourself when deciding on media features.

  • Why James does not sell spots on his show or digital network but what he does offer instead.

  • The truth about paying for content and how to grow your business.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 489: Stand Out on Social Media with Regina Lawrence

Stand Out on Social Media with Regina Lawrence

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

What we want to dive into today is one of the things that not only mystifies but also frustrates so many of our listeners; all things social media.

 

My guest today is Regina Lawrence. She is the founder and owner of All Things Social Media, a marketing agency.

 

 

“Stop being the consumer.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The role social media plays in an entrepreneur’s life.

  • What social media was originally intended for.

  • How to reset and refocus your intentions.

  • What’s stopping you from being creative.

  • Getting to a place of creating the right content for your audience and how to find out what that content is.

  • Finding the right medium and communication style.

  • How to create designs that create consistency.

  • Tips on using Canva.

  • What not to do on live videos.

  • Engagement channels and new ways to connect with your audience.

  • The best call to actions and why you need to get over your fears.

  • What people really want to know.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Regina

Instagram: @reginaalawrence

Website: www.reginalawrence.com

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 488: Am I Good Enough to Get Published?

Am I Good Enough to Get Published?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

A question that comes up fairly often when it comes to getting published is, “Am I even good enough to get published?” or “Who am I to get published?”

 

Perhaps this is something that you have thought or considered. Let’s talk about why you are.

 

 

“The majority of earned media features are for individuals like you.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Two misconceptions about getting published.

  • Do you have to be a celebrity to get published?

  • The difference between those who are getting published and those who aren’t.

  • Why you need to pitch yourself.

  • Where you can go to get published this year.

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

250 media features were booked at our last event!

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 487: Red Flags of Prospective Clients – Live Coaching

Red Flags of Prospective Clients – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

Today’s topic that we are diving into is red flags that you need to watch out for and the warning signs you need to be aware of when it comes to proposing your services to prospective clients.

 

 

“These red flags are warning signs of what will become a

toxic professional relationship.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What happens when we are exposed to these red flags.

  • When red flags come up.

  • Red flags you may experience.

  • How to respond to these red flags.

  • When these red flags become a problem.

  • Should you pay for features?

 

 

Attend Get Published Live 2023 in person or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

Learn how to land and leverage top features and land features by just attending!

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 486: Chef Robert Irvine on Overcoming the Impossible

Chef Robert Irvine on Overcoming the Impossible

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

 

My guest today is Chef Robert Irvine, you’ll recognize him from the hit TV show, Restaurant Impossible. He’s also the author of the brand new book, Overcoming Impossible.

 

 

“If one ingredient of that recipe is not in there, the magic doesn’t happen.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The inspiration behind Chef Robert’s decision to dive into business and self-improvement.

  • What Chef Robert’s new book is about and why.

  • The importance of failure.

  • How ego impacts people.

  • Listening to the people you’re working with and for.

  • Accountability and how to do it successfully within your teams.

  • What true leadership is.

  • The recipe for scaling your business.

  • Creating the right team around you.

  • Nonnegotiable habits as an entrepreneur.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Grab Chef Robert Irvine’s HERE

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 485: Three Reasons to Land Media Features

Three Reasons to Land Media Features

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I say a lot that getting published or earned media is the fastest and most effective way to grow your business. But when we think about getting published, what are the specific reasons you want to land media features and how do these reasons support you and your business? Today, let’s talk about 3 reasons why you want to get published,

 

 

“It is impossible to grow a business unless people know you exist.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 3 reasons to land media features.

  • How these reasons support your brand.

  • What earned media can do for your business.

  • Knowing which media outlets to target.

  • Why you need to know your goals before getting published.

 

 

Come learn everything you need to know about how to land and leverage top media features at Get Published Live 2023 in person in Phoenix, Arizona or virtually May 18-21, 2023. Get early bird passes HERE.

 

Just by attending, you will have the opportunity to audition for top media features. Every year, hundreds of media features are given away.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 483: How to Write to Sell with Scott Keyser

How to Write to Sell with Scott Keyser

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

 

The topic we’re going to be diving into today is one that comes up a lot as I’m working with clients and at our events. It comes up whenever we are talking about the language and copy they are using on their websites and sales pages, along with the language they are using in their media pitches.

 

My guest is Scott Keyser, he is the writing guy himself.

 

 

“We need to use the school that we find easiest to help

us with the school we find hardest,”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Scott’s story and how he fell in love with writing.

  • Why communicating via written word is harder than spoken communication.

  • What’s getting in the way of your communication.

  • Emoting versus evoking.

  • Misconceptions to address when writing copy.

  • What to focus on in order to engage your reader.

  • STORM and SCOTT.

  • 5 editing techniques for your copy editing.

  • The importance of making your copy sound like you.

  • 3 elements of great writing.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Scott

Website: writeforresults.com

LinkedIn: Scott Keyser

Twitter: @scottkeyser

Facebook: @ScottTheWritingGuy

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 482: The Coaching Industry Has Failed You

The Coaching Industry Has Failed You

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, we’re going to talk about why you should not compare yourself to others and why you need to stop listening to coaches who brag about how much many they make.

 

 

“There is a lot beneath the surface that they are not sharing.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear James dissect a post made by an entrepreneur and why it’s terrible.

  • Advice that doesn’t make sense and is misleading.

  • What the post doesn’t show or say.

  • Why talking about the amount of money you make is pointless and what actually has an effect and helps others.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 481: How to Go on a Podcast Tour – Live Coaching

How to Go on a Podcast Tour – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

This week, we’re talking about how to go on a podcast tour.

 

 

“If you’re a guest on that show, you are being vouched for by that host and by that show to their entire audience.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why podcast tours generate the greatest ROI.

  • What you need to do to go on a podcast tour.

  • Authority amplification and lead generation.

  • The nature of podcasting and what you should be doing when you’re a guest on a podcast.

  • How many interviews a week should you do?

  • What makes you stand out as a guest.

  • Where you can research shows and what to look for.

  • Dividing your time and pitching to different kinds of shows.

  • Creating the perfect pitch and following up.

  • Bringing the listeners into your ecosystem once you’re on the podcast.

  • 6 steps for you to take.

  • Why you need a lead magnet.

 

 

Grab the photoshoot guide or style guide for FREE: Text “PHOTOSHOOT” or “STYLE GUIDE” to 480-605-3254

 

One more day to apply for our new casting opportunity for 1 individual! You have to be available on March 13th in Arizona. Find the post and how to apply here @jpatrickphoto

 

A new casting opportunity for 2 people! The cover and interior picture of IconFit Volume 6. Find the post to apply here @iconfitmagazine 

 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 480: Overcoming Burnout with Kim Walsh

Overcoming Burnout with Kim Walsh (E)

Hosted by: James Patrick

Today, we’re going to be diving into something that I consider to be of utmost importance for our journey as business owners and entrepreneurs; that is the misconception of what it takes to be “successful.” The misleading of the hustle culture and this idea of having to grind and push and go to the extreme if you want to see success.

My guest today is Kim Walsh. She’s the founder of Warrior Forward.

“Burnout doesn’t have to be a failure, and it doesn’t have to be a success.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why Kim decided to focus on helping others with overcoming burnout and her own story of burnout.

  • Realizing balance is a lie and how to have a harmonious life instead.

  • The power of opening up the burnout conversation.

  • Looking at your life as seasons.

  • Common signs of burnout.

  • Going back to the basics.

  • Compounding tiny habits and remembering to celebrate your achievements.

  • Asking yourself the right questions.

  • How to stay consistent in your habits.

  • Figuring out what’s going to really fulfill you and choosing that path.

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

Connect with Kim

Website: www.warriorforward.com

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 479: How to Get Verified on Instagram

How to Get Verified on Instagram

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There’s a lot we do on Instagram to appear more credible, more professional, and that we have a bit more clout. This ranges from trying to mass a group of followers (whether or not that group of followers is legit) to trying to get that exclusive and elusive blue checkmark. We may have invested to try and get it or applied to try and get it.

 

But today, I’m going to tell you how you can actually get the blue checkmark. 

“What Meta is saying, and not saying, is If you don’t do this, your content is not going to be seen.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The new way to get verified and how much it costs. 

  • What Meta is claiming on why you would want the blue checkmark. 

  • The catch.

  • The fine print.

  • What you’re actually paying for. 

  • The question you need to ask yourself. 

  • Will enough people do this?

  • Why this is happening now. 

  • The importance of getting your followers off of social media.  

Text me & I can help you build a funnel to bring your social media audience into your ecosystem: 480-605-3254 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 478: How to Prep for a Photoshoot – Live Coaching

How to Prep for a Photoshoot – Live Coaching 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

This week, we’re talking about how to prep for a photoshoot.

“Choose photographers based on their skill sets.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you need goals for your photoshoot.

  • Different genres of photos and how to use them.

  • The most important photo to have in your portfolio.

  • 3 types of images that are critically important for health and wellness.

  • How to choose the right photographer.

  • Reviewing the terms of the photoshoot beforehand.

  • Asking the right questions in advance.

  • The power of having a specific niche as a photographer.

Grab the photoshoot guide or style guide for FREE: Text “PHOTO” or “STYLE GUIDE” to 480-605-3254

A new casting opportunity for 2 people! The cover and interior picture of IconFit Volume 6. Find the post to apply here @iconfitmagazine 

 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 477: Why Entrepreneurs Struggle with Their Health with Joel Evan

Why Entrepreneurs Struggle with Their Health with Joel Evan

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

A recurring theme that comes up on this show and one that I feel is important to bring back to the conversation is how we as professionals can run into certain dangers when we are not prioritizing our health and wellness.

 

My guest today is Joel Evan. He’s a holistic health coach and the host of The Hacked Life podcast.

 

 

“It’s all one thing; mind, body, soul.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why professionals are struggling with prioritizing their health.

  • Stop striving and start arriving.

  • The power of stacking consistent habits over time.

  • Do you have enough time?

  • Initial steps you can take to start today.

  • Unpacking your limiting beliefs.

  • Why you should celebrate your wins.

  • Doing the mindset work daily and the importance of a supportive tribe.

  • Receiving the energy you create.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Connect with Joel

Website: www.joelevancoaching.com

Email: info@joelevancoaching.com

Instagram: @joelevancoaching

Podcast: The Hacked Life Podcast

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 476: Stop Creating Content

Stop Creating Content

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I was just having a coaching consultation with someone and it got me thinking about how much time and energy we pour into content creation and distribution that is a complete waste. Let’s talk about why you should stop creating so much content.

 

“We have become completely consumed with content creation.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A sad announcement about James’s recent obsession.

  • The reason we’ve become consumed with content creation.

  • What happened to everyone along the way.

  • Multi-purposing content and being more efficient.

  • The role of content in your marketing plan.

  • Why you need to focus on building your audience.

  • 2 things to start doing right now.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions and topics to discuss on these weekly lives @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 475: Social Media Strategies for 2023 – Live Coaching

Social Media Strategies for 2023 – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We’re back with another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic sent in by the listeners to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

This week, we’re talking about social media strategies for 2023.

 

“We have to treat social media differently than we did before.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why consumers tune out things they may even be interested in on social media.

  • Why entrepreneurs are hesitant to put content out.

  • 3 reasons people get on social media.

  • Does viral content make you money?

  • Mastering your digital handshake.

  • Facilitating deeper connections.

  • Creating a more effective sales offer.

  • What we need to understand about our consumers.

  • The one word to take away from this chat.

  • Should you still write blogs?

  • It’s never going to be as rough as you think it’s going to be.

  • How to create an attention keeping video.

 

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions and topics to discuss on these weekly lives @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Check out this episode!

BTI #474: Launching Your Own Show with Lexy Romano

My guest today is Lexi Romano. She is the host and founder of the Phx Finds Show.

 

 

“If I hadn’t started, I wouldn’t have known what I needed to do to get to the next level.”

 

 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Lexy’s background and what got her into doing what she does now.

  • Why videos are so powerful.

  • All the things that go into making a video.

  • Creating a place to have a deeper connection with your audience.

  • How to keep viewers.

  • Developing the confidence to release content.

  • The key to keeping the momentum going.

  • The gift of hindsight and celebrating where you are.

  • Learning along the way.

  • Getting your video to stand out & gain traffic and momentum.

  • Balancing quality & quantity.

 

 

Connect with James

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

 

 

Connect with Lexy

Website: www.phxfinds.org

Show Instagram: @phxfindsshow

YouTube: Phx Finds Show 

 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Check out this episode!

BTI # 473: Don’t Be an A-Hole

Don’t Be an A-Hole

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I’ve developed this new obsession. It’s not a healthy obsession, as most aren’t once they reach a certain limit. This one has absolutely surpassed that limit. I’ve been seeing the same ad every day on Facebook.

 

But, this podcast is not about the ad itself, but it is about the comments on this ad and the response from one of the employees at this company.

“We’re not feeding the trolls.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What may happen when you run Facebook ads.
  • What you should do with trolls commenting.
  • The ad that James has been seeing and the comments being made.
  • The problem with the employee’s responses.
  • How your public responses can affect your business.
  • Different ways to respond to trolling comments that would put your business in a positive light.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 472: How to Land a Magazine Cover – Live Coaching

How to Land a Magazine Cover – Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call. Every week, James will be picking a topic to dive into so you can ask questions specifically about the topic. Then at the end, you can ask any questions you have.

 

This week, we’re talking about how to land a magazine cover. 

“The goal of the cover is to sell the magazine.”

IN THIS EPISODE

    • How a magazine cover can generate leads for your business.
    • Do you have to be a celebrity to land a magazine cover?
    • The importance of being proactive in your marketing.
    • Why the story behind the image matters.
    • The size of your audience does not equal sales.
    • Should you pay to be on a magazine cover?
    • How covers are chosen.
    • Effective pitches.
    • What not to do when pitching magazines.
    • All about online features.
  • A new casting opportunity for 2 people! The cover and interior picture of IconFit Volume 6. Find the post to apply here @iconfitmagazine 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 471: Evolution of the Fitness Industry with Nadine Dumas

Evolution of the Fitness Industry with Nadine Dumas 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is health and wellness coach, Nadine Dumas. 

“It really comes down to your morals and what you believe in.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Nadine and James’s history and how things have changed.
  • The power of an unedited photo.
  • Preparing for a photoshoot and the importance of having intentions beforehand.
  • What’s happening with magazine publications?
  • How to get on covers.
  • Native advertising.
  • Do you need Instagram to build your business?
  • If it’s right for you to scale your business.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Nadine

Website: www.nadinedumas.com

Instagram: @nadinedumas

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 470: When to Celebrate

When to Celebrate

Hosted by: James Patrick

For people like me, and perhaps for people like you, showing off is hard to do. Why? Because it seems that all we ever see when we fire up social media, is an endless stream of accomplishments. A barrage of celebratory news, an assault of requests for congratulations. It can’t all be real, can it? People’s lives cannot be this “#blessed.”

 

I’ve often said that social media represents the greatest hits of each other’s lives. The thing about the greatest hits is that they don’t include the b-tracks that never made it to the airways.

 

 We’re so often turned off or pissed off at this tidal wave of other celebrations, which we know are not entirely true, that we never stop to celebrate our own legitimate accomplishments. 

“When we don’t celebrate our victories, we rob ourselves of the momentum to achieve our next accomplishment,”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The truth behind social media.
  • Why we end up not celebrating ourselves.
  • Things you should be celebrating and why.
  • Taking time TODAY to share something you’ve accomplished in the Facebook group below.

 

Join James’s private Facebook Group: Fit Business Guide

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 469: Live Coaching

Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Welcome to another live weekly coaching call.This call is hosted through the Facebook group Fit Business Guide and on the YouTube channel where he answers all your business and marketing questions.

“No one has a background in marketing until they start marketing.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Publication trends.
  • Final call for entry at Ricochet Magazine: Enter Your Submission Here
  • Call for entry at IconFit Magazine: Enter Your Submission Here
  • How to follow up when pitching media outlets.
  • What a good follow up does.
  • Do you need to have experience in marketing?
  • How to use collateral to pitch to media.
  • Social media strategy for 2023.
  • Creating binge-able content.
  • Jumping on a live the right way and what your goal should be.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 468: Is Entrepreneurship Aging You with Laura Soulios

Is Entrepreneurship Aging You with Laura Soulios

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Laura Soulinos. She’s the co-founder of Body Tune by Laura. 

“It doesn’t need to be complicated.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Laura’s background and her expansion in business with her husband.
  • What creates long term results.
  • The power of baby steps.
  • Why YOU need to prioritize your health.
  • How to become more efficient and effective in your business.
  • How to maintain healthy habits and reverse the signs of aging.
  • Why all or nothing won’t work.
  • Should you be sleeping more? And ways to prepare your body for sleep.
  • Success = health
  • Laura’s passion and how she helps clients.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Laura

Weekly Texts: Text AGELESS to 416-628-9879

Instagram: @laura_soulios

Website: https://bodytunedby.ca

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 467: Dirty Words to Never Say Again

Dirty Words to Never Say Again

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There are some things about being a parent that I probably saw coming for me. For example, I saw that I would have some sleepless nights that would make me walk around in a daze on most days. I saw having to change a lot of diapers. 

 

The thing that I didn’t really anticipate was the words that I use. I didn’t think I had a bad vocabulary until my son started to emulate the words I was saying. Granted, he’s not saying it very clearly but he’s getting close. Thus, my expletives must be deleted.

 

So, I’ve had to clean up my language. But in this episode I’m not just talking about curse words. In this episode, I want to talk about the words that we should not be using in our own industry.

“We use it because, if we’re being honest, we are too lazy to peel apart the layers and actually define what it is we’re delivering to our clients.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A list of words we should stop saying in our industry.
  • The effects that may come with using these specific words.
  • The importance of saying clearly what you’re providing to your client.
  • Words that people have said they are tired of seeing and why.
  • Getting hyper specific and solving problems.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 466: Live Coaching

Live Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

Welcome to James’s third live weekly coaching call.This call is hosted through the Facebook group Fit Business Guide and on the YouTube channel where he answers all your business and marketing questions.

“Don’t say this is an idea you want to move forward with if you’re not willing to ask the questions on how to move that goal forward.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Taking action on your ideas by using the resources that are available to all of us.
  • Why you need to move forward even if it’s not perfect.
  • Book promoting and adding value by giving away freebies.
  • Social promotion.
  • Advertising and doing it efficiently.
  • A list of words we need to stop saying.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 465: Telling Your Story with Theresa Houghton

Telling Your Story with Theresa Houghton

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Theresa Houghton. She’s the Chief Nerd at Modern Health Nerd.

 

“Don’t feed the troll.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • More about Theresa’s title.
  • Standing out by leveraging what makes you, you.
  • How to really provide value.
  • Choosing what to share online.
  • Creating content that is audience driven.
  • Finding the right medium you should use.
  • The path to authenticity.
  • The beauty of trial and error.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Theresa

Website: www.modernhealthnerd.com

Substack: www.continuedjourney.substack.com

Online collective: Foster.co

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 464: Why You Don’t Need Confidence

Why You Don’t Need Confidence

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Do you ever get nervous at the start of the year? I get nervous about 2 weeks into the start of the year, so right about now. The reason I get nervous this time every year is because here is the point of the calendar year that I’ve set my goals, my plans, my strategy for the upcoming months. So, now I have to worry about how I’m actually going to do the things I said I was going to do.

 

“What if it all comes crashing down?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • All the things I have set aggressive goals for by this time of year.
  • Why James would have fear with all the experience he has.
  • The misconception we need to shed light on.
  • What goes through James mind and probably yours too.
  • The difference between entrepreneurs and those who aren’t.
  • What confidence truly is.
  • The truth about failing.
  • Courage vs. confidence.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 463: Live Business Coaching

Live Business Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Tune into James’s second weekly live business coaching call.This call is hosted through the Facebook group Fit Business Guide and on the YouTube channel and he answers all your business and marketing questions.

“There’s always going to be something that comes up.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Self-publishing versus traditional publishing.
  • Pitching a  book.
  • Production recommendations and what James does.
  • How to stream for a Facebook group.
  • The lead time before news is scheduled, created, or produced.
  • Different ways to pitch to a newstation.
  • Pricing your services.
  • Effectively announcing or launching new services. 
  • Planning your marketing campaigns.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Grab a copy of Fit Business Online here: https://www.fitbusinessonline.com/bundles/fitbusinessonline

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 462: Effectively Creating Content for Social Media with Brandon Cockrell

Effectively Creating Content for Social Media with Brandon Cockrell

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Brandon Cockrell. He’s the founder and president of Linchpin Sales Interactive. We’re diving into how to generate content and being present without getting burnt out.

 

“As long as attention is on these platforms, there’s going to be opportunity there.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Is the digital space too crowded?
  • Advice for how to find your audience with the right content.
  • Learning as you go instead of releasing perfect content.
  • Data points you should be analyzing.
  • Differentiating yourself.
  • Strategy and laying the groundwork for your content creation.
  • Why you need to focus on building your database.
  • How to gain trust and build a relationship with your audience.
  • Implementing systems, even as a one person show.
  • Understanding how to turn one opportunity into multiple.

 

 

Live coaching THIS WEDNESDAY at 8AM CST. Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Brandon

Website: linchpinsales.com

New Program: growyourbiznow.com

LinkedIn: Brandon Cockrell

Instagram: @linchpinsales

Facebook: Linchpin Sales Interactive

Check out this episode!

BTI # 461: Should You Be Edgy?

Should You Be Edgy? 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Do you want to know what sucks? Being told that you suck, you’re a douchebag, you’re not a good photographer. These things all suck to hear and they’re not fun to see people saying that about yourself and your work. 

 

I recently had one of my posts shared by a large photography account. The comments on this share were intense, to say the least.

 

“Bro, you suck.” “You’re a douchebag.” “Your work sucks.”

 

Am I reading these to tongue the pain a little? Yes, I am. But that’s not the point.

Today, we’re going to talk about whether or not you should be edgy.

 

“In order to be remembered, you must do something remarkable.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to take a photo that doesn’t suck series.
  • Who your content should be for, regardless of the naysayers.
  • Defining yourself in a unique way.
  • Creating something worth noticing.
  • Using your platform in a different way that offers value.

Live coaching THIS WEDNESDAY at 8AM CST. Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Live Business Coaching

Live Business Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Tune into James’s first ever live business coaching call that’s hosted through the Facebook group Fit Business Guide and on the YouTube channel. 

 

“Not having a goal in mind is a guarantee that you won’t achieve it.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Answering viewer’s questions and comments in real time.
  • Why you need purpose and intention.
  • Can you multipurpose content?
  • Repurposing content effectively.
  • Audience acquisition and how to launch/market your book.
  • The power of habits.

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 459: Get Started on YouTube in 2023 with Regan Rogerson

Get Started on YouTube in 2023 with Regan Rogerson

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Regan Rogerson. Today, we’re talking about why you should start a YouTube channel in 2023.

“YouTube algorithm’s sole purpose is to keep people on YouTube.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Is it too late to start on YouTube?
  • The hardest part about YouTube for people.
  • Why it may take longer to grow an audience,
  • The difference between YouTube and Instagram/Facebook.
  • Making an income on YouTube.
  • Things currently being tested on YouTube in 2023.
  • What content is best.
  • How to reach the right audience. 
  • The way the algorithm works.
  • Is posting once a week enough?

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Regan

Website: www.208inc.com

Instagram: @regan_rogerson

YouTube: Fitness Marketing Hub & Trainer Hub

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 458: Why You Will Fail On Your Goals

Why You Will Fail On Your Goals

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Perseverance is a prerequisite for creating change. That’s ultimately what our goals are in any given year; they’re about creating change. We need to hone in on our perseverance to cultivate the change we want to create in this new year.

 

However, our perseverance can be tested, weakened, strained. Ultimately, our perseverance can and often will be beat. Thus, our disciplines will be attacked and at some point, they’re going to falter. 

 

The strongest method to approach actually crafting lasting change and actually achieving those goals, is to ensure that you’re anchoring your efforts with easy to implement habits and easy to enact routines.

 

We’re diving into how to make habits that last and turn into change.

“Returning to what you know is comfortable.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why change is difficult for anyone.
  • How to create sustainable change and stay consistent.
  • Integrating goals into your already established daily routine.
  • Creating habits the right way.
  • Get free life coaching from me.

 

Join the Facebook Group for FREE & LIVE Life coaching: Fit Business Guide

Make sure you don’t miss the first coaching call THIS THURSDAY at 9AM PST.

Link to watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/jpphotoaz 

 

Grab a copy of The Legacy Planner here: http://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 457: Overcome Obstacles with Dom Vitalli

Overcome Obstacles with Dom Vitalli 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Dom Vitalli. He is the founder of Arizona Pro Wrestling Training Center. Today, we’re diving into overcoming obstacles in our day to day life.

“You have to keep doing the things that you probably don’t want to do, 

over and over again.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Where Dom’s story began and how he manages all he does.
  • How to perceive obstacles so you can grow through them.
  • Taking the right steps to heal properly.
  • Realizing that putting in the work will eventually pay off.
  • Ways to keep you motivated along your journey.
  • Using small wins to further propel your momentum.
  • How do you eat an elephant?
  • Getting critical tasks done every day.
  • Managing expectations.
  • How to really help clients.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Dom 

Instagram: @domvitalli / @traininaz

Coaching: www.domvitalli.com

Weekly Inspo: Knucklehead Podcast

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 456: 5 Business Predictions for 2023 You Need to Know

5 Business Predictions for 2023 You Need to Know

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

You know what creeps me out? Psychics. I don’t like to get my fortune told or visit psychics. Not that I don’t believe, because I’m more of a daytime atheist. I once had the very famous medium, Aliison Dubois, in my studio. The point is, I’m not a psychic but I have some predictions for you today. Let’s dive into my top 5 business predictions in 2023.

“They’re going to want to get results faster.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The top 5 predictions for 2023 that will help you mold how you interact with your audience.
  • Is marketing community still going to be effective?
  • What will sway purchasing decisions.
  • Why you should consider incorporating lower ticket offers.
  • Automation or personal touch? And how to do it effectively.
  • Offering more than online services.
  • What more consumers will be demanding more than ever before.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 455: How to Sell in 2023 with Jillian Murphy

How to Sell in 2023 with Jillian Murphy

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Jillian Murphy. She’s a sales mentor and today, we’re shedding some light on what sales really is and hoping to undo the negative preconceived notions that come along with the word sales.

“At the core of all things we do, it’s really about helping people and solving problems.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why Jillian is so passionate about shedding light on the sales industry.
  • Common misconceptions about sales.
  • Fears surrounding offending someone if you approach them for a sale.
  • The most important thing about the content you put out.
  • Being okay with the process taking time and the changes that happen over time.
  • Confidence and authenticity.
  • Should you do sales calls?
  • How to invite people into your ecosystem the right way.
  • How the industry has shifted.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Jillian

Instagram: @thejillianmurphy

Podcast: Sales & Social

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

40 Lessons Every Entrepreneur Needs to Learn

40 Lessons Every Entrepreneur Needs to Learn 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I started my first business when I was 19 years old. Over the past 21 years, I’ve launched close to 30 different brands and businesses. I don’t run 30 businesses now, but I’ve learned a thing or two about being an entrepreneur. Or maybe 40 things. Is this because I just turned 40 years old? Perhaps.

 

Today, we’re going to talk about the 40 lessons of being an entrepreneur.

“The reason I do this is to get some idea of where to be pricing my services.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 40 lessons you need to know.
  • Talent vs. skill and which one takes you further.
  • Honoring imperfection.
  • What successful people focus on and hire out.
  • Know who matters.
  • How to achieve big goals.
  • Tag @jpatrickphoto with your favorite or one you want to learn!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #453: Being Relentless with Angela Gargano

My guest today, returning back to the podcast, is Angela Gargano. 

Today, we’re talking about how Angela continues to get more than 5 minutes in the spotlight.

“If they say no, show them why it should be a yes.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Angela’s story, the success she has had and why.
  • How to use rejection to propel you forward.
  • The power of consistency and following up.
  • Can you cultivate resilience?
  • Do your research.
  • How to rise above and reach your goals.
  • Why landing one cover won’t be the end game for you.
  • Taking action.
  • How to motivate yourself when you aren’t getting results.
  • The real reason people come to you for your services.
  • Why the number of followers doesn’t matter.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Angela

Instagram: @angela_gargano

Website: www.instagram.com/angela_gargano

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

Set Your 2023 Financial Goals

Set Your 2023 Financial Goals

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Earlier today I was having a coaching call with one of my clients and the topic of setting financial goals for the upcoming year came up. They had a very aggressive financial goal for themselves and their business. Then the question came up, “How are you going to be hitting that goal?” That part wasn’t figured out yet. But to reach a big goal, you need to know in detail what that looks like for you.

 

The goal of this episode is to give you two different formulas on how you can calculate the income you want to earn for yourself.

“The reason I do this is to get some idea of where to be pricing my services.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The specifics of the things you need to know in order to hit your financial goals.
  • A live step-by-step walkthrough of the formulas you can use.
  • Taking things like days off and vacations into your calculations.
  • Billable hours versus non-billable hours.
  • How to correctly price your services and your hourly income.
  • Achieving a system of variables you feel confident in.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

How to Set Boundaries with Melissa Paige

How to Set Boundaries with Melissa Paige

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Melissa Paige. She’s the host of the Getting Soul Fit Podcast. Today, we’re diving into her story and how to set boundaries within your business and your life.

“I don’t put myself in a situation where I sacrifice my

 peace of mind for someone else’s comfortability.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Melissa’s story and her journey into becoming a therapist.
  • Why healing is so important.
  • How small choices lead to big changes.
  • Trusting your intuition.
  • Learning to say no without having to over explain why.
  • Boundaries you may need to learn to set for yourself.
  • Being mindful of who we allow in our space.
  • Accepting that not everyone will like you and why that matters.
  • “Who am I doing this for?”

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Melissa

Instagram: @themelissapaige

Podcast: Getting Soul Fit

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #450: How to Get More Done Every Day

NOTE: Get your copy of The Legacy Planner at https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Do you know what really bothers me? Hyperbole. When someone says, “Oh, you have to try this. It’s the best.” Is it? Another hyperbolic expression that drives me up the wall is when someone on social media inevitably says, “I get asked all the time about ____.” When really, they just want to talk about something.

Now that I’ve said that, I need to tell you I get asked all the time about how I manage to get so much done. That’s not hyperbole, I do get asked all the time. The answer is in how I manage the projects that I take on and how I break those projects down into manageable actions. 

Today, we’re going to talk about how to get more done.

“Why do some individuals seem to possess the capacity to constantly achieve great things in their lives while others tend to struggle?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The distinguishing factor in individuals. 
  • The 3 essential pillars you need to apply to your own life to ignite the change you long for.
  • What usually leads people to change.
  • Why setting goals and casting vision is important.
  • How to create purpose fueled action.
  • The gift of failure.
  • Defining your legacy and realizing the impact it will have.
  • How to use the Legacy Planner.
  • Drafting out your month based on your quarterly goals pulled on from your yearly goals.
  • 4 categories of habits that help individuals become successful.

Download a FREE copy of my new book The Legacy Planner and start getting more done today. DOWNLOAD OR PURCHASE THE LEGACY PLANNER HERE

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Legacy planner: https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI # 449: How to Price Your Services with Lesley Logan

How to Price Your Services with Lesley Logan 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Lesley Logan. She’s the owner and founder of OnlinePilatesClasses.com. 

Today, we’re talking about pricing your services correctly.

“Your business is not as fragile as you think it is.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why being consistent matters.
  • The power of YouTube.
  • A formula anyone can use to price their services.
  • How to get out of burnout. 
  • Effectively making your schedule.
  • Making shifts in your daily life that will go a long way.
  • Being okay with making changes within your business often.
  • Focusing on continuing to move forward.
  • Having a list of 5 people/groups whose opinion actually matters.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Lesley

Magic Number Calculator: https://profitablepilates.com/lp/magic-number/

Instagram: @lesley.logan

Pilates website & freebies: https://onlinepilatesclasses.com

Podcast: Be It Till You See It

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 448: Photo Shoots That Could Not End Fast Enough

Photo Shoots That Could Not End Fast Enough 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When I was in college, I got a job at Office Max one summer selling printers and various organizational tools. They also required me to work the register from time to time. On one Saturday morning, a customer came in and started yelling at me in front of not only my coworkers, but a line of patrons who started staring at the ground very uncomfortably. This customer made me call over my manager and demanded that my manager fire me. 

 

He did not fire me, but he did apologize profusely to the customer. I was being berated by the customer for saying, “have a nice day.” 

 

Today, we’re going to talk about some other shitty jobs I’ve had.

“They gave no direction on what they wanted the photos to look like.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Some of the worst jobs James has had.
  • Photo shoots that made James question his career choice.
  • How James handled awkward and uncomfortable situations.
  • Beyond creepy situations.
  • Overcoming unique user experiences.
  • Remembering who you’re there to serve.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 447: Becoming a Millionaire on OnlyFans with Courtney Tillia

Becoming a Millionaire on OnlyFans with Courtney Tillia

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Courtney Tillia. Today, we’re diving into Courtney’s story and how she got to where she is now.

“They want to see that it’s possible for them.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Courtney’s story and what led to her transition from being a teacher.
  • The lightbulb moment.
  • Things in life that should be measured vs what is usually measured.
  • All the backend work that people don’t see.
  • How a free account can still make Courtney money.
  • The biggest platform that makes Courtney the most revenue and how she uses the other ones.
  • How to keep subscribers.
  • Different ways to land media coverage.
  • Changes in the industry and leaving taboo behind.
  • Should you get a manager?
  • What’s coming up for Courtney and how it may help you.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Courtney

Website: www.courtneytillia.com

Instagram: @mrstillia

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 446: Warning Signs of BS Marketing

Warning Signs of BS Marketing

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

This may come as a surprise to you, but I was somewhat of a smartass at the youthful age of 21. I know there’s no way you believe that. But the truth is that cynicism is a part of my DNA. 

There was a girl I had a crush on when I was 21 and I was trying to swoon her. One evening she invited me to join her at a meeting. I accepted under one condition; if this meeting ended up being a pyramid scheme, I would walk out. 

 

The meeting was held at the conference room of a small hotel near the university. There was a keynote speaker who everyone revered and seemed to know, but I had no clue who he was. Over the next 35 minutes, he talked about this amazing opportunity to create economic freedom, become an entrepreneur, and to take control of our lives for the first time ever. All we had to do was onboard with this company. I did end up walking out of that meeting and we’re going to talk about why.

 

Today, we’re going to talk about the bullshit of fantasy marketing.

“They only want you to connect with others in the system.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The problem within our industry and how people are trying to keep up.
  • Revelations James had when he was entrapped.
  • Warning signs.
  • Messages that don’t teach strategy or tactics.
  • Behavioral control.
  • The art of deception.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 445: Are Your Friends Holding You Back?

Are Your Friends Holding You Back? 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Have I ever told you about the time I booby trapped my friend’s bed my freshman year of college? It was equal parts brilliance combined with absolutely baffling behavior. Halfway through my first year of college, I managed to convince my parents that I would get better grades if I lived on campus. The truth is, that I desired what I considered to be the most authentic and traditional college experience. 

 

Today, we’re talking about what happened with James’s roommate, Bruce, and the actual role friends play in our lives. 

“This is what elitism looks like.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • James’s experience with his roommate when he moved onto campus during his freshman year of college. 
  • The value of friends. 
  • Being careful of who you listen to in regards to friendship advice. 
  • How to truly evaluate people. 
  • What happens when you audit your friends the wrong way. 
  • Unrealistic expectations that can form if you believe your friends are responsible for your success. 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 444: Launching an Amazon Seller Business with Ann Sieg

Launching an Amazon Seller Business with Ann Sieg

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Ann Sieg. She’s the founder of E-Commerce Business School. As an industry, we’ve gone through a lot of changes. With that, has come the need for us as entrepreneurs to diversify our income streams. Today, we’re diving into how to be successful selling on Amazon. 

“Amazon is like a gauntlet into the e-commerce space and it’s the best place to start.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Ann’s story with becoming a successful Amazon seller.
  • Learning how to shift.
  • Why Amazon is a great place to start.
  • Misconceptions people may have about the business.
  • The biggest component of whether you will be successful at this or not.
  • How to get started and the best way to get started.
  • Evaluating data points.
  • 3 ways to guarantee success.
  • Arbitrage versus wholesale.
  • Ranking as the default purchase option on Amazon.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Ann

Website: ecommercebusinessschool.com

Facebook: E-Commerce Business School

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #443: Does Your Starting Point Determine Your Outcome?

Imagine that you have two great runners. They both run the exact same race and amazingly, they finish at the exact same time. However, the difference between the runners is that one runner has perfect form. The other runner runs like a complete weirdo. Now assume you’re a coach. Which runner do you choose to take under your wing to train?

Most listeners will choose the runner with perfect form. But why? Let’s talk about this scenario and dive into if your starting line determines your finish line.

“Each of us needs to be substantially better at acknowledging our starting line.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The false statement that influencers have been pushing.
  • Do we all have the same starting line?
  • Recognizing privilege.
  • The one thing we are in control of that will help our outcome.
  • What actually matters in your journey to the outcome.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 442: Did Instagram Suspend You?

Did Instagram Suspend You?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

It’s a couple times a year we try to get on Instagram and the app doesn’t seem to be loading correctly. Then, we immediately go to Twitter to check to see if Instagram is down or if people are using the hashtag #instagramdown. Maybe we go to downdetector.com and see if others are reporting outages. 

 

But on October 31st when a lot of people got on Instagram, they received a message that said, “We suspended your account. There are 30 days remaining to disagree with this decision.” 

Then the app wouldn’t let them contest it.

 

Let’s dive into what happened and why it matters.

“You do not own your Instagram following.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A recap of what happened with Instagram on 10/31.
  • Being too reliant on Instagram.
  • The cost for renting your audience and what you don’t get.
  • Investing your time and energy into new channels.
  • Ways you should be connecting with your audience.
  • Should you send SMS messages?
  • Why you shouldn’t put all your eggs in one basket.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 441: Have Your Best Two Months of the Year

Have Your Best Two Months of the Year

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

You know what I’m thinking about right now? Donuts. I spent the last few minutes daydreaming about donuts. I don’t desire to have a donut right now. So, why am I thinking about donuts? Let’s talk about why, what donuts remind me of, and what I learned from it.

“Plan, sprint, review.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • All about donuts.
  • Common problems with work meetings.
  • What is it you have to sell?
  • Reevaluating your offers.
  • The most important list you will make.
  • Reactive vs. proactive marketing.
  • The 3 phases you need to incorporate in the next two months.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 440: Those Who Did Not Get Booked at FITposium

Those Who Did Not Get Booked at FITposium

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

As I’m coming up on my 40th birthday, I’ve come to the realization that there’s some people who may not like me. Maybe people I’ve dated before, competitors in my industry, my friends, my team members. But this isn’t about me. This is about people not liking you; or at least the perception that people might not like you.

 

Today, we’re going to talk about the people who did not get booked at FITposium.

“Whatever choice you make, you’re going to be correct.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The amount of attendees that didn’t walk away from FITpoisum with a new opportunity.
  • What these individuals need to do next.
  • Why you may still have an opportunity to be cast by media outlets that were at FITposium.
  • The 2 roads you can walk down now.
  • An opportunity for those listening to this show.
  • Which person are you going to be?

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 439: How Fitpreneurs Can Make More Sales with George Liu

How Fitpreneurs Can Make More Sales with George Liu

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is George Liu. He’s the CEO of Gym Pillars and today we are diving into effective ways to make more sales.

“It’s more about them than about you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • George’s story and the inspiration behind his business.
  • Things that never change in regards to sales.
  • Getting clear on what people truly care about.
  • Building trust.
  • Generating leads and acquiring customers.
  • Not taking it personally.
  • Using exposure therapy in sales.
  • The power of simple systems.
  • Making time to prospect and easy examples to follow.
  • Why being resourceful is more important than having all the resources.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with George

Instagram: @georgel1022

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 438: The Problem with Sales

The Problem with Sales

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Do you know what I do when I have too much to do? I pick fights on social media, because I use my time wisely. I know it’s not that productive, you don’t want to be involved in it, the people I’m arguing with don’t want to be involved with it, and there are parts of me that don’t even want to be a part of it. But I saw something the other day that really irked me. It brought up a conversation I want to dive into today; the problem with sales. 

“When we immediately demonize anyone trying to work, and selling is a part of that work, we are making something that is already incredibly difficult, that much harder.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The problem with sales.
  • Why dehumanizing people who sell is an issue.
  • The post James saw that irked him and why.
  • What can scale your business and why we need to protect it.
  • How to politely decline sales instead of creating a negative narrative about sales.
  • The fear behind sales as a consumer.
  • Two ways to sell in the culture we are in.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 437: Why People Got Booked at FITposium

Why People Got Booked at FITposium

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We are just days post the final FITposium and we had 245 media bookings cast at FITposium this year. That is double the record we set last year, which was 120. There were so many things that we noticed as the hosts of this event, as well as casting partners in this event, that helped applications stand out. As well as things that we saw that made it difficult to select someone.

 

Today, we are doing a round table discussion. In this conversation we have Christina Patrick, Lori Young, Chelsey Clark, and Cassie Douglas.

 

Christina is the creative director of ICONFIT Magazine and Ricochet Magazine. Lori Young is our marketing specialist. Chelsey Clark is our director of education. Cassie is the editor in chief of ICONFIT Magazine and ICON REFINED.

“If they didn’t have that story that pulled at the heart strings or they didn’t give very specific topics of what they could talk about, we overlooked them.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Applications from FITposium and what made some stand and some flop.
  • The importance of unique pitches and sharing your unique qualifications.
  • Why putting in the effort matters.
  • Being specific with your title but also grabbing attention right away.
  • Building relationships with media outlets.
  • Why your audience matters.
  • Offering value to the media outlets.
  • Standing out as a model.
  • Advice for those who didn’t get published this year on how to show up next year,

 

Go to FITpoisum.com to get super early bird access for Get Published Live for the next few days only!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 436: How Entrepreneurs can get Health Insurance with Melissa Blatt

How Entrepreneurs can get Health Insurance with Melissa Blatt

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Melissa Blatt. She is the founder of Indipop. We are diving into Indipop and finding the right healthcare as entrepreneurs.

 

“If you want to be your own boss, healthcare should not be the 

issue for you to keep you chained to your 9 to 5.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What Indipop is, how it works, and why Melissa launched it.
  • What makes Indipop different and what it offers.
  • Red flags to look out for when searching for healthcare.
  • Which social platforms were successful in reaching an audience.
  • Being educating and advocating for yourself.

 

Go to FITpoisum.com to get super early bird access for one week only.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Melissa

Website: indipop.co

Chat: hello@indipop.com

Make sure to check under “events” for the next live webinar!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 435: The End of FITposium and What Comes Next

The End of FITposium and What Comes Next

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I’m sitting in my office the morning after our 8th annual FITposium conference looking at photos going back to our 1st FITposium conference back in 2015, and thinking about this idea that I had. “What would happen if I gathered together different professionals in the health and fitness space to come together as a community to share ideas, different best practices, and real sources? If we were to do that, how far could we all go as a community?

 

The response was there is no limit. We rented a tiny room at a Holiday Inn Express in Mesa, Arizona and filled the entire room with 50 professionals. Today, we are talking about how it’s evolved and where it’s headed.

“The time has come to retire the FITposium brand.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The beginning years of FITposium.
  • How FITposium has done since 2020.
  • How many media features FITposium has helped secure for professionals.
  • Gratitude and community.
  • The retirement of FITposium and why.
  • What we’ve learned in the past few years.
  • Our new brand launching in 2023.
  • Get Published Live on May 18-21, 2023 in Phoenix, Arizona and more details.

 

Go to FITpoisum.com to get super early bird access for one week only.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 434: When to Invest in Yourself with Carm Bozzo

When to Invest in Yourself with Carm Bozzo

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Carm Bozzo. She is the founder of UpandLifting Fitness & Nutrition coaching. Today, we are going to hear Carm’s story, when she realized she was worth it, and why you need to invest in yourself too.

“As I kept doing things for myself, I built that confidence and 

I realized ‘this is worth it, I’m worth it.’ “

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Carm initially got into the industry and work she is in now.
  • What it costs you, besides money, to invest in yourself and why it’s worth it.
  • Giving yourself time to create habits and change your mindset in the process.
  • Getting over the guilt of investing in yourself.
  • Being okay with making changes.
  • Shifting how you charge for services.
  • The “so that” factor.
  • Selling the outcome.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Carm

Instagram: @upandlifting

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #433: Adding Emotion to Your Brand with Rachel Pesso

Adding Emotion to Your Brand with Rachel Pesso 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Rachel Presso. She is a Brand Storyteller and we are diving into how to add emotion to your brand. It’s a conversation that I’ve been wanting to have with Rachel for a long time.

 

“A good story includes an amazing photograph.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What a brand storyteller is and what Rachel does.
  • How the look and esthetic of your brand can portray your goals.
  • The key that brands need to tap into.
  • The things you need to be clear on.
  • Why brand consistency and cohesiveness is important.
  • One of the biggest mistakes brands make and how to fix it.
  • Being dynamic instead of static.
  • Staying true to yourself along the way.
  • Do you have to be in the spotlight of your brand?
  • What the right design and story can do in partnership with marketing.

THIS WEEK! FITposium is on October 13-15th. 

Join in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Rachel

Website: www.rachelpesso.com

Instagram: @rachelpesso

Websites: www.soulthemes.com

TikTok: @rachelpesso

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 432: Four Steps to Get Published

Four Steps to Get Published

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When it comes to getting published, it really comes down to four steps. Let’s talk about these today so you can get published.

“Invest in the relationships that you earn.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The four steps to get published.
  • Doing the research.
  • Leading with value.
  • How to earn attention.
  • Delivering on the feature and then making sure you stay in touch.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 431: Why Getting Published is Better Than Buying Ads

Why Getting Published is Better Than Buying Ads

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Why is earned media so much better than paid advertising for your brand or business when it comes to generating leads? Let’s talk about it.

“Earned media has 4x the engagement of paid advertising.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The difference between earned media and paid advertising.
  • Why earned media matters.
  • Where you can learn to get published with earned media.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 430: How Many Pitches Does it Take to Get Published?

How Many Pitches Does it Take to Get Published?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Here’s a riddle for you: How many pitches does it take to get published? Well, the answer might surprise you.

 

“90% of people who pitch will never send a single follow up.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to get ahead of 90% of people vying for the same media feature as you.
  • Is one follow up enough?
  • The goal of making pitches.
  • Following up the right way and how to do it well.
  • How long it took James to pitch a TV show that finally said yes and why it’s important.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 429: Behind the Scenes with Dionne Davis-Frazier

Behind the Scenes with Dionne Davis-Frazier 

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Dionne Davis-Frazier. She is the publisher and editor of FitFigures Magazine. We are diving into all the hard work she has done in the last decade and what changes still need to take place in the media industry.

“That’s where it all begins, it’s with the mind.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Dionne’s story and how she started her own business.
  • Where true transformation happens.
  • Does the media landscape still need more change in regards to diversity?
  • The truth behind how much effort happens behind the scenes.
  • What it takes to be on a cover.
  • Proper etiquette when interacting with media outlets and after you are featured.
  • What makes a good cover photo?
  • The benefits of working directly with the model.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Dionne

Website: www.fitfiguresmag.com

Email to be featured! info@fitguresmag.com

Personal Instagram: @dionne772

FitFigures Instagram: @fitfiguresmag

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

Check out this episode!

BTI # 428 2 Ways to Stand Out When Pitching

2 Ways to Stand Out When Pitching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

One of the biggest questions we get is not just how to get published but how to stand out in publishing. Standing out comes down to two things and we’re talking about those two things today.

“Lead with value.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 2 things to help you stand out when pitching.
  • Why the value of what you’re bringing is the most important part of your pitch.
  • The power of a consistent follow up.
  • How to get the attention of media outlets.
  • Where to get directed to media outlets to get published.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 427 3 Biggest Mistakes When Pitching

3 Biggest Mistakes When Pitching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When it comes to pitching to media outlets, there are three big mistakes that individuals can make that will get their pitch thrown out. So whatever you do, don’t make these three mistakes!

“Know who the audience is.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to get your pitch thrown in the trash.
  • The importance of doing your research before you pitch.
  • Who else you need to talk about in your pitch.
  • From me focus to them focus.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 426 Finding Your IT FACTOR with Tiffany Carter

My guest today is Tiffany Carter and we are diving into how to stand out in your business in an authentic way.

“The truth isn’t always sexy.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Tiffany’s background and why she decided to be a business coach.
  • What brings true results.
  • Finding your own sweet spot in your business and how to truly stand out.
  • Bringing your personality and quirks into your business.
  • What to ask those around you.
  • What Tiffany and James are bringing to the FITposium conference this year.
  • How to increase responses on social media by beta testing.
  • Creating valuable pitches.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Tiffany

Podcast: Projectme

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 425: How to Leverage Media to Grow Your Business

How to Leverage Media to Grow Your Business

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Here’s an interesting thing that I want you to know; getting published is not the end of the work. In fact, it’s just the beginning of the work. Once that feature lands, your work is just starting because now we are entering into the phase where you have to leverage these features.

“We call it PRing your PR.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you need to leverage media features.
  • 2 different times to capitalize on your features and why.
  • What happens when you leverage your published work the right way.
  • Exclusive opportunities to land top features.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 424: Benefits of Local Media

Benefits of Local Media

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

It’s easy to understand why when we’re pitching to media outlets we want to land these big, national features or international spots. It looks amazing to see yourself on a national news stand and to have that authority, clout, collateral, and marketing assets.

 

But, never overlook the power and immense opportunity of local media. I’m going to argue the case for local media today.

“Consumers love to invest locally.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A guaranteed way to generate leads and sales for your business.
  • How to gain experience in pitching.
  • Ways to more quickly obtain marketing collateral and a resume of features.
  • Why local media will benefit your business immediately.
  • Opportunities for you to get published within the month!

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 423: Benefits of Being Featured on Podcasts

Benefits of Being Featured on Podcasts

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Podcasting is one of the fastest and more effective mediums to not jump amplify your authority, but to generate leads for your business. Let’s talk about why.

“The demand for podcasts has been increasing as the number of shows also increases.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why landing podcast features is important.
  • How a listener gets to understand you more through a podcast interview.
  • Ways your audience is more accessible through podcasts.
  • The benefit of already having a warm audience.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 418 How Earned Media Can Grow Your Business

How Earned Media Can Grow Your Business

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Often when we think about getting published and why we want to, it’s because it’s just really cool to get published. But there are two other very important benefits that getting published can provide that will help you grow your business.

“Those outlets are essentially vouching for you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Two main benefits of getting published.
  • The three things that earned media will amplify for you.
  • How earned media validates you.
  • Authority amplification and direct lead generation.
  • How you know where you should put your marketing efforts.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 421: 3 Goals of Getting Published

 3 Goals of Getting Published

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There are three goals you might have when it comes to earning media or getting published. Let’s dive into these today and why you need to know this.

“Knowing what your goals are will help you get specific about which media outlets you should be pitching to.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 3 goals you probably have for getting published.
  • The byproducts of these goals in your business.
  • Why you need to get specific about who you pitch to.
  • How you can land features today.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 422: 3 Things to Know Before Pitching to Media Outlets

3 Things to Know Before Pitching to Media Outlets

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There are three things you need to know about a media outlet before you send out a pitch to that outlet. Whether it’s a magazine, a podcast, or a digital feature, these three things are important. 

“It’s important to understand what the editorial direction 

is of this media outlet prior to pitching.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 3 things you need to know about media outlets before you pitch to them.
  • Why your audiences need to be in alignment.
  • How to make sure what you’re bringing will fit into what they’re already doing.
  • Finding the decision maker.
  • The only conference where you will have exclusive opportunities to land a feature just by attending.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 420 Which is Better, Print or Digital Features?

Which is Better, Print or Digital Features?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When we think about pitching to magazines, it’s intuitive that most of us want to be featured in the print publication. It’s on newsstands, you get to pick it up and show it to your friends, take a picture next to it. 

 

For the longest time, we looked at digital features as a lowered tier offering. But the truth is quite the opposite.

“Digital features are wildly valuable to entrepreneurs.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The value behind digital features and why.
  • Which feature drives more traffic to you and generates more leads.
  • The power of digital features.
  • Where you can go to get published next month.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 419 2 Biggest Misconceptions About Earned Media

2 Biggest Misconceptions About Earned Media

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When it comes to getting published, it seems like individuals have two big, major misconceptions about what it takes to land earned media. Let’s unpack those today.

“It’s about what you’re willing to do.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 2 misconceptions.
  • Is earned media just for celebrities?
  • Getting booked by reaching out directly and bringing value.
  • How James is going to help you land features.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 417 What is Earned Media?

What is Earned Media?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

When we talk about getting published I use the phrase “earned media” a lot. In fact I really use these phrases interchangeably. It’s easy to conceptualize what getting published is. But when I say earned media, what does that mean?

“You earned the right to get in front of that audience.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Getting published vs. earned media.
  • What makes earned media different.
  • Different earned media opportunities and what they could look like.
  • How earned media can benefit you and your business.
  • Are paid ads better?

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 416 Quickly Make More Sales by Using an Outrageous Offer with David Valentine

Quickly Make More Sales by Using an Outrageous Offer with David Valentine

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is David Valentine and we’re diving into his story and how you can make more sales in your business.

“At the end of the day, if you can’t sell something, you’re not going to go anywhere.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • David’s story and what he believes about small business.
  • What marketing and sales actually are.
  • Selling results.
  • The question that you should be asking yourself.
  • Why you need to build better systems for your clients.
  • Having an exceptional onboarding process.
  • The components of having an offer someone can’t refuse.
  • Why time frame matters.
  • Should you guarantee results?
  • How to achieve a higher success rate with your clients.
  • Creating the lifestyle you want by doing the work upfront to be free later.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

Dozens of opportunities for attendees to be published!

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with David

Twitter: @realdval

Instagram: @realdval

TikTok: @realdval

3 FREE logo mock ups: Email david@vhsdesign.co and mention BTI

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 415 Two Types of Pitches, One Has to Come First

Two Types of Pitches, One Has to Come First

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Ultimately when it comes to pitching to media outlets, there are two types of pitches. Whether you’re trying to pitch to a magazine in hopes to get published, or position yourself in front of a podcast host so you can be interviewed. 

 

The reality is we often will send the wrong one out of these two. One has a higher chance of working, but most people who are new at pitching send the one that doesn’t work. Today, I’m explaining what they are and when to send them.

“There’s a time and place for that pitch.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The two types of pitches.
  • What’s missing from the most common pitch.
  • The importance of establishing relationships.
  • What the focus of your pitch should be.

IT’S THE LAST DAY FOR EARLY BIRD PRICING FOR FITPOSIUM 2022!

Dozens of opportunities for attendees!

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th 

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 414 Magazine Cover Castings

Magazine Cover Castings

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Let’s talk about magazine covers today. It is without question the most coveted goal within the earned media field and probably one of the top questions I get.

“You will always have that cover.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Two common misconceptions when it comes to pitching for magazine covers.
  • How a magazine cover can help you and your business.
  • Why you would want a magazine cover.
  • Opportunities for you to get a magazine cover this year and who they are with.
  • Special perks for FITposium this year.

ONLY A FEW MORE DAYS FOR EARLY BIRD PRICING!

Dozens of opportunities for attendees!

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th 

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 413 Secret to Hiring a Business Coach

Secret to Hiring a Business Coach

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I honestly believe that for any entrepreneur who is looking to hire or invest in a business coach that the right coach does exist. The frustrating part is that it can become increasingly difficult to really sus out the differences between coaches and which coach is right for you. So what do you do? Let’s dive into that today!

“Don’t look for testimonials.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What separates a good coach from the right coach for you.
  • Things to ask coaches as a prospective client.
  • Case studies vs. testimonials.
  • The one thing you need to study about the coach and their own life.
  • Red flags.

ONE MORE WEEK FOR EARLY BIRD PRICING!

Dozens of opportunities for attendees!

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th 

in-person or virtually at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 412 Stupidly Simple and Free Marketing Tactics

Stupidly Simple and Free Marketing Tactics

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I’m working on a new marketing plan right now and I’m trying to determine the most appropriate charts to showcase the exact strategy and tactics that we will be performing. I am reading articles and asking myself questions about quantitative relationships to determine which chart is the right chart. There’s got to be an easier way.

 

Today, we’re talking about stupidly simple marketing steps that you need to be taking.

“Get interviewed, a lot.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • 3 of the simplest and FREE marketing tactics that would improve your business today.
  • Asking for referrals the right way.
  • The requests you need to be sending out consistently.
  • How to learn more about landing earned media features.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th in-person or virtually

and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 411 First Speaker Announcements

First Speaker Announcements

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today, I want to talk to you about who you’re going to be learning from at FITposium this year. 

“Get published, get featured, so you can get hired.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How we pick our FITposium presenters and why.
  • What’s in it for you?
  • The first line up of speakers.
  • A sneak peek of what the speakers will be teaching you.

Lock in your pass now for FITposium on October 13-15th 

and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 410 I Dreamt For Your Benefit

I Dreamt For Your Benefit

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I had this dream the other night and I want to dive into what I could unpack from it in this episode. 

FITPosium Update: We now have over a dozen magazine partners who are all casting 4 features. Lock in your pass now and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

“Are these activities creating a path to bring revenue into your business?”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A detailed and exciting FITPosium update.
  • Why you may want to pay attention to your dreams.
  • James’s dream and what it means to him and you.
  • Symbolism that you may need to pay attention to.
  • Are you getting a return on the work you are doing?
  • Assessing and reevaluating the tasks you do for your business.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 409 What is Missing from Your USP?

What is Missing from Your USP?

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Earlier today, I was having a conversation with one of my clients about Unique Selling Positions, or USPs. Maybe you’ve heard about USP, that you should have one, and have even tried to do some work to establish a USP. Maybe you’ve had success, or like many, have struggled to peel back enough layers and truly hone in on what about you, your brand, your services, your offering, your solution is unique and different in the marketplace. 

 

During this conversation, I realized there is a second facet of USPs and we are diving into that today.

“The more that you can start to identify these elements, the easier it will be for your target audience to realize ‘you’re the person for me.’ “

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A USP and what the other facet of USP is.
  • What your USP could be in regards to your target audience.
  • Uniquely selling to a specific audience.
  • How to make real connections with your customers.
  • What questions to ask yourself to get the right USP.

Lock in your pass now and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 408 How to Be an Influencer

How to Be an Influencer

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I, James Patrick, being of sound mind declare that I want to be an influencer. This is no mere desire, it is not a fleeting lust or a passing fantasy. This is a need, a necessity. An immutable requirement to my life, as much as oxygen or water. 

 

Although I may not have been born into wealth or what most would consider good looks, or even an agreeable personality; I possess an even more befitting aptness – the highly developed ability to observe. 

 

Today, we’re going to become influencers.

“I now understand and possess the power of influencing 

you so that you may influence others!”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The different things James is using to observe and how that makes him an influencer.
  • What is an influencer?
  • How can you be an influencer?
  • Do you really want to be an influencer?

 

Lock in your pass now and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 407 How to Save Money in Advertising

How to Save Money in Advertising

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Have you considered advertising as a way to generate leads for your business? 

If so, this episode is for you. 

Have you been nervous about getting into advertising because you’re afraid of losing money? If so, this episode is for you.

Have you advertised and have not seen the results that you are hoping to see? If so, this episode is for you.

 

Online advertising has shifted quite a bit over the last few years and we have had to completely shift our approach. The goal of this episode is to share with you what we have implemented in our advertising platform that has worked better for us and helped us save money and reduce the amount of money we have to spend to generate a lead.

“The goal is to get them to notice.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Awareness, lead generation, and conversion.
  • Understanding what ads can be run at different points of the customer process.
  • The changes that have happened in advertising over the last few years.
  • The goals of each type of ad.
  • Do video ads work?
  • Strategic ways to run different types of ads.
  • Need help? Text James!

 

Lock in your pass now and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 406 FITPosium is Back

FITPosium is Back

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

FITposium is BACK! Our 8th annual FITposium Conference is happening October 13-15th in Phoenix Arizona at the Hives Studios. You can attend in person or online. Our mission this year comes in 3 pillars: get published, get booked, and get hired.

 

“We want you to finally unlock your full potential.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • More details on the annual FITposium conference and the exclusives that come from just attending.
  • What’s new this year?
  • A few specific opportunities and brands that have already agreed.
  • What you’ll get out of the conference and why you’ll want to be there.

 

Lock in your pass now and get early bird pricing at www.fitposium.com.

See past features @fitposium

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 405 Get Free Business Coaching

Get Free Business Coaching

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We’re going to do something new. We are going to be offering FREE one-on-one coaching with me. Y0u will be coached on your object, your brand, what you have launched, or what you have trying to advance,

 

“I want to hear from you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Free one-on-one coaching and how to get it.
  • Hearing from James and his business strategy,
  • A breakthrough for your business.
  • Getting traction.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 404 How to Finish

How to Finish

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I don’t mean to brag on this show, but I’m a little bit of a chicken shit. The correct response to that is, “Don’t sell yourself short, James. You’re a tremendous chicken shit.” I’m not going to argue that fact with you.

 

I was thinking about fear, and I think fear comes up in two different ways. We’ve often talked about one, and today, we are diving into the other one.

 

“No idea has value unless action has been completed or 

that idea has been shared with someone else.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 2 different fears we face.
  • What an imposter really means and why you can label yourself as that.
  • What happens when you don’t finish things.
  • Thrashing and the real solution for it.
  • Neutralizing things at the beginning to stop delays at the end.
  • The 4 options you have when facing a problem.
  • Why is your idea worth more?

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 403 Two Epic Announcements

Two Epic Announcements

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

There is no time to waste today! We are getting right into the thick of it with not one, but TWO epic announcements for you. 

“Everything will be done by the time you walk away from this conference.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A magazine opportunity for you.
  • How to be eligible for this epic opportunity.
  • FITposium is back!!! And all the details.
  • New opportunities for your business.
  • Mark your calendars – August 1st and October 13, 14 & 15!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 402 Something Worth Learning

Something Worth Learning

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I’m a great photographer, but are my photographs great? I’ve had this statement bouncing around in my head for the better part of this week. I saw the original statement probably while doom scrolling on Instagram and it was something along the lines of, “I’m a great writer, but is my writing great?” I’ve spent a fair amount of time trying to deconstruct what this statement means to me. Apply it to yourself and it’s like an onion, you start peeling back layer after layer.

“If you state that there is nothing left for you to learn, you will become correct.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Taking time to apply this statement to your own life and reflect on it.
  • Creating work worth remembering.
  • Why we need to continue learning and what happens if we stop.
  • How to inhibit your ability to continue learning.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 401 Destroying Haters with Whitney Johns

Destroying Haters with Whitney Johns

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

My guest today is Whitney Johns. She’s a trainer, a coach, an entrepreneur, and a model. We’re diving into destroying the haters in this episode.

“Take nothing personal.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Whitney’s entrepreneurial story and journey.
  • Recognizing your own accomplishments.
  • Managing your ego.
  • Appealing to your audience and different strategies for different things.
  • Staying true to your mission, message, and those who support you.
  • How to deal with negativity.
  • Opening up to your audience.
  • The importance of celebrating your hard work.
  • Staying true to yourself and anchoring in authenticity.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Whitney

Instagram: @whitneyjohns

Website: www.whitneyjohns.com

YouTube: Whitney Johns

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 399 How to Keep Your Clients

How to Keep Your Clients

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

I feel like we’ve known each other long enough so I can confide in you and share something that has been weighing on me over the last several months. I have this unhealthy obsession with seeing bad things happen to bad people. Essentially, those who get what’s coming to them. To actually witness karma coming back to bite someone in the ass; but only someone who deserves it of course.

 

I know this is not great. My therapist is aware of this, no need to involve her any more in this. I understand there’s a mentality of “live and let live,” and “focus on yourself.” I hear you, but also it is really cool to see when someone gets what’s coming to them.

 

Today, I’m diving into a video I found that set me off, why it did, and how you can avoid feeling like you need to do the same.

“It takes a tremendous amount of work to earn someone’s business for the first time.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The rabbit hole James went down and advises you not to.
  • Honoring and retaining the business you have versus always chasing new business.
  • 4 phases/stages you need to have in your business.
  • Specificity and why it’s important.
  • Effective marketing.
  • Overdelivering and 10x value.
  • Staying in touch.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 395 Close More Sales Calls

Close More Sales Calls

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

We’re getting right to the point today. We’re talking about sales calls and how you can more effectively close more sales on your sales calls. 

 

“It’s important that you have an order to your conversation.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • When and why you should be using sales calls.
  • The framework of your call and what the focus needs to be.
  • What should be done before the sales call.
  • Asking the right questions.
  • The main steps you should be walking your client through.
  • Closing the call with success.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 397: How I 30X A Business in 5 Years

 How I 30X A Business in 5 Years

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

What could you do to make more money? The first thought when you think about this question for a lot of us is, what else do I need to create? What other businesses, programs, services? 

“But the truth is, the goal is to create more revenue without creating a great deal more time.”

 

It’s about looking for money lying under a rock.

Today, we’re going to talk about how to turn over some rocks.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Adding a new version of what you’re doing.
  • Creating additional revenue off something you’re already selling.
  • How James 30X the money he was making in 5 years.
  • Increasing services to increase opportunities to increase price.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #396: Getting Totally Rejected

Today, we’re going to talk about rejection.

“It’s not a no, it’s just not a yes… yet.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What happened on James’s first date.
  • Online voting contests and what to remember about them.
  • When someone actually says no to you and the effect it has on you.
  • A little peek behind the curtain of why people really get selected.
  • Shifting your perspective for when you don’t get chosen.
  • Why you need to keep showing up.

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #395: WTF Advertising Facts

It’s storytime today! I have my hot cocoa and a story for you. Back in 1970, Orville Redenbacher, hired an advertising agency to help his struggling popcorn business. He paid the company $13,000 and in exchange they told him to rename his company by his own name. 

I should have been in the advertising business in 1970. Imagine paying a company about $90,000 in today’s dollars and all they do is tell you to name the company after yourself. 

 

Today, we’re going to talk about crazy WTF advertising facts and statistics.

“Marketing teams that have written down or documented their strategies are over 300% more likely to succeed than those who do not.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Exciting announcements!
  • Marketing statistics that could help your business.
  • Video facts.
  • The power behind different social media platforms.
  • Interesting advertising stats that will make you think.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #394: What Needs to Be On Your Instagram in 2022

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick shares the various elements that need to be included on your Instagram profile in 2022 if you hope to leverage the social media platform to grow your brand and business.

In detail he discusses how to properly format your name and bio as well as what needs to be included in your story highlights and also leveraging Instagram’s latest feature, pinned posts.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #393: How to Say “No” to Clients

If you’re like me, you’re terrified of being told “no.” In fact, I will try to engineer all of my actions and all of my queries just to prevent being told no. There’s something about being told no that feels shameful. 

 

You know the idiom, the worst thing they can do is say no? Well, that’s a terrible thing! But, in this episode I want to talk about how you can actually say no to someone else.

“We need to be honoring our own time, our own energy, our own limits, and our own boundaries.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why saying no is important.
  • What happens if you always say yes.
  • Different ways you can say no to inquiries without upsetting a client.
  • Establishing healthy boundaries.
  • Practical things to say to your clients in tough moments.
  • Adding value while respecting your boundaries.

 

ICONFIT Magazine volume II is out now! CLICK HERE

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #392: Get All the Clients You Need with Estie Starr

One of the most frustrating elements of running your own business, if I can be honest, is the inconsistency. We have some months that you just can’t keep up with the number of new leads coming into your ecosystem and it doesn’t seem like there are enough hours in the day to process all the work that is coming through your front door. And then all of a sudden, you turn the page on the calendar and you realize that you don’t have any appointments for the next several weeks. What happened? 

 

That’s what we’re talking about today; how to build a reliable and consistent lead generation within your brand and business. My guest today is Estie Starr. She’s the founder of Strand Consulting and the Better Business School.

“The majority of sales is not that pushy salesperson. 

All high ticket sales are intellectual sales.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The foundational thing you’re missing in marketing your business.
  • Discipline and why it’s important.
  • The truth behind advertising.
  • 5 steps to get a stable, reliable, consistent business flow.
  • Strategic word of mouth.
  • How many exposures and touch points you need to get a sale.
  • Do you need to go viral to be successful?
  • The medium and the message.
  • Followers do not equal business; show up!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Estie

FREE gift for you: estiestarr.com/freegift

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #391: When Should Entrepreneurs Speak Up on Social Issues

I know I’ve needed to record this specific episode for quite some time. Which is naturally why I’ve put it off for as long as I possibly could.

 

My hope is that we can proceed and do this together. 

“In the last few years alone, there have been ample opportunities for businesses and brand leaders to become activists; to speak up in a professional capacity about social issues.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The leaked SCOTUS document on May 3 and what happened last week.
  • What we, as business owners, can do.
  • When to speak up and get involved.
  • What 65% of consumers want to see from the brands that they follow.
  • How to decide which events you need to take a stand for.
  • Questions you need to pose to yourself.
  • Shifting your anger to anger-fueled productivity and creating opportunities that can yield a positive result.
  • How James recently pushed for equality and inclusion and why it made sense.
  • Posting online in anger versus posting to call people together and take real action.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #390: No. 1 Area to Focus on in Business

Let’s be honest, it can be a little daunting to start and run a business. One of the most stressful components of being an entrepreneur and running something that you founded, is the overwhelming and sometimes crippling weight of the sheer mass of decisions that we have to wade through. Should I focus on lead generation or client nurturing? Should I be investing in Facebook ads or should I run a PR campaign?

 

What I’m sharing with you today is the number one area I want you to focus your efforts and energy on for the remainder of this year and going into next year and why.

“Stop worrying about your pricing and start worrying about the experience you’re delivering to your customers.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The overwhelming amount of options we have and decisions we have to make daily.
  • Where you need to focus your energy.
  • What will help you get more clients and retain clients.
  • The definition of the “user experience” and how to make it better.
  • How to differentiate yourself amongst other competitors.
  • What encompasses the user experience.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #389: Creating Cult-Like Customers with Bebe Roxana

My guest today is Bebe Roxana. She is the founder and owner of Cult of Coquette. Bebe was actually the first commercial client that ever hired me to shoot advertisements for them and today we are diving into her journey from owning a brick and mortar business to launching her own fashion line exclusively online.

 

“You never get a second chance for a first impression.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Bebe’s story and how it all started.
  • What it means to be intentionally vegan.
  • The strategy behind Bebe’s beginnings and how she made it through the 2008 recession.
  • Employees and entrepreneurs.
  • The reason behind the name and why it’s important.
  • Overcoming problems in real time.
  • Focusing on customer experience and making it unique.
  • Managing expectations when you use influencer marketing campaigns.
  • Running ads and knowing your audience.
  • Where the brand is going and what to be ready for in the coming recession.

I’m giving away a FREE half-day photoshoot! Buy my new book that is NOW AVAILABLE ON AMAZON called Fit Business Online. You can find it on Amazon. Screenshot your receipt or the book once you buy it and tag me on Instagram @jpatrickphoto for a chance to win a FREE half-day photoshoot!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Bebe

Website: www.cultofcoquette.com

Instagram: @cultofcoquette

Personal IG: @beberoxanna

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #388: How to Piss Off A Photographer

Can I share a secret with you? We’ve been in touch for awhile and I’ve been communicating with you for a couple years. We’ve established some trust and rapport. Let’s keep this between us.

 

The truth is, clients sometimes can really suck. I probably shouldn’t say that, but it’s true. And that’s what we’re going to talk about today; how to piss off a photographer.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Things people say to photographers that will piss them off.
  • Reflecting on the lies within these statements.
  • Sharing perspective from a photographer’s point of view.
  • Why not saying these things is important.

I’m giving away a FREE half-day photoshoot! Buy my new book that is NOW AVAILABLE called Fit Business Online. You can find it on Amazon. Screenshot your receipt or the book once you buy it and tag me on Instagram @jpatrickphoto for a chance to win a FREE half-day photoshoot!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 400 Special 400th Episode

Special 400th Episode

Hosted by: James Patrick

 

Today is a pretty big milestone! We even recorded this live as we streamed to Instagram and Facebook and allowed people to make comments or ask questions during the live.

 

This is probably the 600th or 700th podcast episode I’ve done, but 400th under this specific show. This podcast has undergone quite a few changes since we launched it back in early 2018. In this episode, I want to share where the podcast was originally so I can share where the podcast is going moving forward.

“I want this show to be hyper specific. To deliver real results that help you in every phase of your business development.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How this podcast started.
  • What James has learned along the way.
  • Where the show is going and what James wants to focus on.
  • Different topics James wants to dive into more.
  • Honoring the consumer journey.
  • How prospective clients are going to be now versus before.
  • What questions you need to ask yourself as a business owner.
  • The right system to nurture your prospective clients. 
  • The different types of episodes that will be on the show moving forward.
  • A semi-new, now regular segment on the show!

Join the group FITBusiness Guide on Facebook to apply to be a guest on the show and be coached by James for FREE!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #386: How to Make More Money

You don’t want money that jiggle jiggles, you want money that folds. 

In today’s episode, we are going to talk about making more money.

“You can lose a quarter of your clients and make more money.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to increase your revenue with your current offerings.
  • Why charging a premium price will actually help your business, even if you lose clients.
  • Adding to your revenue portfolio when you need to sell a client.
  • Turning customers into evangelists.
  • Increasing the number of leads you’re getting.
  • Reverse engineering your income goals.
  • The 2 mistakes we make in sales.

ALL this and more in my new book launching later this week called FitBusiness Online. You can find it on Amazon.

 

Want to have a 1-on-1 session with me to talk about your business, your goals, and increasing the amount of leads you’re getting and income you’re earning? Schedule a FREE assessment with me at jamespatrick.com/coaching.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #387: New Book Launch

What an incredible past 36 hours it has been! And in that 36 hours, I’ve only slept for 6 of them. The reason being, yesterday morning I received a notification that my brand new book, Fit Business Online: Establish, Market and Profit from Your Brand in the Fitness Industry, became available. It is available on Amazon right now!

 

Within 24 hours, this book hit 3 best seller lists on Amazon. My deepest thanks go out to all those who have picked up a copy, posted and shared about it.

 

In this episode, I am sharing a fuller picture of the context around the making of this book.

“I wanted to make sure that this was not another generic 

business book that focused only in theory.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • An update on Fit Business and a sincere thank you.
  • How James’s best selling book came about.
  • What this book is and is not.
  • Who this book is for.
  • Clarity to move forward in your business.
  • How to win a free half-day shoot with James!

ALL this and more in my new book that is NOW AVAILABLE called Fit Business Online. You can find it on Amazon. Screenshot the book once you buy it and tag me on Instagram @jpatrickphoto for a chance to win a FREE half-day photoshoot!

Get your copy now at https://www.amazon.com/Fit-Business-Online-Establish-Industry/dp/B0B3FMXXVT

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #385: What People Actually Buy

Today, we’re going to talk about what people actually buy and unfortunately for many, it may not be what you are selling.

“What we purchase actually says a lot about us.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What your purchases actually symbolize and what they mean to you.
  • Shifting your focus on how and what you really sell.
  • What are individuals purchasing?

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #384: Avoiding Social Media Burnout

After being online for the past 30 years, I can tell you it’s easy to get burnout from being online. Today, we’re diving into social media fatigue.

 

“You do not need to be accessible 24/7.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How social media fatigue negatively affects us as entrepreneurs.
  • 5 things we can do to help alleviate this online fatigue.
  • Being present where your audience is.
  • Scrolling with purpose.
  • Permission to stop.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #383: Creating Ads Worth Remembering with Jelena Kolomejac

My guest today is Jelena Kolomejac, she’s the art director for Deutsch LA. We discuss her career as well as what makes modern ads that stand out.

“The idea is the most important thing. If your idea is really bad but it looks really good, it doesn’t guarantee anything.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What drove Jelena into her current path.
  • Clarity in what you truly want to focus on.
  • Jingles that made an impact and why.
  • Studying advertising versus actually working in the field.
  • Where things are being advertised now.
  • Why the idea is the most important and how to maximize it.
  • Celebrities in ads, yes or no?
  • Advice on how creatives can start to build the right relationships with directors.
  • Highlighting your niche when pitching yourself.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Jelena

Website: www.jelenakolomejac.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #382: Why You Should Quit

I’ve been called a lot of things, but surprisingly, I have not been called a quitter. But in thinking about it, perhaps I should be called a quitter. I quit a job at Safeway because my manager wanted me to work every closing shift every single week. I quit selling crappy diamond rings at a mall outlet because eventually I would’ve been fired. I quit working on a farm moving bales of hay. There were quite a few other things I quit as well. Make sure you tune in to hear them all.

 

But today, we are going to talk about why you should be a quitter.

“It’s about quitting the wrong things so that you can pursue the right things.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • All the things James has quit in his lifetime.
  • Why the worn out rhetorics about winners aren’t actually true.
  • How quitting can be beneficial for you.
  • Assessing when the right to quit is.
  • Things that can impact your persistence.
  • The importance of determining what your limitations are.
  • Practically tackling the fear that comes with quitting.
  • What’s the worst that can happen?

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #381: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Sara Frenza

My guest today is Sarah Frenza. Sarah has been a coaching client of mine for a number of months now and has had an amazing growth trajectory within her business. All this has happened in a relatively short amount of time. 

 

Today, we’re diving into her journey from being inspired to starting a side hustle to then making it her full time job. Get ready to be inspired and motivated in your own business.

 

“When you can scale your business, that’s when you become a true entrepreneur.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Sarah’s journey and how she turned her passion into a full blown business.
  • Struggling with imposter syndrome and working through it.
  • Pricing based on results versus experience for your services.
  • The importance of sharing your journey.
  • Talking to potential clients in a proactive way.
  • Balancing a full time job and side hustle.
  • Having the confidence to take the plunge into what you are truly passionate about.
  • Hiring help when you need it.
  • Setting goals that challenge you.
  • Scaling your business.
  • How focusing on the future helps you evolve.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Sara

LinkedIn: @sara_frenza

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #380: Striving for Diversity in Media with Aaleiya DeSimas

A few weeks ago I recorded a podcast which served as a call to action for media outlets (particularly magazines) and what they needed to do to save their own industry.

One of the challenges I put forth was that media outlets needed to strive for more diversity, not only within who they feature, but also who they have actual create the media itself.

This striving for diversity throughout all media outlets is the topic of today’s conversation.

My guest today is Aaleiya DeSimas, founder of Ubuntu Consulting. 

“We have the ability to create and make situations into better situations at any point in time.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What implicit bias is and how it impacts media.
  • How the media can affect our biases.
  • Replacement theory and how to combat it.
  • Sharing and empowering others correctly
  • Actively combating systems for change.
  • Coming together with other people even when it’s messy.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Aaleiya 

Website: Ubuntu Consulting

Email: aaleiyah.desimas@gmail.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #378: Writing Hooks that Get Your Pitches Published

I still remember the first scene I ever saw in a horror film. I must’ve been around 5 years old and my parents were watching The Thing. Not the original, but the John Carpenter remake from 1982. They did not allow me to watch this movie, but little did they know that I was sneaking out of my room and trying to peer around the corner of a wall so I could see a portion of the television screen. 

 

My 5 year old could not handle it. I eventually saw the whole movie when I was older. It has one of the best taglines I’ve ever seen. A tagline is the caption that goes near the title on the poster of the movie and you see it in the cinema. It peeks your interest and raises your curiosity. The tagline for The Thing: Man is the warmest place to hide.

 

Similar to movie taglines, the hooks we use when pitching to media outlets can help our pitches stand out or blend in.

 

In this episode, we’re going to talk about how to write your hooks for pitching to media outlets that stand out so you can get published. 

“What are the questions you get asked the most?“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What you’re really pitching when you pitch media outlets.
  • How to know what content and topics to pitch.
  • Standing out.
  • What a hook is and how to make an attention-grabbing one.
  • Turning your ideas into things that create interest.
  • What you need to understand about writing hooks.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #377: Having Difficult Conversations with Adrian Koehler

I’m not the best when it comes to having difficult conversations.I’m the type of person who shuts the door to my office and becomes disgruntled. I think one of my old coworkers said that I had become difficult to work with and communicate with. They’re probably right so we’re going to dive into that today.

 

We are going to talk about how to engage in difficult conversations. My guest today is Adrian Koehler. He is a leadership engagement expert and executive coach.

“The meaning in any communication is in the receiver. 

They make up what you mean.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Human engineering and how it affects our daily lives.
  • The paradoxes of leadership.
  • How to effectively lead others with compassion and accurate communication.
  • Caring enough to have important conversations often.
  • Intentional communication in relationships.
  • Facing difficult situations side by side instead of butting heads.
  • Our psychological assessments.
  • Where confidence really comes from.
  • Ways to prevent falling into your old patterns.
  • Pillars that Adrian stands by.
  • Why what you think and how you show up in the world is inseparable.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Adrian

LinkedIn: Adrian Koehler

Instagram: @adrian.k

Interested in getting coaching or team trainings? https://takenewground.com or https://adriankoehler.com

 

Want a leadership deep dive? Join us at The Revenant Process where only 30 people can join us in Nashville: https://wearerevenant.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #376: Why Entrepreneurship is Hard AF

In 39 years of live, I’ve had some pretty good ideas that did not work. For example, what could have been a best-selling marketing book. But I kept my idea in draft form on my desk until the book came out; only my name was not on the cover and it was a best-seller.

 

There was a time I would host meet-up events between photographers and models and charge everyone who attended the events. But I failed to innovate overtime and the interest in the event died out. And so many more ideas I’ve had and tried to execute along the way.

 

I’ve done a lot of things as an entrepreneur that did not work. Today, we are talking about the biggest obstacles an entrepreneur faces when starting a new business. 

 

“We root for those who are trying to figure it out.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The many attempts and fails James had in his early entrepreneurship journey.
  • 8 different categories of struggle.
  • The misperception about an entrepreneur’s ability to create success.
  • How entrepreneurs move forward anyway.
  • Success vs. failure ratio.
  • Why you need to be resourceful.
  • Staying focused on what matters.
  • Being smart with your money.
  • Knowing the goal and the path to get there.
  • Choosing the right community.

Join me for a FREE workshop on May 31st where we will dive into creating an approach to get the right leads to hire you! Text me at 480-605-3254!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #375: How to Get More Clients

“You cannot grow your business if no one knows you exist.”

You may have heard me say that before, but we are drilling this in today and talking about why it’s important and how I can help.

Sign up for my FREE workshop at https://join.jamespatrick.com/lead-gen-webinar

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you need the right leads.
  • Generating qualified leads without complicated software.
  • What having the right leads will do for you and your business.
  • James’s story about how he has sold millions of dollars worth of products and services.
  • All the details about the FREE workshop coming up.

Join me for a FREE workshop on May 31st where we will dive into creating an approach to get the right leads to hire you! Text me at 480-605-3254 or go to  https://join.jamespatrick.com/lead-gen-webinar

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #374: Get Featured on Podcasts with Lauren Salaun

We’re talking all about podcasting today, one of my favorite things to do. My guest today is Lauren Salaun. She is a PR agency owner, an emotional intelligence mentor, and no stranger to the show.

“Podcasting is huge for credibility, conversion, and getting a ton of new people – specifically ideal clients – into your ecosystem.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Reasons why podcasting is loved by so many.
  • The beauty of unedited conversations.
  • A real peek behind the scenes from two podcasters.
  • How to get started on a podcast tour and what it can do for you.
  • What qualifiers to look for when looking for podcasts to be on.
  • Creating your perfect pitch.
  • Attention grabbing interview topics.
  • Following up.
  • Inviting the listening audience to take the next step with you.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Lauren

Website: laurensalaun.com

Instagram: @laurensalaun

FREE Pitch Page Template: https://www.laurensalaun.com/free-pitch-page

Want a FREE podcast tour discovery call? Select a Date & Time – Calendly

**only taking on 10 new clients through June!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #373: How to Beat Your Competition

At the age of 15, my sole priority was to look impressive to others, particularly girls.

This singular motivation inspired at least 98% of every decision I made, including what I wore, how I styled my hair, etc. It was even the reason I changed my name from Jimmie to James. 

A significant decision of mine at this time was to walk away from playing baseball, which I had played for the previous 10 years, and instead join the high school football team. I was far from talented or skilled. But, my goal was not to be a star football player. My goal was to look like a star football player. 

I made the mistake of putting too much effort in during practice and my coach ended up giving me a starting position. This was my worst nightmare come true. On the field, I could get hurt. An extremely busted up face would not look impressive to others, particularly girls.

And what happened in that game was even worse.

In today’s episode, we are talking about how to actually beat your competition.

“If you are not drilling down and selecting a unique selling position, a unique advantage for your business, you are not playing to win, you’re only playing not to lose.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What happened to James at that horrifying football game.
  • An important mistake many entrepreneurs make.
  • How you can succeed even in a crowded marketplace.
  • Having an unfair advantage and what it means.
  • Quality matters.
  • Examples of areas of innovation.
  • The goal behind growing your unique selling position.
  • Three questions you need to answer.

I’m hosting a free workshop on how to get more clients into your business on May 31. Details? Text me “WORKSHOP” at 480-605-3254

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #372: Turning Free Stuff into Paying Clients

Imagine a lanky, lazy, fatuous 19 year old me. I wanted money. I desired wealth. But did I want a real job? No! I was the 3rd assistant manager of a record store. We actually had no employees outside of the managers. I had no one to manage and was still at the bottom of the totem pole. 

 

The record store did not pay well and most of my paycheck went to the outlet mall food court meals. I needed some extra cash. The Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory was the store next door and planning to open a kiosk across town in another mall. The owner asked me if I was willing to pick up some extra holiday hours working for her selling candy apples.

 

At the age of 19, it was hard to say no to extra holiday hours. The manager suggested I give out free samples to encourage people to buy candy apples. Six hours later. I had sold 0 apples and ate 2, then I was fired.

 

Today, we’re going to talk about how to turn your free stuff into paying clients.

“Consumers today need to be nurtured so much longer than ever before.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The hesitation behind giving away free things.
  • How consumers are operating today.
  • Why giving away free resources and information is so important.
  • The 6 elements of the consumer journey.
  • Focusing on the relational value.
  • The 3 options you have to add value.
  • What a good lead magnet achieves.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #371: Escape the Grind with Ken Attard

My guest today is Ken Attard, a mindset consultant.

 

Today, we’re discussing how to escape the entrepreneurial grind.

“Every experience that is happening in your life is a byproduct of the way you are thinking, of your mindset.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The lie behind “the grind.”
  • The lightbulb moment in Ken’s life.
  • New mindsets to adapt.
  • Stop compromising your values.
  • Great intentions don’t mean there’s not a better way.
  • Feeling good more often than you feel bad.
  • The triple U syndrome.
  • What you should be prioritizing first.
  • It’s a journey to go on, not a destination to reach.
  • Be happy now, while eager for more.
  • Action vs. Inspired Action
  • Doing the small things everyday.
  • Practicing gratitude.
  • Being honest with yourself.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Ken

Email: coachmenowken@gmail.com

FREE Consumer Educational Guide: How To Step Into the Magic of The Successful Entrepreneur Now 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #370: How to Best Sell YOURSELF

I spent the better part of the last hour looking over the most common, overused, cliche, and annoying phrases that are being used on dating app profiles. I did not do this for myself or my own entertainment, I did this for you. 

 

You’re probably curious what some of those phrases are.

 

“I’m an open book.” “Looking for a partner in crime.” “If my dog doesn’t like you, it’s just not gonna work.” “I like to have fun.” “I like to have a good time.” “I love to laugh.” “I’m down to earth.” “I’m laid back.” “I’m looking for a friend first.” 

 

I even found a dating profile bingo card. This got me thinking about my worst online dating experiences. Why was I relishing and savoring the amazing experience of cliche dating profile bingo? Because I realize that we are really bad at making ourselves stand out, especially in business.

 

Today, we’re discussing unique selling positions.

“Would your competitors say anything different?“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you need to have a clear definition of what makes you unique in the marketplace.
  • Developing your USP.
  • What having a clear USP will do for your business.
  • What consumers are really purchasing.
  • Ideating what makes you stand out.
  • Making your business worth noticing.
  • Peeling back the layers.

 

Want a copy of FitBusiness Online? 

  1. Leave a 5-star review on the Apple Podcast App.
  2. Text me at 480-605-3254 and let me know you’re interested the 

                             book.

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #369: Magazine Cover Contests

It was 2017 when I received the biggest news I had ever received in my entire career. For the 15 years prior to that moment, I had photographed countless fitness talents for countless fitness magazine covers. Sadly, never having the opportunity to reach my own lifelong dream of me being on a cover.

That changed when I received the offer to not only photograph, but to personally be honored to appear on the cover of Gainz Magazine. I had been training for two and a half hours a day. 6 days a week, for the past 5 months to get my body to a place where it could be photographed and properly photoshopped. My meal plan consisted exclusively of tilapia and asparagus.

I had never felt more humbled that the editors entrusted me to photograph myself as a rising fitness talent. Did I mention this all happened on April 1, 2017.

This was one of my most effective April fools jokes I had ever done. I received hundreds of congratulating comments for all my hard work on the fake post I created.

Today, we are discussing magazine cover contents.

“You are already worthy of media features, but you do not need media features to be worthy.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What it really takes to win a cover contest.
  • Reading the fine print.
  • Is there really a print edition?
  • “Special” print edition.
  • What you can and can’t say when you win.
  • The effort that goes into participating in these contents.
  • Taking the same energy to actually earn a magazine feature.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #368: How to Get Affiliate Marketers with Kelsey Eyers and Lori Lefcourt

My guests today are Kelsey Eyers and Lori Lefcourt, the founders of Rexxy.

Today, we are talking about how they have successfully leveraged affiliate marketing in their business.

“People drastically underestimate the power of affiliate marketing.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What led to their mastery of affiliate marketing.
  • Reaching your target audience through affiliate programs.
  • Misconceptions about affiliate marketing and overcoming the fear.
  • What to look for when building these programs.
  • Going the extra 5%.
  • The importance of communication and messaging.
  • Ways to accelerate your success and make you stand out.
  • What you really need to worry about when creating your offers.
  • How many affiliates you should have.
  • Lifetime value customers.
  • Why you need to be strategic.
  • What comes before the sales comes.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Kelsey and Lori

Website: www.rexxy.co

Instagram: @rexxyco

TikTok: rexxyteam

Playbook: $250 off if you use the code JAMESP250 Sign up and email the team for the discount! https://rexxy.co/frameworxx-affiliate-program/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #367: How to Launch Your Business Online

My first brush with an online business was a little janky. I wrote this ebook but had no idea how to automate the delivery of the ebook. So, what I did was took the ebook and posted about it on Facebook to let people know about it. When people expressed interest, I would have them PayPal me $29.95. Then, I would email them back a copy of the PDF ebook. 

 

This meant that in order to fulfill every order, I had to respond to every message letting people know of my PayPal email address. Then, upon receiving payment, I had to get their email address and send the ebook one at a time.

 

After selling about 100, I figured there had to be a better way/ Eventually, a better way did surface; a digital product delivery. Once someone purchased the ebook, it would automatically deliver it to them.

 

This seems like a no brainer now, but back it was not over 10 years ago. Flash forward, I’ve made over a couple million dollars selling products online.

 

Today, we’re going to talk about how you can launch your business online.

“Every business that has ever been formed started in the exact same way.“

IN THIS EPISODE

    • The current problem with ideas.
    • What you need to do with your idea.
    • The story behind the book.
    • All the things you need to launch your online business in one book.
    • FitBusinessOnline.

BE ONE OF THE FEW WHO GET A FREE COPY OF THE NEW BOOK! A dozen volunteers who are ready to use this book FOR FREE before everyone else so they can get their idea into motion.

 

 

 

Want a copy?

1. Leave a 5-star review on the Apple Podcast App.

2. Text me at 480-605-3254 and let me know you’re interested the book.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #366: How to Save the Magazine Industry

If you listened to the episode earlier this week, you might think that I hate photographing for magazines. Maybe because of the title. But if you listened, I’m sure you heard it was filled with a lot of satire.

The truth is, I love the magazine industry. It’s an industry that I’ve been a part of as long as I’ve been a photographer. My first job outside of newspapers was at a magazine. I launched not one, but two publications in the last year. I’ve been obsessed with working in the media, going on two decades now.

But in that time, I’ve watched publications cease operations, go out of business, stop production, and close.The magazine industry has been in peril for a long time. They were brutalized by the recession in 2008. The recession in 2020 didn’t help. So how much longer do these titles have?

Today, we’re going to talk about how to save the magazine industry.

“It’s important that we as publishers represent the readership of our magazines.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why the magazine industry has been struggling for over a decade.
  • My challenges to publishers.
  • The things that need to be celebrated more in the industry.
  • Finding more diverse creatives and giving them more opportunities.
  • Who we need to stop featuring on covers.
  • Do we need smaller magazines?
  • Who to stop firing.
  • The importance of diverse advisory boards.
  • Creating a magazine FULL of true value and authentic headlines.
  • Multichannel story-telling.
  • How to pay and hire contributors appropriately.
  • Netflix for magazines.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #365: Embracing or Breaking Labels with Betsy Cerulo

My guest today is Betsy Cerulo, the author of Shake It Off Leadership. 

 

Today, we are diving into leadership and how you can achieve success no matter what labels you have or have been given to you.

“We have been making progress, and there’s still a lot more work to do.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why Betsy wrote her book.
  • Taking pride in your labels.
  • How we should react when other people achieve success.
  • Using your intuition when it comes to embracing it or shaking it off.
  • The importance of getting to know who you are as an individual.
  • It’s okay if you don’t have the answer and how to reassure those around you.
  • Having routines and which ones you should incorporate.
  • Why the hard times are sometimes the most important.
  • Be courageous.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Betsy

Website: www.betsycerulo.com

FREE download: Shake it Off Leadership Workbook

Children’s Book: Miss Crabapple and Her Magical Violin

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #364: Why Shooting Magazine Covers Sucks

The topic of today’s show is magazine covers. I shot two new magazine covers this past weekend. And I don’t want to talk about my 600 magazine covers I shot in my career or how great they are (wink). Today, I want to talk about why shooting magazine covers absolutely sucks.

Let’s dive into the anatomy of magazine covers.

“Unless you own the magazine, you’re not in control.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What makes a good magazine cover photo?
  • Why shooting a magazine cover kinda sucks.
  • The cover photo you want versus the cover photo that’s chosen.
  • Bad cropping and bad editing.
  • Where you’ll see the best version of your cover photo.
  • Cut lines; have I seen that one before?
  • Safe but not boring.
  • Why cover photoshoots are also amazing and life changing.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #363: Advertising You to Sleep

Quality, value, style, service, selection, convenience, economy savings, performance, experience, hospitality, low rates. Friendly service, name brands, easy terms, affordable prices, money-back guarantee, free installation, free admission, free appraisal, free alterations, free delivery, free estimates, free home trial, and free parking No cash? No problem, no kidding. No fuss, no muss, no risk, no obligation, no red tape, no down payment, no entry fee, no hidden charges, no purchase necessary. No one will call on you, no payments or interest until September. 

But, limited time only! Act now, order today, send no money, offer good while supplies last, two per customer, each item sold separately, batteries not included, mileage may vary, all sales are final, allow six weeks for delivery, some items not available, some assembly required, some restrictions may apply. 

So come on in, for a free demonstration and a free consultation with our friendly professional staff, our experienced and knowledgeable sales representatives will help you make a selection that’s just right for you and just right for your budget.

AND don’t forget to pick up your free gift; a classic, deluxe, custom, designer, luxury, prestige, high quality, premium, select, gourmet pocket pencil sharpener. Yours for the asking. NO purchase necessary. It’s just our way of saying thank you. And if you act now, we’ll include an extra added free, complimentary, bonus gift of a classic, deluxe, custom, designer, luxury, prestige, high quality, premium, select, gourmet combination key ring, magnifying glass and gardening hose in a genuine, imitation. leather style carrying case with authentic vinyl trim. Yours for the asking. No purchase necessary. It’s our way of saying thank you!  -George Carlin

Today, we’re going to talk about advertising lullabies.

“People hate being sold to but that love to purchase.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What we resort to when writing copy and why it needs to change.
  • The best kind of copy and what it does.
  • Getting rid of the BS language.
  • Speaking to our clients in plain english.
  • Injecting your personality into your communication.
  • Keep it simple.

 

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #362: Sex Sells Part 3 – Decriminalizing Sex Work with Ariela Moscowitz

Today, we’re going to be talking about sex. Specifically, we will be unpacking the act of having sex as a means of labor. If you’re thinking, I don’t have sex for money, nor do I want to have sex for money and I don’t know anyone who does have sex for money. Why would I continue listening to this episode? You’re right to ask that question – and what you will discover is that even if you are not in the sex work industry, there is still a lot you can do to both end human trafficking as well as promote health and safety for all those who are involved.

To give this episode some further context – earlier this year, I had an unpleasant interaction with a man who was under the full belief that because a woman was doing a photoshoot in a public setting, that she had given up her own rights to the agency of her body and could be leered at and gawked at by anyone who chose to.

This is the exact same rhetoric that leads to statements like, she would not have been sexually assaulted had she not worn that outfit. What this did was create an ongoing conversation around the idea “sex sells.” I was asking the question, who is profiting? It seemed to be okay if a man was profiting but raised a lot of concerns when it was a woman who was profiting. 

I’ve talked to my dear friend and sex therapist, Dr. Jordan Wiggins about what consent is and is not. I also had a conversation with Nikole Mitchell, a top OnlyFans worker, about the misconceptions of sex workers and why there are such stigmas around those who choose to sell images of themselves if they are profiting.

Today, we’re going to zoom out and take a look at sex work from a broader context. My intention is to provide an economic exploration into the world’s oldest profession and efforts to decriminalize sex work.

My guest is Ariela Moscowitz who is the Director of Communications for Decriminalize Sex Work, a national organization pursuing a state-by-state strategy to end the prohibition of consensual adult prostitution in the United States.

“If you really hate it so much and you don’t want people to do it, the best thing you can do is to decriminalize it.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The true definition of sex work.
  • What makes sex work illegal by the definition of the law.
  • The difference between consensual sex work and human trafficking.
  • The historical context of sex work.
  • The 3 major objections to the trade.
  • Why sex work needs to be decriminalized.
  • Discrimination in the field.
  • Selling a service versus selling their bodies.
  • How the legal system punishes sex workers.
  • The currently role that police play.
  • Legalization versus decriminalization. 
  • Steps we can take to improve the safety of those involved.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Ariela Moscowitz

Website: decriminalizesex.work

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #361: 8 Things Your Sales Page NEEDS to Sell

I have 35 years of experience in friendships. I have successfully managed multiple friendships at once. Many of my friendships have returned to continue a friendship with me. I understand friendships on a deeper level. Many individuals like you have said yes to a friendship with me, so you too, should say yes. I have many testimonials from others confirming how amazing my friendship is. There are many benefits to having me as your friend. 

Today, I want to talk about sales pages and how to make them more effective, unlike the pitch above.

“Social proof needs to illustrate how your implementation of the solution in your product or service helps people achieve the results that they wanted.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The problem with most marketing and copy.
  • 8 things your sales page needs to have.
  • Why you need to address the problem you’re solving in your marketing.
  • Attention grabbing headlines and the importance of them.
  • When and how to introduce the solution.
  • The difference between the solution and the product.
  • Benefits over features.
  • How to correctly implement social proof.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #360: All the Wrong Things

I’ve spent the last several hours in a tremendous amount of pain and I’ve done this for you. I’ve been thinking about the craziest, stupidest things I’ve ever done to get a girl to notice me.

For example, I was the kid who would immediately raise the decibel level on my voice when a girl sat next to me on the bus and started to laugh much louder so that she knew I was having a great time. 

In middle school, I got a Shawn Kemp jersey that I would wear at least once a week to school. Every time I put it on, I had an idea in my mind that I would get special attention from a girl. In my senior year of high school, I didn’t have a touch phone, but I would just pretend to have one hoping that a girl would ask if it was the new touch phone.

Today, we’re going to talk about doing all the wrong things.

“How often in our work are we avoiding doing the one thing 

that would actually get us work?“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The many ways James tried to impress girls in his youth and why it didn’t work.
  • Focusing on what work and tasks get you the results you want.
  • What list you need to make today.
  • What you are spending the least time doing.
  • Being honest with yourself.
  • Taking the right action.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #359: Avoid Hustle, Become a Leader with Elizabeth Hartke

I’ve talked a lot on this show about how easy it is for entrepreneurs to fall into the hustle mentality because we see so much rhetoric out there on social media about it. 

I saw a post the other day saying that entrepreneurs are wanting things handed to them and aren’t willing to work for it. That’s not what I’m seeing. I’m seeing entrepreneurs who are hustling themselves into an early grave. They are working so hard and may not be seeing results so they think they’re not working hard enough and think they have to work even harder. 

My guest today is Liz Hartke. She’s the founder of Luminary Leadership Co and she helps entrepreneurs see beyond the work. Liz helps them see why they do the work and helps them grow, not just as a business operator but as a business owner.

“The dream is not really the dream if you have to steamroll all the people you love most in order to achieve it.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What inspired Liz to help entrepreneurs get off the hustle hamster wheel.
  • The importance of scalability.
  • Combining strategy and leadership.
  • Defining leadership and the qualities of a leader.
  • Why you may be resistant to pause, reflect and go through slow, but needed change.
  • How to create this important habit in your day to day.
  • Why weekly consistency is so powerful.
  • Intentionality and why it’s important.
  • Two things to start incorporating: reflection and vision.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Liz

Podcast: www.elizabethhartke.com/podcast

Instagram: @elizhartke

True North Workbook:  luminaryleadershipco.com/truenorth

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #358: Funnels Made Easy

Important question for my listeners: I’m wondering if you are the type of person who buys olive oil at the grocery store, brings it home, takes the lid off of the purchased olive oil and then proceeds to pour the olive oil into your own glass olive oil bottle? The ones at restaurants with the aluminum spout tops. Are you this person? Because I am this person. 

There’s nothing wrong with the glass bottle that the olive oil comes in from the grocery store. I just feel the need to put it in my own glass bottle. 

Second question: Have you ever tried to pour the olive oil from the store into your glass bottle which has a very thin top? It’s very difficult and if you happen to miss, goodluck trying to clean that off. So what do you use? A funnel, of course. That way you can generously pour your olive oil into the funnel and into the glass bottle.

I was thinking about the different types of funnels I use. Like the different ones for my pour-over coffee in the mornings. We use funnels all the time. But when it comes to business and we talk about funnels, all of a sudden it becomes very confusing and mystified.

Today, we’re talking about simplifying funnels.

“A funnel is a system of bringing leads in, nurturing those leads, and converting some of those leads into sales.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Simplifying how you think about funnels.
  • How funnels are monetized.
  • Different kinds of funnels.
  • Why funnels can be confusing.
  • What is a funnel and what are its 3 parts?
  • Figuring out how your customers move through your funnels.

GET MY BRAND NEW GET PUBLISHED GUIDE FOR FREE: join.jamespatrick.com/getpublishedguide

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #357: Getting Stood Up

I don’t know anything worse in dating than getting stood up. I think it’s an intimate fear of any first date. I want to tell you about the worst time when I got stood up. I had just turned 18 years old, but this was not a date. I had a meeting with a recruiter from the United States Navy because I was thinking about enlisting. We were supposed to meet at the Foothills Outlet Mall in Tucson, Arizona. He stood me up.

You may have been stood up by someone you were crushing on. But have you ever been stood up by the U.S. government? I have. You want to talk about a blow to your confidence? 

Today, we’re talking about no-shows.

“There’s always going to be situations where people are not going to show up.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The hope behind this show.
  • Why people don’t show.
  • Ways to reduce no-shows.
  • A follow up message to people who don’t show up for meetings.
  • Why reminders are important.
  • Funny excuses people have made up.
  • Targeting qualified leads.
  • Giving before you ask.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #356: Get Published & Get Featured in More Media

My first magazine cover came out 20 years ago. For the last 20 years, I’ve worked as a photographer within the health and fitness industry and during that time, I’ve photographed more than 600 magazine covers, in addition to thousands upon thousands of interior publication features. 

Over this time, I’ve learned and developed a deep understanding of the entire media landscape and what it takes to earn the media features that you need to get to get your brand and your business the visibility it needs to stand out and to grow. From magazine covers and spreads, to podcast spots, to online and television features.

“Earned media is the fastest and most effective way to grow your brand, enhance your visibility and generate leads for the growth of your business.“

You absolutely can get published and you deserve to be featured. Today, we are talking about how you can do this for your business.

GET MY BRAND NEW GET PUBLISHED GUIDE FOR FREE: join.jamespatrick.com/getpublishedguide

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What getting published and getting featured is not about and what it is truly about.
  • The ARC system.
  • The primary goals of earned media.
  • Ways to nurture your audience.
  • How to create more opportunities for sales.
  • Is getting published the only way to grow your business?
  • The amount of engagement earned media will bring to your business.
  • Choosing where you want to land features and why.
  • What’s in my new free guide.

GET MY BRAND NEW GET PUBLISHED GUIDE FOR FREE: join.jamespatrick.com/getpublishedguide

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #355: You Are the User Experience

I feel like right now is a hard time to be entertained. You have football out of season, college basketball is wrapping up, hockey isn’t interesting right now. I’ve seen everything on every streaming platform that could be viewed thanks to the last year and a half. What am I to watch? 

Last night we took a chance and put on the HBO show, Julia. In all honesty, we thought it was the movie from a handful of years ago about the icon Julia Child. Turns out it’s a new TV show about Julia Child and her life. 

 

What I want to talk about is the portrayal of Julia Child and the obsession with the usability of her recipes within her book. What’s the point of teaching a recipe if it can’t be replicated by any person in any kitchen in any home in any city or state across the world? Her character became so diligent and obsessive over the user experience and how it has to be so reproducible in order to publish the recipes. 

In today’s episode, we are going to talk about the user’s experience.

“When you focus on enhancing the user experience, you are going to improve the trust and rapport you have with your target audience, you’re going to increase your customer lifetime value and you’re going to keep your clients longer.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you need to think about how a user interacts with your business.
  • Evaluating the perception in which a user experiences your business.
  • What things can end a user’s experience.
  • Ways to enhance the user experience.
  • The intentionality of the paths you take the user through.
  • How to optimize email funnels and make them personalized.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #354: Maybe I’ve Gone A Bit Overboard…

I’ve been known to go a little bit overboard or become obsessive about certain areas of my life. When I was in middle school and high school, I was obsessed with movies; particularly horror films. I started to amass a collection at the time of VHS where every weekend I would go to a video store and buy as many VHS films as I could. The goal was to amass a collection that would rival even a Blockbuster video store. Eventually, I did the same with DVDs until I had thousands of movies between the two. I did the same with music. I wanted to have access to every song from every artist.

I get obsessive in business too. At one point, I had two different podcasts. Now I own 2 magazines, a digital network, a graphic and web design agency, a c coaching practice, a mastermind, the FITposium conference, my photo business, workshops, a photo studio. It’s a little obsessive. I’ve been obsessive in my personal life and health journey, too.

In today’s episode, I want to talk about the dangers of going too far.

“When you go overboard and push too far in any area, you can create not only diminishing returns, you can actually destroy any positive outcome you can have.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Ways James has gone overboard in his own life.
  • Parallels between the recession in 2008 and 2020 and what it taught on.
  • What made James so successful in his business early on.
  • Why chasing every project won’t work.
  • Getting specific in the work you want to do and the people you want to do it with.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #379: How to Leverage Media Features

Tonight I am hosting a FREE workshop for health and fitness professionals on how to get more clients. You cannot grow a business if no one knows you exist. Tonight, I’ll be teaching you a play-by-play approach to get the right leads to become the right clients who are going to hire you. 

You can sign up at join.jamespatrick.com/lead-gen-webinar

Last week, I got an e-mail that I had received a fairly prestigious award. I was awarded as the Media Talent of The Year by the American Advertising Federation’s Western Division. This goes out only once a year to an individual, not a company. I was very honored and very humbled by this feature.

 

This brings up an interesting thought. What are the ways I can leverage this award to better my brand and better my business? Once you earn media, you may want to know how to leverage that media to grow your business. Today, we’re discussing how to do that.

“Everything is about building trust and rapport.“

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A refresher on why you would want to earn a media feature.
  • What earned media can do for you and your business.
  • How James is going to leverage this new award.
  • 6 Ideas for you to leverage your earned media.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #353: 7 Ways to Get More Clients

I believe there are two camps of marketing. 

There’s the reactive marketing camp; “if you build it, they will come.” The primary tenants of reactive marketing are hope and prayer. It’s the type of marketing that encourages you to focus on your social media content and building an expensive and robust website so you can take advantage of SEO.

The other marketing camp is proactive. It’s about setting a strategy that is filled with specific tactics that approaches your target audience where they are and gives them a reason to enter into your ecosystem. The one camp will sit by their email, the other camp will go out and generate business.

“You can’t make sales without leads.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What a previous VP of mine said to me that made an impact.
  • Specific ways to get more clients for your business.
  • Marketing tactics that don’t produce results.
  • Why relying on one source of lead generation is a big mistake.
  • Ways to leverage the power of advertising.
  • The power of word of mouth referrals and maximizing them.
  • Affiliate programs and partnerships.
  • Having lists that you own and how to rent them.
  • The importance of earned media.
  • Brainstorming how to mine new leads for your business.

Join us at fitbusinessonline.com for a whole session on affiliate programs and getting your first 25 affiliates selling for your business!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #352: When You’re Stuck in a Hole

We need to discuss the last 3 weeks. There were 4 trips to the pediatrician, 3 trips to urgent care, a telehealth appointment, as well as a quick stroll to another clinic just to make sure that we spread out our deductibles to as many providers as possible. There were some rampant fevers, lots of bodily fluids, a tremendous amount of coughing, and even a dog bite! If that wasn’t enough, I had some equipment malfunction at some of my businesses, some loss of power, a malfunctioning A/C unit, and an incident with a Skittle; don’t ask.

Everyone’s okay but I’m exhausted and behind at work. Today, I’m in a hole and we are diving into the lie of what social media and others may tell you about when you’re in the midst of a struggle.

“My actions moving forward can keep me in this hole or make this hole deeper.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Studying ads and how this can be helpful.
  • Why being in a hole doesn’t mean you’re lazy or scared.
  • The truth about being in a hole.
  • How to get out of the hole you’re in.
  • The importance of assessing what created the hole and taking the right action.
  • Making a list of priorities and moving forward with it.

I’m giving away the digital Legacy Planner for free! If you want the print or digital version, text me at 480-605-3254!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #351: Future of Online Customer Experience with Jill Schiefelbein

Note: Check out this podcast episode’s post at JamesPatrick.com to see an AI video in action!

When was the last time you had a delightful consumer experience? It’s hard to think of one because it’s almost like our brains are wired to only remember the negative consumer experiences that did not go well. The ones that are so distasteful that they send us straight to Google or Yelp to hash out our 1 star review. Fun fact: I love reading 1 star reviews because so often, that 1 star review has nothing to do with the product or service and so often is more of a user error.

Anyway – I think the reason it’s hard to remember being delighted is because we’ve started to tune out so much when it comes to marketing and sales. But there’s a tremendous opportunity as a business owner to find the touch points you have with your clients and how you can delight them. Every interaction you have is a new opportunity and if you are the pioneer of delighting your consumers and enhancing their experience, that’s what you’ll be remembered for.

In today’s episode we are going to talk about a fascinating new way to liven, enhance, and celebrate the consumer experience. My guest today is Jill Schiefelbein, the founder of The Dynamic Communicator.

“That’s what meaningful connections do, they change our physiological state.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What an AI video avatar really is and how it can be used.
  • How you can use AI video in your business and how much it may cost.
  • Different AI video versions and price points.
  • Where this technology is going in the next couple of years and how it’s evolving.
  • Building trust and catering to your consumers.
  • Breaking the status quo.
  • Meaningful connections and how to create them.
  • Concerns and fears behind using AI video in their business.
  • How consumers are responding to different avatars and why.
  • Why you need a documented sales process and finding where AI fits into the process.
  • How to host avatar videos.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Jill

Website: www.thedynamiccommunicator.com

Facebook: @dynamicjill

Instagram: @dynamicjill

Email: info@dynamicjill.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #350: Stop Working Harder

Who are some of the hardest working people that you know? Is it your parents? Oftentimes, we model our work ethic based on what we saw our parents do for us. How hard they worked to provide us with a life where we can work hard for our children. Maybe it’s your grandparents.

 

When I think about hard working people, I think of course about my mother who worked nights for 25 or so years so she could be home during the day. I think about my dad who launched his own business and had to work so hard to make nothing into something. I think about my grandmother who was 1 of 7 children and was required to be one of the providers for her siblings.

 

I consider myself to be a hardworking person, but I’ve never worked around the clock or worked the graveyard shift. One could say that my mother has worked much harder than I could ever fathom to. But yet, I probably made more than her in my first year out of college than she did in her 25 years at her job. Same with my father and grandmother. 

 

Today, we’re talking about why you need to stop working so hard.

“There’s a lot of rhetoric that wants you to believe that the path to getting to the success that you want to have, is purely through hard work. Yet, the hardest working people we know, were not always the most successful.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why I skipped my Friday episode and how it made me feel.
  • The negative effects of working too hard.
  • The lie about hard work in today’s world.
  • The importance of realizing that hard work is important, but not the sole contributor of success.
  • What you can do when you feel like you can’t work harder.
  • Intentional and focused work.
  • Getting clarity on what matters to you and basing your work around that.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #349: How to Grow Your Coaching Business with Frank Macri

I truly wonder how often it is that we as entrepreneurs get into our field in a very roundabout way. For example, as a photographer, I got into photography through being a journalist. The plan was never to be a photographer. I was trying to leverage my experience as a photographer to get more jobs as a journalist. Eventually, I owned being a photographer. The same thing happened as a business coach. I provided marketing strategy and business coaching services to many of my clients who hired me for photography or hired my team for graphic design. Owning what you do shifts how you look at it.

 

My guest today is Frank Macri, the founder of Thriving Coach Academy and the host of the Life Secrets Coaching podcast.

 

Today, we’re talking about how to grow your coaching business.

 

“True coaching is not about sharing your life experience or sharing your advice… Coaches use frameworks and processes to help clients understand their mind and how their brain is working.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The first time James publicly announced he was doing business coaching.
  • What led Frank to becoming a business coach.
  • What coaching really is. 
  • Defining characteristics of a great coach.
  • Why confidence in yourself matters.
  • Investing in yourself.
  • Staying away from selfish marketing and do selfless marketing instead.
  • Important things to uncover when coaching your client.
  • How to market yourself.
  • Never assume it’s not working.
  • Client preferences and why they matter.
  • Curiosity and why it’s important.
  • Choose your failure.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

 

Connect with Frank

Website: Thriving Coach Academy

Podcast: Life Coaching Secrets

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #347: How to Land More Podcast Interviews

Do you want to know what’s embarrassing? Having someone walk in on you while you are listening to yourself on your own podcast. Immediately, they think that you’re doing it because your ego is so big. You try to defend yourself and say, “No no! I’m just checking the audio levels, that’s why I’m listening to my podcast.” They won’t believe you. 

I do like to hear myself talk. This is episode 347 and before this podcast, I’ve done 200 episodes on other podcasts. Over 500 episodes of me talking. Did you know that last year alone, I was a guest on 40 different podcasts? Why? Not to hear myself talk, but because being a guest on those shows amplified my authority, raised my awareness, and generated more leads for my business. 

Let’s talk about how to get on podcasts.

“You do not need a lot to land a podcast feature.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The only thing required to land a podcast.
  • What you need to pitch to land a podcast.
  • How to create a press page.
  • 3 ways you can land more podcast features.
  • Email pitches.
  • When to send follow ups.
  • How to hire for less.
  • Trading features.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #346: Protecting Yourself as an Entrepreneur with Sarah Ortlund

My guest today is Sarah Ortlund. She’s a Krav Maga instructor and personal trainer. She’s also in grad school studying clinical psychology. 

We’re diving into boundaries, what Sarah has learned along the way, and how you can incorporate the same things into your personal and work life.

“You have to give yourself some grace and recognize who you are as a person and that you still want to enjoy life.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Sarah does all the things she does and her advice for you.
  • What inspired Sarah to study clinical psychology.
  • Giving yourself permission to tap into who you really are.
  • The importance of walking in peace and how to do this.
  • Why we struggle with building boundaries.
  • Getting past the fear of failure and continuing to try.
  • Building better boundaries.
  • Paying attention to where you may need to set boundaries.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Sarah

Website: buildyourownbody.com

Facebook: Sarah Ortlund

Instagram: @fiercelyfemale_sarah

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #345: Most Marketable Images for Fitness Magazines

When I was younger, I had no idea what I was going to do when I grew up. Around the age of 18, as I’m coming out of high school, my thought was, “I guess I’ll be a journalist.” Truthfully, I didn’t want to be a journalist. I just wanted to be a section editor, where I would run the arts and entertainment section for a publication.

Then came college, and that plan didn’t happen. In fact, I had a camera put in my hand and asked to take photos to go along with my articles as a lowly journalist. I still remember my first published photo.

Today, we are going to talk about the most marketable images you can submit to fitness publications.

“You need to show that you can create something that is viable.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear James’ son share an inspirational message!
  • The journey of becoming a photographer and how it really happened for James.
  • The 3 categories of imagery that have the most value for a fitness publication.
  • What’s important to study before submitting an image.
  • Why stand alone images are an advantage.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #343: I Wanna Be on TV with Haddie Djemal

My mother always said that I had a face for radio. Perhaps that’s why I’m speaking to you in a podcast form, not a video format. I remember my first time on TV, I was promoting the FITposium conference. I was aggressively nervous. I wore a nice suit, I tucked in my shirt, and I made sure to comb my hair and shave. But, I was a pile of sweat for a segment that lasted a sum total of 30 seconds. 

Meanwhile, anytime I did a radio show, I did excellent. I was once being interviewed by a radio host and he turned to me after the segment and said, “Wow, James. You’re really good on the mic. Have you ever considered a career in radio?” 

But we’re not talking about radio today, we’re talking about the thing that does give me anxiety; being on camera. 

My guest today is TV host and media coach, Haddie Djemal.

“You have to stand by your value and the only person who sets that value is you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Big life changes and Haddie’s story.
  • Breaking into the market.
  • Competing with others in your industry.
  • Classroom experience vs. real life experience.
  • Why building relationships are important.
  • Creating boundaries for what you want and sticking to them.
  • Learning to encourage yourself and not needing external validation.
  • Owning who you are.
  • Self-awareness and staying curious.
  • Helpful keys to networking.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Haddie

Website: haddiethehost.com

Instagram: @haddiethehost

YouTube: Haddie Djemal

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI 342: STOP SELLING! Start Earning Sales Instead

Do you ever watch Seinfeld? I have a favorite episode. The one where Jerry’s at his apartment and a telemarketer calls him. He responds and says. “You know I’m really busy, can I get your home number and I’ll call you back later?” The telemarketer says no. Jerry says, “Oh why? You don’t want people calling you at home? Now you know how I feel!”

I love this scene so much because it is what I wish I myself could do, have the quick wit. Unfortunately, when it comes to being sold or marketed to, I don’t have that quick wit. I just tend to run away from sales people.

In today’s episode we are going to talk about how you need to stop selling and why you need to start earning sales.

“What sales is becoming, what sales always needed to be, is building great trust, building a strong rapport, building an unfathomable resonance with your audience.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How James has avoided sales people in the past.
  • The attributes behind earning sales.
  • What sales really is.
  • 3 pillar approach to sales – ARC.
  • Serving our clients vs. selling to our clients.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #341: 3 Ways to Get More Referrals

I want to tell you about the second girlfriend I ever had. We dated for two whole weeks until she broke things off and shattered my heart. That same night, I had my best friend over for a sleepover and I was crying to him about how much she hurt me. The reason she ended things? Because I was too afraid to talk to her…Yup. 

When this happened, I was 16 years old. I was a nerd. So how did I even get a girlfriend to stay with me for two weeks? Because I had another girl vouch for me. And that happened with the next two girlfriends after that. Today, we’re talking about referrals.

“It is imperative that we earn unsolicited referrals.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The way James got his first couple of girlfriends.
  • 4 types of referrals.
  • How to earn unsolicited referrals.
  • Wrong assumptions you may be making about referrals.
  • Engineering referrals for your business.
  • Passive requests vs. active requests.
  • Incentivized requests and ideas you can use in your business.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #340: Unlock Elite Level Performance with Shelly Anderson

I was 16 years old when I finally got a starting position on my high school football team. It took all year of trying to convince my coach that I had what it took. My parents were on the stands brimming with pride, and I knew I was going to make them proud. The ball was kicked right to me, inches away from my fingertips, I fumbled it, got tackled, and then was benched the rest of the season. It was at this moment that I knew I would never be a high performance athlete.

But, we are going to be talking about high performance excellence today.

My guest today is Shelly Anderson, a High Performance consultant who has worked with some of the top champion athletes in the world.

“You have to focus on your business regardless of what’s going on in your personal life. You can’t use that as an excuse of a lousy performance in your business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • High level athletes that Shelly has and does consult.
  • Shelly’s goal as a high level consultant.
  • What health really looks like overall.
  • Why making it as a professional athlete is a big deal.
  • Specific traits that elite athletes have.
  • The right amount of ego.
  • Habits of elite level athletes that entrepreneurs can learn from.
  • How to pull yourself out of a funk and compartmentalize.
  • KPI and the importance of tracking without being too emotionally invested.
  •  Being honest about where you are.
  • Value determination.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Shelly

Instagram: @shells4real

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #339: Winners Quit and Quitters Win

Have you ever quit something in glorious fashion? I mean the type of quitting where you walk in slow motion away from the building and then the building explodes! (Don’t worry, no one is in the building.) But you don’t flinch when the building explodes. Instead, in slow motion, you take sunglasses out of your coat pocket and place them on your face while the building behind you burns to the ground.

I once quit a job, it was Office Max. Not a fun job. I have a crazy story about an interaction with a customer that led to my quitting story.

“The truth is, winners quit all the time.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What happened to James at Office Max.
  • The mentality that will ruin you.
  • What things you should be quitting.
  • The 3 reasons you may want to quit something.
  • Pausing to come back and approach it fresh later.
  • Redirecting your efforts to focus on the right thing.
  • Reevaluating your priorities and how vital this is.
  • Why it is okay to quit.

Text me your epic quit stories @ 480-605-3254!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #338: Let Us Rage!!!

Do you want to know what pisses me off? A lot. Conventional wisdom will tell you that anger is bad and rage will hold you back. But you know what? I love my rage, I cherish my rage. I worship my rage. Because I can harness my rage.

In today’s episode, we are going to talk about how you, too, can harness your rage.

“When it’s applied appropriately with focus, it can actually accelerate you faster with more energy, with more purpose, and with more confidence.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How we as entrepreneurs can actually harness and leverage our anger and how it benefits our trajectory.
  • The importance of not being blinded by your anger. 
  • How anger can be used to benefit you.
  • Fear vs. rage
  • Personal stories of situations in my life where anger fueled me in the right way.
  • What specific things rage can help you do.
  • Why you shouldn’t harness your rage.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #337: Escaping the Amish “Paradise” with Lizzie Ens

On today’s episode, my guest is Lizzie Ens. She is the founder and creator of UnDiet Yourself. She has a very different story of what her life was like at the age of 19. When I was 19, I lacked direction and motivation. But today, let’s jump into what Lizzie’s life looked like then and now.

“I was able to look forward. Not everybody’s able to do that.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Where Lizzie’s story started at the age of 19.
  • Misconceptions and truths in the Amish world.
  • What Lizzie’s future could have looked like.
  • The awakening that led to Lizzie’s leaving.
  • How Lizzie started adjusting to the real world.
  • Overcoming fears and being truly who you know you are supposed to be.
  • Being able to ask for help.
  • How to keep moving forward.
  • The importance of getting to know yourself and being okay with becoming a new version of you.
  • Focusing on your own journey.
  • Getting comfortable with being uncomfortable.
  • How Lizzie’s past has shaped her current career.
  • One of the best thing’s Lizzie did when she first started her career.
  • Why success isn’t just making $10,000 a month.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Lizzie

Website: undietyourself.live

Instagram: @lizzieens

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #336: Doing it and Doing it and Doing it Well

At the age of 12, I went to comic book camp. It’s where young kids can go to learn how to create their own comic books. I went on to create a whole universe of characters that would make Marvel jealous. 

That same year, I also spent a week at coding camp where I learned to write code for tiny robots. In my lifetime, I have learned a lot of things. Like writing screenplays, the original HTML code, how to work on my 1982 Camaro, and much more.

Looking back in hindsight, I don’t do any of that stuff. None of it does me any good at this point. I’m not complaining, but it’s a shame I wasted all that knowledge.

So today, we’re talking about the doing.

“Once you apply something, you become accountable for it.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • All about comic book camp.
  • Feedback I received about an idea I had for a conference.
  • Why people don’t want to apply the knowledge they’ve learned.
  • Stop calling it a hobby.
  • Pushing past the fear and stepping into the application.
  • Setting goals and actually doing what it takes to achieve them.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #335: Let’s Talk About Money… Baby

I’ve done a lot of peculiar things for money. In a previous episode, I listed out the top 5 worst jobs I had ever endured. Today, I’m sharing some gems that did not make that previous list because they may not have actually qualified as legitimate employment. 

“Every hour counts.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • More “jobs” James has had in the past.
  • The movie you should NOT Google.
  • Why you should know how much money you really made in 2021.
  • Looking through your calendar to calculate how many total hours you worked in 2021.
  • Finding your average earning per hour.
  • Are you making more than the minimum wage?
  • Defining your goals for 2022 and calculating how to make them happen in a simple way.
  • Understanding how hourly pay works as an entrepreneur.
  • The 3 things you need to assess in your business.
  • What I want for you in 2022.

ACTION: Post about what you’re going to do to make 2022 your most profitable year in your Instagram story and tag me @jpatrickphoto

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #334: Write and Launch Your Own Book with Julie Broad

In my lifetime, I’ve sat down to write about 5,242 different books. In my lifetime, I’ve actually been able to finish two of them. One was an ebook (I get it, not a traditional book). But this ebook went on to not only net me a significant amount of revenue, it also helped brand me as a subject matter expert in a very specific field. From this ebook, I even created an online membership platform that is still running to this day, almost 10 years later.

The second book was an independently published print publication. I was able to get this book onto a #1 list on Amazon. Although I wasn’t “raking in the dough,” this book opened a lot of doors for me. Four years later, this book still opens doors for me. It lands me interviews on TV shows, magazines, podcasts, stages, and continues to build trust and rapport with my audience.

Today, we are diving into why you can write your own book and what it can do for your brand. My guest today is Julie Broad, the founder of Book Launchers.

“Sales are great, but we’re using this to grow our business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why writing a book is still important today.
  • Stop worrying about who’s publishing your book.
  • Traditional vs. Independent publishing.
  • Your book rights.
  • Building your writing team and who you shouldn’t leave out.
  • Being discovered with key words and phrases.
  • Giving credit to original sources.
  • What readers really care about.
  • The difference in timelines when self-publishing.
  • Why narrow-focused books do better than general books.
  • Strategically picking your book categories.
  • Chapter titles and why they matter.
  • Marketing your book.
  • Why you are still hesitating to write your book.
  • Resources to help get you to the next step.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Connect with Julie

Website: Book Launchers Business Book

YouTube: Book Launchers TV

Writing Resources

Website: Book Launchers

Book: Self-Publish & Succeed

Hiring Editors: Reedsy

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #333: The NEW Nurturing of Clients

In today’s episode, I want to share with you one of the most embarrassing moments of my life. I’m going to talk about a time that I failed to woo another. It’s a true story and heartbreaking but most importantly, it goes along with what we’re talking about today. Why we need to nurture relationships.

“Consumers no longer want to be sold to, they want to be engaged with.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The importance of nurturing relationships before you ask for the sale.
  • Why the leads you’re getting aren’t converting into sales.
  • Lead-nurturing campaigns and why you need them.
  • What a robust lead-nurturing strategy looks like.
  • How to appeal to your audience.
  • Following up with your clients.
  • Always reevaluating your funnels.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #332: Why We Launch

My first brush with owning a business came at the age of 10 years old. I launched my very own puppet show and on our opening night, we sold out all the seats we had in the venue. There were 2 seats – one for my mother and father – and they were 25 cents each. 

 

My second launched business was my own newspaper that I typed and printed and distributed to both of my parents. I only printed two, but technically I sold out.

 

Both of these ended for different reasons but my entrepreneurial endeavors didn’t end there. A lot of them didn’t work out but I’m still starting businesses. Let’s dive into why.

“The truth is, winners do quit. Winners quit things that do not work. That’s how they find things that do work.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A deeper insight into my entrepreneurial background,
  • How to balance the highs and the lows.
  • The emotional capacity that entrepreneurship takes.
  • The truth behind failure island quitting, even as a winner.
  • The importance of finding what works.
  • Overcoming the negatives and hard moments that come from entrepreneurship.
  • Making celebrating your accomplishments a priority and what it will do for you.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #331: Avoiding Distractions with David Wood

I’ve been talking a lot on this show about really unpacking what the true journey of entrepreneurship really is. Oftentimes, thanks to social media, we get only a veneer perception of what it means to live the life of an entrepreneur. It’s easy to look at people on Instagram with expensive clothes, nice watches, and fancy cars and think, “I too could live that life!”

Then you start out and realize that you have to do all things in your company, including sweeping the floors.

In this spirit of truly shedding light on the journey of entrepreneurship, I want to talk about all the things that can come up and be a distraction for you along the way. There’s a cost associated with these distractions and we’re going to dive into that.

My guest today is David Wood. He is the founder of Focus.ceo with an extensive background and experience.

“If you just had a regular job and you wanted your life to be different, that alone is going to take something. It’s going to take some willpower to generate it.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • David’s inspiration behind starting his entrepreneur journey.
  • How David helps his clients focus on what’s important.
  • Why we resist doing what we know we need to do.
  • Finding what lights you up and doing that more.

 

  • Breaking the Habit of Being Yourself

 

  • Not falling into autopilot work.
  • How to stay focused and accountable.
  • Community based accountability, self-based accountability, and coaching
  • The importance of being teachable.
  • Co-working and why it’s effective.

Connect with David 

Website: focus.ceo

*scroll to the bottom and request a session 

Cheatsheet: How to achieve twice as much in the same amount of time: myfocusgift.com

Podcast: Extraordinary Focus

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #330: Maybe it’s Photoshop?

The date was 4/1/17 and I posted what ended up being one of my highest engaged posts I had ever done on Instagram. 

In this episode, I’m reading you the caption, the reactions, and something that really upsets me.

“The photos are edited to finish the narrative that we were telling through the location, through the set-up, through the styling, through the hair and makeup, through the poses, through the energy, through the pose, through the facial expression; all of it.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear all about the post James shared years ago.
  • Too photoshopped?
  • What actually goes into creating a photo.
  • The real goal behind why I use photoshop.
  • What your comments on other people’s posts reveal.
  • Top 5 Worst photoshop experiences in my career.

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #329: My Plan Has Be Foiled!

It’s Friday and we do not have time to waste! I’m jumping into the top 5 worst jobs I’ve ever had. But more importantly, I am diving into how I could have completely avoided working any of these jobs.

“Perhaps if I did a little bit better in my planning, maybe I never would have had to work these jobs.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear my top 5 worst jobs I’ve ever had and why.
  • How planning changed everything for me.
  • The importance of building out annual plans and breaking them down all the way to our daily actions.
  • Taking the macro and turning it into the micro.

 

  • The Legacy Planner

 

Want a digital copy for FREE? Text me at 480-605-3254 

 

Join me next week, 1/27 @ 3PM PST for a live group, coaching conversation online to strategize our planning together.

Go to fitbusinessonline.com and register today!

Connect with James 

Website: jamespatrick.com

Instagram: @jpatrickphoto

Text me marketing questions @: 480-605-3254 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

Check out this episode!

BTI #327: “I’ll Think About It”

Did I ever tell you about the time I became a New York Times Best Selling author? I was working in marketing years ago and I started to pioneer a new marketing strategy that was building my company’s brand awareness, generating brand validation and creating new job opportunities.

I thought to myself, if only other companies were implementing the same marketing approach, they too could do the same. I started to write about this and then I got busy. I told myself I would revisit this later.

Eventually, the book did come out. My title. But there was a problem, my name was not on the cover of this book because my manuscript was still on my shelf and I never finished it.

“There’s nothing wrong with having that fear. Fear is a legitimate emotion, it exists for a reason. There is something wrong with allowing the fear to be the thing that makes the decision.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why I never finished my manuscript.
  • How to never accomplish anything.
  • The reasons we don’t move forward with our ideas.
  • Acknowledging the fear but not letting it control you.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #326: I Was Wrong

It’s not easy for someone to admit when they were wrong. For the second time in recorded history (no way to verify that), I was wrong.

When I bring up the word “privilege” or “privileged” it can create a feeling of defensiveness for so many. It’s easy to understand why; we might retort back to that and say, “No we’re not privileged, I built this all myself.”

Although that might be true, we need to unpack this fully so we can understand it fully.

“Privilege is a special advantage that some have and others do not.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The true definition of privilege.
  • Advantages and what they really are.
  • Having privilege vs. acknowledging privilege.
  • Why the starting point is important to recognize.
  • Why 24 hours is not the same for everyone.
  • The importance of transparency and accountability.
  • Getting your intentions and messaging aligned.
  • Owning when you are wrong and making a change.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #325: Sex Sells Part II with Nikole Mitchell

We are diving back into the conversation about empowering women and how they choose to build their brands and business.

Today, I am talking with Nikole Mitchell, who is a pastor turned stripper and top creator on OnlyFans who went from living off of food stamps to earning 6-figure months.

We discuss the evolution of the content marketing industry and what lies ahead for women in the selling of sex.

“What you think about yourself at the end of the day, is the most important.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Nikole’s story of being a pastor who turned into a stripper.
  • The journey of finding herself.
  • Trauma vs. empowerment.
  • The truth behind the industry Nikole is in.
  • What sex work really is and what the misconceptions are.
  • Refusing to be anything but who you truly are.
  • The power of the behind the scenes footage.
  • Why you should have your audience on lists and systems you own.
  • Building boundaries in your business.
  • Manifesting what you want.
  • Marketing yourself in a way that works.
  • The fight that lies ahead for women.

Connect with Nikole

Instagram: (@mitchellnikole)

Facebook: Nikole Mitchell 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #324: When Authenticity Loses Authenticity

New Year, new show, new branding! Now, more authentic! 

Looking back over the years, a lot of what I saw in hindsight was inauthentic. I couldn’t see it while I was in it, but looking back, I did. There were specific instances and larger themes where I can see I strayed off course and got lost a bit.

I’m reflecting on that today as I refocus and zone in on my mission, one that is authentic to me. 

“There are no hidden formulas. There are no secrets. There are no special approaches or manifestation mantras that can change that.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A recap of this podcast and the evolution it has gone through.
  • Seeing the inauthenticity in my own work.
  • Specific moments in my recent career that I can see I strayed from what I stand for and why it’s important to bring up and reflect on.
  • Lies sold within the industry and the damage they can do.
  • What successful entrepreneurship is really about.
  • My mission moving forward.
  • What each of us need to do to see improvements.
  • What I want this podcast to become and how you can take part in it.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #323: It’s Been Real But… I Gotta Jet!

I was on Instagram the other day, wasting time, and I came across a post that said something to the effect of, “Why are people talking about 2021 being over and the inability to wait for 2022? Do you realize that there is still _ # of weeks/days/hours/minutes still left in this year? Are you really prepared to give up on your goals that easily and throw away this percentage of the year that you have left?”

I found this post to be rather rude. Who is this person to shame me for wasting time on Instagram or Netflix? The point is that you have every right to take a bit of a break and reprise from a year that was not as we thought it would be. Let’s talk about what you should be thinking about going into the New Year.

“I don’t think many of us had the energy to deal with 2021 because we had been so mentally, physically, emotionally, spiritually depleted after  everything we went through in 2020.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What’s coming up in 2022.
  • What happened in 2021.
  • Why some things that have changed, won’t change back,
  • The question you need to be asking yourself.
  • Making a clear, specific vision and knowing who it’s for.
  • Understanding what your promise is.
  • Figuring out your product and the elements that go along with that.
  • Starting with the minimum viable.
  • Enjoying this rest time to spark your creativity.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #322: Stay Different with Billy Polson

My guest today is no stranger to the Beyond the Image podcast, most of my audience, and our FITposium alumni. Billy Polson has been within our community for several years now and has been a presenter at our FITposium conference for several years. He is the Founder of The Business Movement and the Founder of DIAKADI, which is a fitness studio that has won best studio in San Francisco 15 of the 17 years it has been open. We are diving into why you should be different, especially now more than ever.

“Don’t be what everyone is, be what no one is.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Why we need to stay focused on differentiation, especially in 2022. 
  • The 3 categories when it comes to being different.
  • Making sure you gather feedback from your clients.
  • The importance of knowing what’s going on in your market.
  • Getting out of your normal routine to gain creativity.
  • Including the love languages in your marketing.
  • Why you should know your target client.
  • The power of brainstorming.
  • How to really sell your products.
  • Stop the scroll.
  • What you should be doing in the upcoming months.
  • What’s coming up for he fitness industry.

Connect with Billy

Website: thebusinessmovement.com

8 Week Work Group: www.thebusinessmovement.com/workgroup-coaching-programs

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #321: OK, I’m Distracted…

My motivation has bottomed out and I’m tired. Have you ever felt that way?

Even though this year flew by, it took an emotional toll on so many of us. I don’t think a lot of us realized it even happened. 

So today, I’m talking about motivation and distraction because not only am I struggling with it, I know so many are too.  

“As we’re coming into the end of the year, we’ve lost so much of our focus, of our motivation, of our momentum and we are waiting, or just coasting through the rest of the week, the rest of the year, so we can begin anew.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to reinforce your momentum.
  • Getting motivated again.

 

  • A SPECIAL INVITE only for our listeners. Text 408-605-3254 for the 2022 guide.

 

  • Focusing on the top 3 things that need to get done.
  • Achieving more and being effective.

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #320: Entrepreneurship is Freaking Hard AF!

Entrepreneurship is hard. I’m sure as a listener, you deal with this everyday and you know this. Or you need a reminder because of the way influencers portray entrepreneurship on their feeds.

Looking at my calendar, I realize that I walked away from my corporate job 10 years ago. Today, I want to talk about the things that have helped me survive this journey.

“The devotion you give to the work you do is not done in the short term, it’s done in the long term.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • 5 things that make the difficult journey of entrepreneurship more manageable.
  • Why you should never measure your success in the short term.
  • A sign that entrepreneurship may not be for you.
  • Being okay not knowing things.
  • Why focus is everything.
  • Not getting attached.
  • Always keeping your why in the front of your mind.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #319: Sales Pages that Actually Sell with Ken Cox

Today, we get to chat about something that I geek out on, which is how to better improve sales pages. I have invested copious amounts of my time, hours, energy, and emotions into understanding how to best set up a page that not only guides the visitor through an amazing journey where they are rewarded by every scroll but also leads them to what I wanted all along; to purchase whatever it is I’m selling on that page.

My guest today is Ken Cox. He’s the host of the Clicks & Brick podcast. He’s going to help us understand what we are doing wrong and what we need to be doing right with our sales pages.

“Directing that user through the experience is way more 

important today than it ever has been before.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • How Ken got his start in the marketing world.
  • The difference between a website and a funnel.
  • How buying online has evolved.
  • The flow of a successful landing page.
  • The importance of building a fully encompassing environment for your business.
  • Landing page pieces that are a must have.
  • Consistent exposure and why you need it.
  • The 6 components to a funnel.
  • Simplifying trying out ads.
  • The 13 in 30 rule.
  • Should you build multiple funnels?
  • Problem solving versus product selling.
  • Common problems entrepreneurs are making in their landing pages.
  • Why follow up and retargeting works.
  • The goal behind your ads.
  • The key to designing products and services that sell.

Connect with Ken

Clicks & Bricks Academy: clicksandbricksacademy.com

*Coupon code for $1000 OFF for two seats!: FITTOPIA

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #318: Are You Afraid Of… Fear-Based Marketing?

Looking for a beautiful studio to record your podcast in or are you looking for a professional audio engineer to produce your show? Email us at hello@hivestudiosaz.com to take your show to the next level!

Last week, I received a funny thing dropped off at our front door. It was self made newspaper (really propaganda) pushing specific vitamins and supplements to make you healthier in a myriad of ways (so the claims wrote). 

I don’t bring this up to make fun of this, but I want us to dissect this newspaper together so we can see errors in the marketing as it used fear (and lots of it) to scare readers into purchasing products.

“When fear-based marketing crosses that line into being unethical, then this is not a sale, this is coercion.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Fear-based marketing and the ethics behind it.
  • Recognizing when marketing becomes unethical.
  • The negative result that comes with unethical marketing.
  • Examples of misleading and unethical tactics.
  • Why fear doesn’t always mean to “do it anyway.”
  • Why fear-based marketing won’t lead to building long term relationships.
  • How to measure if marketing is ethical or not.
  • A way you can easily define unethical fear-based marketing.
  • What to focus on when closing sales.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #317: LIVE COACHING How to Launch a Book with Mo the Bold Mamma

In this episode, we are bringing back one of our special edition episodes where we do live coaching on the show!

Our guest today is Mo. She is the Bold Momma. Mo is a postpartum, women’s health specialist who is seeking to launch a book in the new year.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear about Mo’s story and her background.
  • The meaning behind Mo’s brand.
  • Listen in on James coach Mo in different areas of her business.
  • All about book publishing; to self-publish or not?
  • Hear about specific strategies when doing a book launch.
  • Pitching to podcasts.
  • Building buzz around your new book.
  • Valuable LIVE coaching and guidance.

Connect with Mo

Website (Launching soon): www.boldmomma.com

Instagram: @bold_mamma

FREE starter kit coming soon, make sure to follow her on Instagram!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #316: Create Your Career Plan with Mark Herschberg

I recently had the chance to read the book, “The Career Toolkit.” The reason this book really resonated with me is because of my journey transitioning from within the corporate world and then out of the corporate world.

As an entrepreneur this should mean everything to you. Where is it you want to take your career? What is it that you want to build in this career path? What are the tools that you need in order to achieve these goals.

In this episode, I have the author himself, Mark Herschberg, who is a CTO, an MIT instructor, author, and speaker.

“Your career plan is not just your title.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Mark ended up where he is now when he started as an engineer and physicist.
  • What skills companies are saying they want in employees.
  • Why are these skills not being taught?
  • Adapting to consumer demand.
  • The disconnect in schools.
  • The importance of setting a career plan.
  • Misunderstandings about career plans.
  • Reasons people don’t make career plans and how to overcome them.
  • Why you should create dynamic tools and review them often.
  • How to create a business plan and how often you should go back to it.
  • Mark’s app and how it can help you.

Connect with Mark

Website: www.thecareertoolkitbook.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #315: How to Purchase Fake Followers

I have a funny story for you! I was on Venmo the other day and I saw something that made me laugh. One of my contacts on Venmo forgot to hide their transaction where they purchased fake followers!

In this episode, I’m going to talk about the monetary purchase of Instagram accounts. 

“Ultimately, it just looks so egregiously fake.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The follow/unfollow programs.
  • What to look out for if you want to try buying followers.
  • Why having illegitimate accounts will harm your engagement.
  • How to spot fake followers.
  • Approaches that may actually work.
  • Engagement pods and if they’re worth it.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #314: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Cody Rininger

My guest today is Cody Rininger, the founder of 2B Imperium. He is a recent attendee of our annual FITposium conference and left quite an impression, so we wanted to invite him on the show to talk about all things entrepreneurial.

“Only you can control you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Cody’s background and what got him into the fitness industry.
  • Where you should draw your motivation from.
  • Why giving your best is one of the most important things to do consistently.
  • It’s more than fitness.
  • Being sure of yourself regardless of the bullies.
  • The beauty of supporting others.
  • How serving others should be one of our motivations.
  • Focusing on the positives.

Connect with Cody

Facebook: @2BImperium

Instagram: @rininger50

Thrive Fitness Website: www.thrivefitness-sd.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #313: Sex Sells, But Who’s Profiting? Featuring Dr. Jordin Wiggins

Do you currently have a podcast or are about to launch a podcast and need some help?

Looking for a professional environment to record your show? The Hive Studios in Phoenix, Arizona is nearly complete and will be ready for you soon!

Looking for a professional audio engineer to produce your show? Email us at hello@hivestudiosaz.com to take your show to the next level!

Today’s episode is an important conversation to have and first, I want to explain why we are having it. Last week, I was on Instagram, and a magazine I work with posted a behind the scenes video of one of their photo shoots. Watching the video, something jumped out at me that was a little bit odd. 

The subject in the photoshoot is doing a deadlift and in the background, there is a guy staring at her. I laughed at first, for a couple reasons. I made a comment about laughing at this guy and I got an interesting response. We’re unpacking the objectification of women who choose to use their brand to promote themselves and what it means with a dear friend of mine, Jordan Wiggins. 

Dr. Jordin Wiggins is a Naturopathic Doctor, Women’s Sexual Health Disruptor and author. She is revolutionizing the way we deliver, educate, and talk about sexual health, wellness, and pleasure for women. Dr. Wiggins helps entrepreneurs and professional women have as much success in their relationships as they do in their careers through learning to receive, trust, and attract.

“Consent is verbal and consent is ongoing.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What happened on Instagram that spurred this conversation.
  • What consent really is. 
  • The double standard women face. 
  • Why women are allowed to be sexual, but not sexualized. 
  • Dealing with outdated beliefs
  • The realities of how women are treated versus how men are treated and how it affects women overall. 
  • Knowing that you can’t understand experiences that don’t happen to you. 
  • The suppression of women’s sexuality. 
  • The trauma of not being believed when you speak out about sexual abuse you went through as a women.  
  • Women’s bodies are NOT property. 
  • What happens when a country legalizes sex work. 
  • The strength in having conversations about sex. 
  • The truth about websites like OnlyFans and consensual porn. 
  • Defining the yes’s and the no’s.
  • How to make changes moving forward.

Connect with Jordin

Send her a DM on IG: @drjordinwiggins

Podcast: The Pleasure Principles Podcast

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #312: How to Quit Your Job

What do you think about when you think of entrepreneurship? Some views of what it is could include sitting on the couch watching football with my son, fancy cars, expensive clothes, extravagant trips, and showing off all these thighs over social media in order to get your audience to buy into your lifestyle.

When you are thinking of quitting your job it’s important to define what entrepreneurship is to you and what your goal is. We are diving into this and more on today’s episode!

“It’s almost as if one becomes an entrepreneur more for the perception of being seen as an entrepreneur than or the actual work of being an entrepreneur.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Misperceptions of what entrepreneurship is.
  • Clearly defining why you want to be an entrepreneur.
  • Common entrepreneur sayings that aren’t completely true.
  • The truth about time when you own your own business.
  • Freedom of choice and control as an entrepreneur.
  • Expenses you are responsible for when you are on your own.
  • How to become confident in leaving your job.
  • Figuring out expenses and why it’s important.
  • Dong what it takes to make it.
  • Breaking down what you need to do in specific numbers in order to achieve your goals.
  • Not being afraid to ask for help.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #311: Why Work for Success When You Can Just Lie?!

Do you currently have a podcast or are about to launch a podcast and need some help?

Looking for a professional environment to record your show? The Hive Studios in Phoenix, Arizona is nearly complete and will be ready for you soon!

Looking for a professional audio engineer to produce your show? Email us at hello@hivestudiosaz.com to take your show to the next level!

After last week’s episode, I had dozens of you reach out to me. Thank you for listening and reaching out! (If you didn’t go check out last week’s episode.) The overwhelming response was to do more deep dives into this industry. So we will!

I want to do a deep dive study and be as objective as possible. My hope is that those who need help will get it from the right sources.

“That’s the hope. If you need help, you’re able to get it from the right sources as opposed to being pulled in the wrong direction from an incorrect source.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The response from last week’s episode.
  • How James wants to approach talking more about this industry.
  • The goal of these kinds of deep dive episodes.
  • A red flag in the industry.
  • Using success to lure in potential clients and why it’s dangerous.
  • LulaRich the documentary on Amazon.

 

QUESTIONS FOR YOU:

What element of this industry are you most curious to learn about?

What do you want light shed upon the most?

What do you want to have a more in depth understanding of, to see behind the curtain?

Want to hear more about this topic?

DM James @jpatrickphoto

Email james@jamespatrickphoto.com

Text 408-605-3254

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #310: The Worst Coaching Experience I Ever Had

Do you currently have a podcast or are about to launch a podcast and need some help? Looking for a professional environment to record your show? The Hive Studios in Phoenix, Arizona is nearly complete and will be ready for you soon! Looking for a professional audio engineer to produce your show? Email us at hello@hivestudiosaz.com to take your show to the next level!

The last 18 months have given us a lot of space to reflect on a lot of different areas of our life. For some, this has been really beneficial. For some, it’s been really difficult. For me, it’s allowed me to see a lot of the parts of the industry that I myself am a part of – the business and commoditization of advice, coaching, mentorship, guiding, leadership.

Because of this reflection time, I’m starting to see how thin the facade of the industry actually is. I’m hoping to use this podcast as a place where we can come to communicate. I want to hear from my listeners on this! I find myself in a chasm between how I’m seeing a lot of coaches position themselves and where the industry actually needs to be in order to help and support people. So, let’s dive into this!

“When we’re in the midst of it, it’s easy not to see the bigger picture. It’s easy not to see the forest through the trees.”

IN THIS EPISODE

What James has experienced in his industry over the last 18 months,
The harm that is happening within the industry.
Why shaming and being aggressive in your marketing isn’t the way to go.
The glorification of burnout.
Debunking the quote “you’re the sum of the 5 people you surround yourself with.”
Selling something that you’re not doing.
The terrible effects of using your platform to spread negativity.
Hear all about a misleading program that James experienced firsthand.

Want to hear more about this topic?
DM James @jpatrickphoto
Email james@jamespatrick.com
Text 408-605-3254

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #308: Warning! Be Careful What You Sign

Do you currently have a podcast or are about to launch a podcast and need some help?

Looking for a professional environment to record your show? The Hive Studios in Phoenix, Arizona is nearly complete and will be ready for you soon!

Looking for a professional audio engineer to produce your show? Email us at hello@hivestudiosaz.com to take your show to the next level!

Today, I am digging something out of my filing cabinet that I have had for a handful of years. It’s a contract from 2016 that a client of ours sent us. The reason she sent us this contract that she received from a magazine is because it raised a lot of red flags. Let’s dissect this contract together to help you with future contracts that may come your way.

“Understand the terms of the relationships that you are making for your business or for your brand.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear James read and dissect large portions of the contract.
  • Why it’s important to read the contracts you’re signing.
  • Red flags you may find in contract.
  • Learning what work related terms mean, like “independent contractor” and why it’s important.
  • Standing up for what you believe and what’s important to you

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #306: What Will Happen to Print Magazines?

Looking for a professional environment to record your show? The Hive Studios in Phoenix, Arizona is nearly complete and will be ready for you soon!

Looking for a professional audio engineer to produce your show? Email us at hello@hivestudioaz.com to take your show to the next level!

If you haven’t noticed, there has been a buzz on Instagram. The December issue of Shape Magazine will be the final print issue of the Shape publication. This is starting to bring back the conversations surrounding the sustainability of print magazines. 

In this episode, I am diving into these conversations and answering the questions and thoughts you may have.

“Print is not dying in the sense that it will go away forever. However, it is evolving.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What print publications have been enduring.
  • Where the print industry could be going.
  • Will all news be entirely digitized moving forward?
  • How newspapers have responded to our wants as a consumer.
  • Taking a look at different data points  to further evaluate the print industry.
  • Digital fatigue and what that leads to.
  • Omni-channel presence.
  • The reason we buy certain publications.
  • James’ predictions of what’s to come in the magazine world.
  • What magazines represent and why they’re not going anywhere.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #305: When You’re Not Getting Hired for the Work You Want to Do

I was reflecting on a conversation I was having with a client the other day. They were wanting to shift the services that they were providing to their clients. However, in their eyes, there was a problem; no one was hiring them for the services they wanted to provide. This is “the chicken and the egg” scenario and we are diving into it in today’s episode.

“Do it before you get hired.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Figuring out which comes first; the creation of the work or the experience in the work.
  • Why you should do it before you get hired.
  • Creating a speck book of what you want to get hired for.
  • Ways to think outside the box and create opportunities for yourself.
  • Getting to work instead of just waiting around.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #304: Overcoming Entrepreneur Guilt with Jeanette Edwards

As you probably know, I am a new father. As I’m recording this, my son is coming up on being 4 weeks old. I’m navigating both parenthood and entrepreneurship and I noticed something really fascinating over the last week and a half. 

I took a few weeks off for paternity leave and when I got back into the office, I felt this weird sense of guilt and divided responsibility between my son who is at home, and myself who is sitting in my office. I realized that this is something that so many entrepreneurs are struggling with; parental guilt of dividing their time up between our business and our family.

We’re navigating this topic today with my guest Jeanette Brooke, the founder of Jeanette Brooke Fitness.

“Having them (my children) there and them seeing me do all these things, they’re so proud of me. And they tell me how proud of me they are and that just makes it all worth it.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The importance of boundaries within your business and sticking to them.
  • Jeanette’s journey of starting her business after having kids, living in a different country, and homeschooling.
  • How to carve out time for your business without trying to do too much at one time.
  • Making the most of your time and how to tackle your to-do list.
  • The parent guilt and ways to be intentional about navigating it.
  • Knowing when to hire someone.

Connect with Jeanette 

Website: www,jeanettebrooke.com

Instagram: @jeanettebrookefitness

Facebook @jeanettebrookefitness

Facebook Group: Boundless Beauties 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #303: Resilience Through Rejection with Kimberly Lynn

Entrepreneurs are not given a roadmap, a guide, or list of things to do with what to expect in order to succeed. What we end up with instead is an open landscape and we don’t know which direction to go, nor which obstacles we are going to encounter until we are already in the midst of it. All of us entrepreneurs had to deal with this over the last 18 months with everything we went through in 2020, going into 2021.

What I really want to dive into in this conversation is what this unknown journey looks like as an entrepreneur and how we have to dig deep to find that perseverance, to find that grit to not only survive, but to set ourselves up to thrive.

My guest today is Kimberly Lynn. She is a nationally certified personal trainer. She’s also the founder and owner of the Sweat Fitness Bootcamp, which is a physical gym in New Mexico. 

“You have to keep changing with the times.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Kimberly dealt with the shutdowns in 2020 and being forced to shut her doors.
  • Saying “nothing is going to stop me” but really meaning it and living it.
  • Turning rejection and pain into resilience and success.
  • The importance of mindset and self-talk.
  • Going above and beyond for your clients and why it will lead to your success.
  • Giving your clients what they need right now.
  • Why asking for help is okay.
  • Getting clients that are loyal and with you for the long run.
  • Being okay with changing and not settling.

Connect with Kimberly

Website: Fitness | SWEAT Virtual Trainer

Instagram: @kimberly_sweatfitness

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #302: How to Ask for Payment

Today, we are diving into a topic that can make people uncomfortable. We are talking about charging; more specifically about getting the bill.

I was thinking about the Friends episode where Phoebe was helping Monica do her catering job. At a funeral they were catering, they were trying to find the right time to give the client the bill. This can be really awkward, especially as an entrepreneur. How do you make the transition from doing the services to, “Okay, this is the bill.” 

Let’s talk about this! The goal of this show is to abate some of that uneasiness and also to help you not cross a line when you do this with your clients.

“Any time you have those experiences, you just get better.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The fear that comes with asking for the bill.
  • A personal experience Jame had with a bartending company.
  • The importance of setting the terms of payment and coming to an agreement.
  • What not to do when trying to collect payment.
  • Reasonable terms and conditions for contracts and payment collection.
  • Why hounding people for payment is unacceptable.
  • Professionalism and politeness when following up.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #301: Horror Stories Halloween Special

Since it’s a few days out from Halloween, we thought we’d do our first ever Halloween special episode. For this show, I’m bringing on a couple guests. Jason Black and Max Anderson.

Jason is the founder of Agstract Apparel and Arizona Home Photo.

Max is the founder of Picnic Tree Productions and co-owner of the Hives Studio.

Collectively, we have been working together for about 35 years. In that time, we have had some very terrifying and spooky experiences.

So today, we are going to commiserate on what some of our most horrific horror stories were over the years in our careers in order to share how to handle yourself in these situations and what not to do.

“Any time you have those experiences, you just get better.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear multiple horror stories that James, Max, and Jason experienced.
  • How to remain calm in the middle of an urgent problem.
  • Why the lessons they share are important.
  • The importance of always being prepared and having a backup plan.
  • Managing forgetting gear or equipment at appointments.
  • Different ways to respond in tight situations.
  • Dealing with tough companies and tough clients.

Connect with Jasosn

Agstract Apparel Website: www.agstractapparel.com

Facebook: @agstractapparel

Instagram: @agstractapparel

Real Estate Photography: www.arizonahomephoto.com

Facebook: @arizonahomephoto

Instagram: @arizonahomephoto

Connect with Max

Picnic Tree Productions Website: www.thepicnictree.com

Instagram: @picnic.tree

Hives Studios Website: www.hivestudiosaz.com

Instagram: @hivestudiosaz

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #300: Why We Need to Celebrating Success

I’m back with a brand new episode after taking a break from the mic. As you might know, the reason I was away from recording new episodes is because I was on paternity leave. My son joined us about 2 weeks ago and it has been a whirlwind of excitement, fulfillment, and plenty of sleep deprivation. I’m sure there will be a lot more stories coming soon about balancing fatherhood with entrepreneurship! In this episode, we are talking about celebrating our own success often instead of always focusing on our failures.

“If we are never celebrating our successes, we are never allowing ourselves to enjoy the reason and the intention behind the work that we chose to do.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear about James’s plunge into fatherhood.
  • Celebrating our 300th episode and why it’s so special.
  • Our goal with this podcast and what we focus on.
  • Why it’s important to celebrate your successes.
  • Preventing burnout.
  • The 3 phases when you are celebrating your successes.
  1. What you choose to celebrate.
  2. How you choose to celebrate it.
  3. Making sure you really take time to celebrate.
  • The importance of determining what the finish line is.
  • Asking yourself what success looks like.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #299: Get Published Panel at FITposium ’21

Every single year at FITposium, we have gathered together different media experts to share their inputs, their advice, and their guidance for you; to be able to get your brand, your story, your message in front of their outlets. So, as we are coming into this year, that has become our focus. How to earn media and expose you to the audiences you want to be in front of. 

In the episode, hear from our most diverse media panel we’ve ever put together. This is our panel from FITposium 2021 and features amazing media specialists who are teaching you everything you need to know! 

“Good character makes good content.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear the live conversation from the amazing panelists that were a part of FITposium 2021.
  • Live Q & A.
  • How to approach media contacts in an effective way and how to stand out.
  • What makes the perfect pitch?
  • Why follow up is important and the appropriate protocol.
  • Social media and what really matters.
  • How to build relationships with media contacts.
  • Being specific in your pitches and making sure they are personalized.
  • How to leverage media to grow your brand and business.
  • Utilizing your strengths and staying true to yourself.
  • Showing up and doing the job.
  • How to have people coming back to utilize you.
  • What makes features successful.

THE PANEL
Cynthia Sassi, Fabulous Media Group
Matt Gottesman, Hustle Sold Separately
Hatti Djemal, TheList.TV
Mirelle Inglefield, Phoenix Magazine

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #298: Outwork Your Competition with Joel Grimes

In this episode, I’m sitting with photographer and educator Joel Grimes. We talked years ago and at the time, Joel started to build a new business based on educating photographers.

“The more hours you put into it, the greater your result will be.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The inspiration behind Joel’s business and what he learned early on..
  • Giving away knowledge and why it shouldn’t be a threat to you.
  • Repeating the same work over and over until you master it.
  • The difference between A students and C students and why C students typically have an advantage.
  • The importance of failure.
  • Being willing to ask for and listen to feedback.
  • The response we should have when faced with adversity.
  • Where your confidence should come from.
  • The power of 8.
  • Getting your name out there and being consistent in the game.
  • How to get to the top.
  • Being able to adapt and change with the market.
  • Why the money can’t be the only thing that matters.
  • The risk is worth the payoff.

Connect with Joel

Website: www.joelgrimes.com

Workshops: www.joelgrimes.com/workshops

Instagram: @joelgrimesworkshops

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #297: Growing Your Business on Social Media with Dave Dreas

Hey listeners! I am currently on paternal leave so we went into our archives! In this episode, from our FITposium podcast, I am interviewing my dear friend, Dave Dreas. Dave is one of my favorite entrepreneurs, not just in the Phoenix market but truly anywhere. He has such open, honest, and raw conversations about the entrepreneurial journey. That’s why he’s such a perfect person to host on this podcast.

“It seems like we all try to market to each other instead of clients.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to have truly engaging content on social media.
  • Breaking down the noise on social media and how to really build a business there.
  • The importance of bringing value with your content.
  • Focusing on speaking to your true target audience.
  • The process of nurturing relationships and why it’s important.
  • Protecting your business and your following.
  • Why you should be moving your business off of social media.
  • Forgetting about the numbers and focusing on what’s important.
  • Having niched content and what the benefits of it are.

Connect with Dave

Instagram: @davedreas

YouTube: Dave Dreas

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI# 296: Becoming Unapologetic with Heidi Powell

We’ve focused on bringing the best guests that edify what it truly means to be an entrepreneur. What it looks like to go against standards, break through those barriers, and achieve real success.

Our guest today has done that. When I think about being a female fitness entrepreneur, she is at the pinnacle of that mountain. She is a former TV host, a best-selling author, and a transformation coach. Her and her husband launched the Transform App, which skyrocketed on the Apple Podcasts app, and she connects so beautifully with other men and women to help them grow the change within themselves. The one and only, Heidi Powell.

“Whatever I say, I will make happen, because I know the power that I have if I keep going.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How James and Heidi’s lives intertwine.
  • Heidi’s backstory and how it led to where she is now.
  • The power of vulnerability and the connection it breeds with your clients.
  • Learning to seize every opportunity and why it can change your life.
  • Making a decision to make things happen and not turn back.
  • Serving others without needing compensation and how it pays off.
  • What it takes to make the right decisions.
  • Navigating someone saying no to your business.
  • How to work in business with your partner.
  • Being a powerful woman in business and the differences between men and women.
  • Why it’s okay to shine, be bold, and be proud of it.
  • What’s coming next for Heidi.

“It’s better to take the wrong step, than no step at all.”

Connect with Heidi

Instagram: @realheidipowell

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #295: Charting Your Journey with Kirstyn Brown

As I recorded this episode, my son was days away from being born, which means I am days away from becoming a father! I’m taking a break from the mic for a bit but I would never leave my awesome and loyal listeners hanging. So, we’ve dipped into our BEST archived interviews just for you.

In this podcast episode, I get to chat with my dear friend Kirstyn Brown, who at the time was the editor of STRONG Fitness Magazine. When I originally asked Kirstyn to be on the show, I thought we were going to cover a topic I talk about a lot on the show, which is getting published. When she said yes, she said, “I want to interview you.”

This was such a fun hearted show and it’s a great chance to get to know me a little more and hear a little from Kirstyn as well.

“What you will do today, impacts who you’re going to be tomorrow.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • James’s early work experiences and the things he learned from them.
  • Finding a creative outlet and why it’s important.
  •  Establishing core values and sticking to them.
  • Doing simple things every day that will change your life.
  • Missed opportunities and failures in your business.
  • The comparison trap and how to not do it – celebrating others instead.
  • Speaking up and overcoming fears and how it can grow your business.
  • How James defines success and why this question is an important one for you to answer yourself.
  • How to navigate negative reviews and where to put your focus.
  • Defining moments in James’s career.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #294: What to Do When Social Media Crashes

In this episode, I was sitting in my office by myself on Monday morning when Instagram and Facebook had been down all day. It’s only when things like this happen that I actually notice how often I subconsciously will go on my phone to open the app.

I was looking online, doing what people do, when Instagram or Facebook go down; starting looking on Twitter and Google. I went online to Down Detector and was reading about how his was their biggest outage in 13 years.

My first thought is, “Well, crap. I just wrote out and planned my week’s worth of Instagram content. I just dropped a new podcast that I think is important, if only I could post about this. Oh wait, I CAN!”

“You need to get the connections you have with your audience off of social media.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How important it is to not have to rely on Instagram or Facebook to reach your audience.
  • Why lists of your audience that you own matter.
  • Focusing on building your own lists.
  • Creating incentives that have value to get your audience to sign up to your lists.
  • The importance of specificity in your offers.
  • Factors that play a role in having a great lead magnet.
  • Using this time wisely.

If you’re still not on my text thread, text me at 408-605-3254. This is a great way to connect with me and ask me any questions you have!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #293: Get Unstuck and Start Scaling with Leah Gervais

In this episode, we’re going to be talking about scaling.This is such an important topic because so many of our listeners are stuck in that modality of going one to one, so we’re diving into how to shift to one to many. 

My guest today is Leah Gervais. Leah is a business coach, but more importantly, she is a business mentor for entrepreneurs, and that is something we all need within our journey. She’s going to be chatting about how we need to think differently about our marketing if we plan on scaling our offerings.

“Get clear on the problem that you solve and release the way in which you need to solve it..”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Leah’s backstory and what led her to serving others.
  • Feeling dissatisfied in your current journey.
  • Letting go of labels and leaning into what you really do.
  • Getting prepared for the next economic shift.
  • Why Leah chose blogging and how she scaled her business.
  • How to make sure you’re not trading your dollars for hours your whole career.
  • Starting with one on one clients before going one to many and why this is vital.
  • When it’s time to transition to one to many.
  • Going from good to great.
  • How lack of clarity can hold you back.
  • Intimate marketing and aligning it with your offer.
  • When to diversify the types of results you offer and when it’s too soon.
  •  Fulfilling what you’re good at while having joy.

“The hardest part of scaling is having to say no and fix what’s working.”

Connect with Leah

Website: leahgervais.com

Instagram: @leahgervais_

Podcast: Your Biggest Vision

Sign up for her newsletter on her website!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #292: How to Handle Unsupportive People

In today’s episode, I want to talk about those in your life who are not supporting you and your goals and what you need to do about it. It could be a significant other, friends, or competitors. We have another name for these people; jerks. Let’s dive in and break it down so you know how to handle these people.

“When you are distracted, when your energy is pulled away, you inevitably slow down.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Who these individuals are; usually it is those who are closest to us.
  • Things these individuals are saying.
  • Being distracted by these people and the negative outcome it creates.
  • Why they’re doing what they’re doing.
  • Other people’s fear versus your reality.
  • How insecurity can play a big role in people and their comments and why it’s important to identify.
  • What you need to do about it.
  • Understanding who is in your corner and who isn’t.
  • Realizing you can’t change who others are.

“Why would you allow the others who are in your life who refuse to change, dictate the change you want to make in your own life?”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #290: Book Yourself Solid with Shannon Fable

Tune into an exclusive LIVE Fit Business Online to hear a live coaching session with an amazing coach, Shannon Fable. Shannon is going to be teaching us how as fitness professionals and coaches we can leverage our trust, rapport and credibility to book ourselves solid.

So much of what we see in the health and fitness space, whether it’s personal trainers, coaches, gym owners, is the idea that “I have to fix my marketing, I have to really get aggressive” while simultaneously trying quick fix solutions or a strategy that may have worked for someone else.

Shannon has a rich history working with health and fitness professionals to help them bolster up their business and bring in more clients in a very authentic and effective way.

“You have to commit to finding time to work on your business, not just in your business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Shannon’s background and how she got to where she is today.
  • Why it’s important to go outside your industry to learn what is really working.
  • Connecting with people on a deep level in your own way and why you need to be doing this!
  • Finding time to do the work and how this will be the only way to bring change.
  • Having a firm foundation.
  • Determining your target market and deciding what group of people speaks to you.
  • Determine your what – the #1 benefit you provide and how to portray this correctly.
  • Articulating your why
  • Specificity and shifting into an abundance mindset.
  • The right way to respond to consumer demand.
  • Three boxes of innovation and what they are in detail. 

1 – Linear 

2 – Leap frog thinking

3 – Selectively forgetting the past

  • Why consistency is important and specific ways to stay consistent.
  • You need a no-barrier entry offer!
  • Sales cycle vs. sales funnel and why sales cycles are important, especially in playing the long game.
  • Leaning into the digital world and using it for your benefit.
  • Not all is loss if someone says no right away.
  • Value – you can’t give away too much!
  • Pricing correctly and learning to make money in your sleep.
  • The 3 mandatory self promotion strategies Shannon recommends.

“Marketing doesn’t get you clients, it just gets you awareness.”

Connect with Shannon

Website: www.shannonfable.com

Instagram: @sfable

Facebook: Shannon Fable

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #289: Afraid of Hiring a Coach?

In today’s episode, I wanted to talk about coaching. More specifically, the fear we have of hiring a coach. We fear investing, spending, or putting money into hiring someone to mentor us.

When we think about the investment of a coach, the thing we are typically most afraid of, is the financial investment. Let’s dive into this!

“Regardless of whether or not you choose to work with someone, there will be an investment.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The fear behind hiring a coach and where it stems from.
  • The truth about hiring a business coach and if it is the only way to have success.
  • How you will have an investment either way and what the difference in these investments look like.
  • Tackling the legitimate fear that if you invest, it won’t work.
  • Changing your perspective from failure to opportunity.
  • Ways to mitigate the risks of hiring a coach.
  • The importance of questioning the coach’s approach and methodology and why.
  • Why you should watch and study how coach’s market themselves.
  • Asking the right questions.
  • Understanding the return on an investment.

“Just because you invest in a coach, does not guarantee the results.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #288: I Can’t Do This!

I’m finally coming back to life after what was such a fantastic, 7th annual FITposium conference. 

We booked over 117 projects for our attendees and it was so inspiring to see; magazine projects, podcast bookings, media spots, and so much more.

Over the last two weeks, something has been gnawing at me that I want to share today. I got booked on this photo project a couple weeks ago with a couple other photographers. I’m sharing all about that today and what you can learn from it!

The comment that set it all off:

“It must be really hard to take a bad photo with an 8 light set up.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear James’s response to the comment above and why it was so important.
  • What all the 8 lights actually do and why they matter.
  • The meaning behind the comment and similar comments like this one.
  • Skill vs. talent
  • Focusing on what you have, learning all about it, and making it work for me.
  • Why you need to stop making excuses on why you’re not where you want to be.
  • Putting in the work and creating results.

“When you put in the work to do it, you’re going to create the results at some point that you want to create.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #286: Lessons Learned from FITposium ’21

In this episode, I want to dive into everything that we covered and unpacked over the FITposium 2021 weekend. It was our 7th annual FITposium conference and there was so much information that we are still working through.

Every year, dozens of people walk away with media features in hand. It’s one of the coolest and most celebratory things we do during the conference. We set a goal every year in hopes of increasing this number.

This year, we surpassed 50 on the first day and had 117 booked projects when I stepped on the stage Saturday evening. Every single person who attended in person walked away with a feature in hand!

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The inside scoop of what happened at FITposium.
  • Why we help our attendees get published every year and why it’s important.
  • The biggest takeaways from this weekend’s event.
  • Finding what makes you unique or different and capitalizing on that.
  • The importance of niching down who your product is for.
  • Communicating who you are, what you do, and why it matters correctly.
  • The art of the follow-up.
  • Standing out in your pitches with a video.

“There has to be something unique that is recognizable about you so that you stand out amongst the crowd.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

GET CONNECTED

Coaching: https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching/

Get Amped Mastermind: https://getampedmastermind.com/

Check out this episode!

BTI #287: Create a Brand Worth Noticing with Ashley Drummonds

In this episode, I get to chat with Ashley Drummonds. Ashley is the founder and creator of ABS protein pancakes and an awesome podcaster. She was featured on Shark Tank and works with entrepreneurs in regard to breaking through barriers that are preventing them from seeing the potential and where they can take their business.

“The more time you spend with yourself, you’re going to know what feels good and what doesn’t feel good.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • What inspired Ashley’s business and how her own personal journey played a huge role.
  • How to actually get unstuck in your business.
  • What to do when something in your business isn’t working.
  • The importance of staying grounded and keeping it simple.
  • Staying disciplined to ensure you have quiet time by yourself and why it’s powerful.
  • Generating audiences versus tapping into them.
  • Focusing on how you feel about what you represent and staying true to you.
  • Why serving your customers and being personal with them makes a difference.
  • Why you should just be you.
  • The beauty of change and growth.

“People are already looking for a solution.”

 

Connect with Ashley

Instagram: @ashleydrummonds

Website: Ashley Drummonds

Podcast: Phoenix Rising

ABS pancakes: ABS High Protein Low Carb Pancake Mixes (abspancakes.com)

ABS IG: abs_proteinpancakes

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 285: The Real Path to Growing Your Coaching Practice with Chris Goodman

In this episode, we’re going to chat about what we as business owners, coaches, and entrepreneurs need to be doing to most effectively get our brands and mission out to the people who need it the most. Oftentimes, as we’re starting to build our businesses and push out our products or services to our target audience, if it’s not landing or resonating, we think there’s something wrong it so we start to rework it and retool it to put it out again; but then it still doesn’t land. Instead, it could be within ourselves that we are finding the solutions for these issues.

I get to chat with my friend, Chris Goodman, the coach who helps other business owners unpack what it is that we are stuck with in order to move forward more effectively in our business. Chris and I met several years ago at a mastermind session. Every time we had a breakout session, I tended to gravitate towards whatever Chris was saying because it had so much weight and power that I could implement in my own business.

“Focus on yourself, experience great coaching as a coaching client, and don’t start taking clients until you’ve made real  strides and transformations in your own life and business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Chris’s story and how he got to where he is today.
  • Getting past fear and stepping into that decision you know you’re supposed to make.
  • What you should focus on when starting your new business and how to make yourself credible.
  • The power being doing your job well and having people market for you.
  • What makes an actual coach?
  • Feeling threatened by the competition and what to do about it.
  • Putting your own twist on things and not feeling like you’re doing it the wrong way.
  • Getting out of your own way.
  • Why you should invest in yourself.
  • Considering who you’re being. Not just what you’re doing.
  • Being more than your results.

“You can’t read the label when you’re inside the jar.”

Connect with Chris

Instagram: @goodmancoaching

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #284: How to Land a Magazine Cover

It’s the week of FITposium! Our 7th annual conference. We started back in 2015 to a group of 50 people crammed into a small conference room in a Holiday Inn Express and it has grown so exponentially that over the last 7 years we have had 1500 graduates all setting out to build a better brand and profit from it. This year, we have completely re-formatted it and the focus this year is how to earn and leverage the power of getting published. We are just a few days out from FITposium 2021.

I thought I would dive into answering a question I get a lot: “How do I get on a magazine cover? I don’t just want magazine features, I want to land that pinnacle cover feature.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • How James has seen people procure magazine cover features.
  • The importance of pitching often.
  • Building a relationship with the magazine and how it benefits you.
  • Why you should try and be valuable to the magazine.
  • How building relationships with the photographers is a good idea.

 

“Luck is like a bus. If you miss one, there’s another one coming in 15 minutes. The difference is, you have to be showing up.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #283: Creating Recurring Revenue with John Warrillow

If today’s topic hasn’t been in the front of your mind over the last 18 months with everything that’s happened within our industry, it better be in the front of your mind after this episode. We are talking about the need to diversify your income sources, and more specifically, the importance and the power of leveraging recurring revenue into your business model where you are able to build, scale, and grow your business.

My guest today is the founder of The Value Builder System and best selling author or Built to Sell, John Warrillow.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The lightbulb moment when John realized the importance of creating recurring revenue in his business model.
  • How John quickly grew his business and developed recurring income.
  • The importance of productizing your business and incorporating a subscription model.
  • Segmenting your audience.
  • The Trojan Horse effect.
  • Effective positions brands are taking with subscription models.
  • TVR
  • The reason you want to niche down and find one customer to serve.
  • Packing value into the subscriptions you create.
  • The 60-day window magic.
  • The power of spontaneous gifts to your subscribers.
  • Getting your subscriber fully integrated.

 

“Once somebody becomes a subscriber, they are infinitely more 

likely to buy your other things.”

* Go lock in your pass NOW at FITposium.com!

 

Connect with John

Download FREE subscription model worksheet, learn about the drivers of value, and more at the link below!

We’ve Put Together a Collection of Useful Gifts for Listers of Beyond The Image (builttosell.com)

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #281: How NOT to Pitch to Magazines

Do you know what would get your podcast, TV station, magazine, or digital publication pitch or submission thrown out immediately? Today, I’m diving into that and bringing in my 20 year personal experience in the industry. 

 

I’ve received thousands of pitches and in reviewing them, I know what makes the pitch stand out in a good way, and what makes a pitch get thrown into the trash. Let’s talk about it so you know what NOT to do.

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Where to plug in to make sure you are pitching the right way.
  • Things that will get your pitch immediately thrown out.
  • The importance of getting company and people’s names correct on your pitch submissions.
  • Why personalized messages are best.
  • Keeping your ego out of pitching.
  • Making sure your pitch is not all about you and explaining how you can bring value to the publication.

“You need to say specifically how this benefits the publication, what you’re doing for the publication, why this matters to the readers, why this is a good fit.”

* Go lock in your pass NOW at FITposium.com!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #280: Get Published in Best Holistic Life Magazine with Jana Short

Today, we’re talking about one of my favorite topics, the importance and value of earned media, of getting published and leveraging media to grow your brand awareness, credibility, and to amplify your business.

I get to chat with Jana Short. She is the founder, publisher, and editor in chief of Best Holistic Life Magazine. In just under two years, her publication has grown a readership of over 250,000!

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Jana’s journey to where she is today.
  • The power of inspiring through stories and educating through stories.
  • All about the QR code and how effective it is to build connection in print copy.
  • Collaborating with other people and companies.
  • Why getting published shouldn’t be your end goal, it should be the start of your next goal.
  • Having both mindset and strategy and what the correct amounts are.
  • What not to do and what to do when working with editors.
  • The importance of sharing all your social channels with publications.
  • Being ready for growth when it comes and making sure you have a nurturing system set up.
  • Video content in an authentic way and why it’s so powerful.

“You have to find a way to reach your hand through that digital screen and say, ‘hello I am’ and start connecting with them. They won’t forget you.”

Connect with Jana

Get a FREE subscription to Jana’s magazine: Best Holistic Life

Website: janashort.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #279: Paid Ads vs. Earned Media

Today, I’m talking to you about the difference between earned media (getting published) and paid advertising and why you need to be focusing on earned media.

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Why paid advertisements are no longer as effective.
  • Why earned media will reach a bigger audience.
  • The power of organic earned media.
  • The fastest way to generate more leads in your business.
  • Why you should join us at FITposium 2021 – there will be 32 publishing opportunities!

 

“When you look at a comparison between a paid advertisement versus an organic or authentic editorial feature, the feature will have 4 times the engagement versus the advertisement.”

Go lock in your pass NOW at FITposium.com!

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #278: Opportunities to Get Published

First, I wanna let you know about all the amazing publishing opportunities that we are bringing to you. We just locked in our 32nd media partner for FITposium 2021. We’ve never had this many media opportunities in the other 6 years we’ve done this conference!

We have 17 magazines, 6 digital publications, and 9 podcasts. These are the opportunities to help you grow your brand visibility, awareness, amplify your authority, and generate leads for your business.

 

Oxygen Magazine has paired up with FITposium 2021 and they are seeking writers to contribute content for upcoming features. Now is your chance! You can attend online or in-person. Learn what other companies are partnering with us, plus more and register HERE.

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Hear all the amazing publication opportunities you will have at FITposium 2021.
  • Learn what companies/brands are offering earned media and what they are.
  • How to apply for all 32 opportunities.

 

“Getting published is the fastest and most effective way to grow your brand visibility, amplify your authority, and generate leads for your business.”

Go lock in your pass NOW at FITposium.com!

 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #277: Niche Please with Skyler Irvine

In today’s episode, we’re going to chat about why YOU have been struggling with standing out within your market or demographic.

If you’ve been trying to promote your brand, product, or service and you’ve been having some difficulty or issue getting in and starting to breakthrough all the noise happening in the digital landscape specifically, it could be because you aren’t being specific enough about in who you are, what you do, why it matters, and how you’re actually helping your client.

 

My good friend, Skyler Irvine, just dropped a new book all about this called Niche Please, and we’re going to talk all about the importance of specialization and drilling down into your core audience and how you serve them.

 

“If you can’t differentiate yourself, then no one else will be able to either.”

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • The inspiration behind Skyler’s new book and how it matters even more after 2020.
  • The importance of pausing and asking yourself, “What is it I’m really trying to achieve?”
  • The difference between being productive and being busy and why staying productive is so important. 
  • Skyler’s 3 Niche Approach – Business, Content, & Media
  • Overcoming the fears that come with niching down.
  • Why dabbling in different niches won’t last long term.
  • Doing what your competition is not doing.
  • How to create effective content and knowing what your goal is.
  • Figuring out who you’re posting for.
  • Starting with the end in mind to get the result we want to achieve.
  • What it really means to dominate a platform.
  • Marketing efficiencies and utilizing them correctly.
  • Creating content people can watch, read, listen to, and look at.
  • Building the life you truly want.

“It’s better to be hated than to be confusing.”

Connect with Skyler

Buy Skyler’s Book: Niche, Please!

Instagram –  @vanrenzler

Website: skylerirvine.com

Podcast: skylerirvine.com/category/podcast

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #276: How to Speak on More Stages

This episode, I wanted to chat with you about how to leverage the power of speaking on stages to grow your brand visibility and generate leads for your business. I’ve been doing this in my career for 20 years now and it is a phenomenal way to amplify your authority. 

We’ve partnered with Fitness Magazine, Inside Fitness, Ricochet, Beyond the Image, Muscle and Health, Phoenix Magazine, Strong Fitness Magazine, Define Magazine, FitFigures Magazine, Portfolio Magazine, The Leadership Formula Podcast, Strong Fitness Australia, the Figuring it Out Podcast, Fabulous Media Group, Personal Fitness Professional Magazine, Best Holistic Health Magazine, Find Your Strong Podcast, Relentless Growth, and more.\

We are also doing an exclusive cover casting at FITposium! Tune in for more details! ONE WEEK TO DO IT and be entered! 

To qualify for all these opportunities, you must register for an in person or online pass. Register HERE.

After listening today, make sure to DM me @jpatrickphoto or shoot me a text at 408-605-3254 with your thoughts.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why speaking on stages actually helps your business.
  • How the audience is already a warm audience, even if you don’t know anyone in it.
  • Earning the right to speak on more stages.
  • Finding different events to speak at and how to go about it.
  • The importance of making point of contact relationships.
  • Perfecting your speaking submission.
  • Taking your submission to the next level.
  • Making sure you add a CTA.

“You are reinforcing your value just by being on that stage. You are being positioned as a subject matter expert in whatever the field is that you’re speaking on.”

To learn more and have the opportunity to pitch to top leading publications in the health and wellness industry, you gotta be at FITposium! September 16-18. To register (online or in person) click HERE. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #275: How to Invest in Social Media

We are just under 1 month left before our FITposium 2021 conference and we have dedicated this entire conference to connecting you with top media outlets to give you the opportunity to earn media features to get published. 

 

We’ve partnered with Fitness Magazine, Inside Fitness, Ricochet, Beyond the Image, Muscle and Health, Phoenix Magazine, Strong Fitness Magazine, Define Magazine, FitFigures Magazine, Portfolio Magazine, The Leadership Formula Podcast, Strong Fitness Australia, the Figuring it Out Podcast, Fabulous Media Group, Personal Fitness Professional Magazine, Best Holistic Health Magazine, Find Your Strong Podcast, Relentless Growth, and more.

 

We are also doing an exclusive cover casting at FITposium! Tune in for more details! ONE WEEK TO DO IT and be entered! 

To qualify for all these opportunities, you must register for an in person or online pass. Register HERE.

 

I wanted to talk about something that came up yesterday while I was being interviewed for my good friend Tommy Baker’s podcast, The Resist Average Academy. We started talking about the constant need to invest time and energy into creating social media content.

 

After listening today, make sure to DM me @jpatrickphoto or shoot me a text at 408-605-3254 with your thoughts.

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • The imbalance between social media content creation and content consumption by your audience.
  • Low touch content versus high touch content.
  • High touch content that requires an equal investment from the consumer.
  • Which content leads to more conversion and growth for your business.
  • Prioritizing your time and leveraging your content creation.

“What if we had a direct correlation in the amount of time we invested in the content creation itself to the content consumption?”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #274: Are You a Hustler, a Seeker or Both? with Tommy Baker

In today’s episode, we’re going to chat about what you may think are two very conflicting ideologies or methodologies on how you’re approaching your life and your business.

One is that of the “hustler” and go go go, and falling into that modality where you are constantly pushing to achieve one goal after the next.

The other is that of the “seeker” who turns inward to find a deeper meaning for who they are and what they do.

“Although you may think those are two completely opposite ways of life and business, what if I told you, you can actually achieve both at the same time?”

My guest today is the author of the upcoming book, Hustler or Seeker,  and my good friend, Tommy Baker.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What led to James’s burnout and the belief fueling his actions.
  • Why entrepreneurs have a hard time clocking out and how it can impact your health.
  • Tommy’s story, how he has operated as both a hustler and a seeker, and how he has come to master them together.
  • The Law of Diminishing Hustling and The Law of Diminishing Seeking
  • How both the hustler and seeker use avoidance mechanisms in their life and business.
  • Being preventative in how we tackle our health.
  • How lack of structure can play a role in harming your health.
  • Selective identity.
  • Making an inventory list to create awareness that enables you to make small daily changes.
  • Intuition versus noise and how to know the difference.
  • Limiting your inputs and practical ways to do so.
  • How to know if you are making changes towards the right direction and if the changes you have made are working.

“At any given moment, at any given week, month, or season, you’re able to adopt either the prevailing identity of the hustler or seeker; I always believe we need both.”

Connect with Tommy Baker

Instagram – @tommy_resistanceaverage

Website: www.hustlersandseekers.com

***Tommy is giving away $600 of bonuses, coaching, free courses, etc! Go check out the website ASAP.

The book will be available in October.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #273: Four Steps to Get Published

We are one month out from our 7th annual FITposium conference! It’s the only conference dedicated not only to teaching you how to earn top media features – like top magazine spots, top podcast spots,  top TV spots, top publication features – but we’re also the only conference that directly connects you with top media companies to give you the exclusive opportunities to get your brand, mission, business, featured in the media to amplify your authority, grow your awareness, and generate more leads.

You get to pitch to over 30 amazing top media outlets just by being an attendee (virtual or in person)!  Register HERE.

 

“Getting published is the fastest and most effective way to grow  your fitness business.”

 

In today’s episode, we’re going to talk about the 4 steps you need to be taking to properly land top media features and get published.

 

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Four steps to getting published.
    • 1. Research the outlets you’re looking to get published with.
    • 2. Send out your pitch and follow up.
    • 3. When you get the opportunity, over deliver and reinforce why they gave you that opportunity. 
    • 4. Stay in touch and try to get featured again; “The Relationship Loop”
  • The importance of putting steps 1-4 into practice over and over again.

“It can take between 8 and 12 pitches before a magazine 

editor notices that you are pitching them.”

Tune in to hear James go into detail about each step towards getting published and some great steps to take to be successful in these.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #272: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Lauren Donahue

I’m bringing back our special edition episodes called My Entrepreneurial Journey. These are episodes where I get to chat with entrepreneurs who are building, working, marketing, selling in real time and chat about their journey.

In today’s episode, I get to chat with one of my dear friends. She’s no stranger to the show, Lauren Donahue, who has founded a brand new coffee company called Laleigh Coffee.

We’re diving into how she launched this product, what she’s learned in taking this product to market, as well as the story behind the product.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Lauren makes all her income via Instagram.
  • The story behind Laleigh Coffee.

“The cream will always rise to the top.”

  • Making it in a competitive industry.
  • The importance of having a quality product and doing the behind the scenes work.
  • Why asking questions is a good thing.
  • Diving into learning instead of running away from it and giving up.
  • Setting goals in your business.
  • Why taking action makes a difference.
  • The power of word of mouth marketing when you have executed an amazing product.
  • Different ways to expand your business and generate more income.

The first 20 people who listen to the show, go buy their bag of Laleigh coffee and post it about on Instagram, tag @jpatrickphoto and @laleighcoffee – I will reimburse you for your order! Go now! www.laleighcoffee.com

Connect with Lauren

Laleigh Instagram – @laleighcoffee

Lauren’s Instagram – @laurenldonahue

Website: www.laleighcoffee.com

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 271: The Marketing of Sex with Dr. Jordin Wiggins

In today’s episode, we’re going to talk about sex. More specifically, we’re going to talk about the marketing of sex and the difficulties that a business owner faces around this. We’re going to cover what all of us need to learn in getting extremely creative within our business development and being completely unapologetic about our brand’s mission. 

My guest today is Dr. Jordin Wiggins. She is a naturopathic doctor, entrepreneur, women’s sexual health educator and disruptor.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Dr. Jordin’s personal story of losing her libido and how it led to a self-education journey and her career now.

“1 in 2 women globally suffer from sexual dysfunction.”

  • How Dr. Jordin overcame the fear of speaking about a taboo or unique topic in public and the role masterminds and business coaches play.
  • The importance of finding what works in your business and asking yourself, “How can I make this happen?”
  • Beating the algorithm and ads that may get turned down.
  • Common versus normal facts about women’s health and why it’s important to get a proper diagnosis.
  • Why social media can help get your message across to people who need it.
  • Successfully getting your message out regardless of algorithms.
  • The power of Facebook groups.
  • Cultivating community in order to amplify word of mouth lead generations. 
  • The simplicity of asking your clients to share with others what you have brought to them.
  • Processing and dealing with negative feedback.
  • What actually qualifies you to lead.

“If we want to collapse time around our goals and get to where we want to go faster, support and community is the only way.”

Connect with Dr. Jordin

Instagram – DM Dr, Jordin: @drjordinwiggins

Podcast: The Pleasures Principles

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #269: Why Do Photographers Suck?

Happy Friday! I thought we would have a fun, pull back the curtain conversation today. We’re in the process right now of looking to hire a photographer.

As a photographer, I always find it interesting when I have to hire another photographer and it brings up a lot of thoughts, questions, and observations on how people are choosing to run their business. 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Parallels in your business and insights to your own business that can help you better your marketing, branding, and positioning.
  • Making sure you are delivering what the consumer wants.
  • The importance of what you do if someone cancels or makes a change to their order.
  • Hidden fees and why they harm your business, instead of helping it.
  • Being clear and specific about pricing.
  • All about upsales and what not to do.
  • Writing contracts that don’t take advantage of your clients.
  • The importance of honoring, cherishing, and taking care of your clients which will lead to more business.

“Consumers want more transparency, more openness, more options, when it comes to the service providers they are hiring.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI # 268: How to Leverage Google My Business with Craig Staley

In today’s episode, we’re talking about the power of online reviews. I know when I’m shopping for something online, I am constantly looking to see what people are saying about this product, service, or restaurant before I invest my finances and time into them.

On with me today, I have Craig Staley. He is the owner of HG Site Design and we’re going to chat about how to leverage the power of the reviews your business has and your online reputation.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear Craig’s story and how his journey started.
  • The importance of doing more than just building a website.
  •  Why a strategy to get good reviews is important.
  • The 3 pack businesses when you Google something and how you can land a spot there.
  • Responding to every review, positive or negative, and how it helps your business.
  • How to start getting reviews and why you shouldn’t ask for all your customers to leave a review via a massive email.
  • Why leaving a review should be insanely easy for your customer.
  • Ways to effectively set up Google My Business. And why the category you pick matters.
  • The power of blog posts on Google Business.
  • Why you should be putting reviews you receive on your website.
  • Advice about reviews on Yelp.
  • Facts about Google Business and why it’s profitable.

“You have to have a nice website, but you also have to have a  strategy to get those reviews.”

Connect with Craig

Email: craig@hgsitedesign.com

Ebook & 3 Videos for Google My Business setup and enhancement: www.hgsitedesign.com/gmb

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #267: How Podcasts Can Help Your Business Growth

In this episode, I want to talk to you all about why landing podcast features is so incredibly beneficial for you, your brand awareness, your lead generation and the growth of your business.

“When it comes to trying to rapidly promote a product, a service, or a launch that myself or my team are doing, the paramount strategy we lean into is a podcast tour.”

Also, at FITposium 2021, we are not only going to teach you how to land podcast features, we are also going to connect you to top podcast hosts to give you the opportunity to grow your business through earned podcast media. Register HERE.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why podcasts and going on a podcast tour is important.
  • The things you need to know to properly leverage the power of landing podcast features.
  • The growth in the podcast industry and why it’s beneficial to be featured on them..
  • How the passivity of podcasts appeals to the audience.
  • The power of connection through podcasts via tone, time, and trust.
  • Automatic approval with the host’s audience and why it makes it easier to build rapport.
  • The top 3 types of shows you want to look into being on.
  • What to include in a podcast pitch.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #266: Don’t Make This Mistake That I Did!

Today, I’m telling you a story, so grab your milk and cookies and gather around!

This is a story of a time I made a terrible mistake in my career. We’re going to go back in time around 10-12 years ago when I was working a lot in website development and management. I was asked to speak at a conference about website architecture.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear about the terrible mistake James made in his career and what he learned from it.
  • A disapproving nod in the audience that James noticed as he was speaking at a conference that caused him to make a decision that ultimately affected his presentation.
  • Why most times, things you perceive as against you, actually have nothing to do with you.
  • What happens when you focus on the negative voices instead of those leaning in to hear you.
  • Why getting clear on who you’re serving and what matters to you is important.
  • You have permission to ignore the negativity.

“Why would you ever allow critique from someone who you 

would never turn to for advice?”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #265: How to Tap Into the Power of Intuition with Sunil Godse

In this episode, we’re going to be talking about the power of intuition. We talk a lot on this show about how to properly build trust and rapport with your audience. What you’re going to learn today is that you may only have 14 seconds to build a connection with your audience member to then be able to onboard them as a client.

My guest today is Sunil Godse. He’s the CEO of Radical Solutions Group. We’re going to be talking all about intuitive marketing and branding.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Sunil answers the question he gets over and over again: “What’s the one thing that’s going to help me be successful?”
  • The importance of listening to your inner voice and not the outside voices and how it can affect your life long term. 
  • What happened in Sunil’s life when he decided to listen to his intuition.
  • The science behind intuition.
  • Based on your intuition, trust can be established, or not, in less than a minute. 
  • Signals tied to our body that can show us where our intuition is leaning (positive or negative).
  • The 4 types of intuition.
  • How to differentiate intuition from fear and the 3 most common fears you face.
  • Why building trust in your employees and customers will help you generate more income.
  • The importance of nailing down why you are doing what you’re doing and being authentic while you do it.
  • Giving yourself space to ask the important questions.

 

“More and more neuroscience research is showing that more than ever, intuition happens much earlier than we think it does.”

Connect with Sunil

Website: www.sunilgodse.com / www.intuitionology.com  / 7 Day Challenge

Instagram: @intuitonolgy

Facebook: @SunilGodse

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #264: How to Research Media Outlets

In today’s episode, we’re going to be talking about what you need to know when it comes to researching media outlets. You want to get published, you want to get into media outlets, but which ones do you reach out to? 

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How to pitch effectively to magazines and make you stand out in your pitch.
  • What to look for BEFORE you pitch magazines.
  • Finding the masthead (list of staff’s contact information) of the publication to find the correct contact person.
  • How to pitch to podcasts and the 3 categories to look into to find them.
  • The true simplicity behind how to pitch yourself.

Want to learn more? Join us for this year’s FITposium! 

We’ve partnered with dozens of magazines and podcast hosts to teach you how to land publications.

See all the details and Register HERE. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #263: The Art of the Follow Up

This episode today comes from a question that was brought up in one of my recent coaching sessions. The question was about the art of the follow up. This comes up a lot when we pitch to media, try to get into publications, try to land podcast features, etc. 

But there’s an art to the act of following up and how you follow up differently according to who you’re following up with.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The true importance of following up.
  • How setting up a follow up system will help you.
  • What to do if you don’t hear back after a follow up.
  • Great ideas on what to say to grab attention when you are sending out your follow ups.
  • A better way to reach out so you’re not looked over or seeming desperate.

“It can take 8-12 points of contact for a magazine editor to notice that you’re trying to pitch them.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #262: Finding Satisfaction While Achieving Success with Terry McDougall

PSA! Time is running out! We are doing a cover search right now for the cover of Portfolio Magazine, but only for those who register (online or in person) for FITposium 2021. Register HERE. 

*Once registered, email us fitposium@gmail.com with your name, contact info, social media handles, a handful of photos, and your bio. Tune in for more details.

 

In today’s episode, we’re talking about the growing divide that entrepreneurs are facing between the striving for success and the depletion of satisfaction. 

 

My guest today is Terry McDougall. She is an executive and career coach, as well as an author.

We’re diving into why we as entrepreneurs feel that we have to move away from satisfaction in order to reach a certain level of success.

IN THIS EPISODE

 

  • Terry’s story and why she’s passionate about teaching entrepreneurs true success.
  • Hollow goals and why they don’t bring happiness or feelings of accomplishment.
  • Why the narrative that if you hustle harder you’ll be more successful is a lie.
  • Learning to take a step backwards, instead of forward.
  • Realizing that when you stop to gain perspective and define your goals, it won’t put you behind.
  • Getting clear on your goals and then creating a roadmap for those goals.
  • The importance of regularly examining your business, actions, and beliefs.
  • Taking risks and the payoff they bring.
  • When quitting is okay.

 

“When I let go of the things that aren’t serving me ideally, it leaves space for something better to come in.”

Connect with Terry

Website: terrybmcdougall.com

LinkedIn: Terry B McDougall

Podcast: Marketing Mambo! On Apple or Marketing Mambo 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #261: 3 Misconceptions About Getting Published

PSA! Time is running out! We are doing a cover search right now for the cover of Portfolio Magazine, but only for those who register (online or in person) for FITposium 2021. Register HERE. 

*Once registered, email us fitposium@gmail.com with your name, contact info, social media handles, a handful of photos, and your bio. Tune in for more details.

In today’s episode, I’m talking about the 3 biggest misconceptions when it comes to getting published or earned media. Make sure you tune in to hear about each misconception in detail, to hear the truth instead, and how to overcome these misconceptions.

IN THIS EPISODE

The 3 misconceptions about earned media.

  1. Getting published is only for celebrities.
  2. In order to get published, you have to do something really impressive. Once you do that, magazines will come running after you.
  3. Once you get published, everything else just falls into place.

“Out of 500 magazine covers that I’ve done, less than 10%, less than 50, were someone of a celebrity status.”

  • Why earned media is for YOU if you choose to take advantage of it.
  • What’s really important when you are making your pitch.
  • The pillars and importance of the ARC system.

“Earned media is where the work begins.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #260: Earned Media Means Beyond Getting Published

In today’s episode, I want to talk more about earned media. We’ve been talking about this a lot, specifically getting published. Chances are when you hear me say, “getting published” landing a feature in a printed magazine is what comes to mind. That is absolutely part of an earned media approach, but there’s so many other avenues I don’t want you leaving on the table.

PSA! We are doing a cover search right now for the cover of Portfolio Magazine, but only for those who register (online or in person) for FITposium 2021. Register HERE. 

*Once registered, email us fitposium@gmail.com with your name, contact info, social media handles, a handful of photos, and your bio. Tune in for more details.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Different avenues of earned media you can use to grow your brand awareness, enhance your credibility, grow your visibility, and get more leads.
  • Earned media vs. paid advertising
  • The power of digital publications.
  • Podcast spots and how they can rapidly expand your audience and lead generation.
  • How landing a spot on a YouTube show can help drive traffic to your business.
  • Why speaking on stages is something you should pursue.
  • How to find which earned media arenas you should focus on getting into.

“Digital features, in many ways, are superior to printed magazine features.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #259: Leveraging Media with Katelyn Swallow

For today’s episode, we are dipping back into our archives. In fact, this is an interview I did back in 2017 with Katelyn Swallow. If that name rings a bell, it’s because she’s been attending FITposium and on our panels for years now; every year since 2017. She is currently the editor of Strong Fitness Magazine in Australia. But, at the time of this interview, she was the editor of Women’s Health and Fitness Magazine.

So much of what we talk about is so important for entrepreneurs to know about leveraging media outlets to grow their brand awareness, visibility, credibility and generate more leads.

PSA! We are doing a cover search right now for the cover of Portfolio Magazine, but only for those who register for FITposium 2021. Register HERE.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Katelyn’s background and how she got to where she is.

“Knowledge applied is power.”

  • The importance of working hard and continuing to learn.
  • Doing what it takes to get where you want to be.
  • Why genuine content makes a difference.
  • Aligning with the values of the magazine you are looking to work with.
  • The truth behind photos in magazines.
  • Why the quality and relevance of your images in proposals need to be up to par and align with the values of the magazine.
  • You need 3-4 sentences that can explain your brand clearly.
  • Don’t be afraid to do a lot of things for free at the beginning of your journey.

“Find your niche, differentiate yourself, earn the attention.”

Connect with Katelyn

Instagram: @katelynswallow_

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #257: How Getting Published Can Grow Your Business

Did you know our FITposium conference is more than 30% sold out?!

When: September 16-18

Where: Live in Phoenix or in person

What: How to get published.

See more details here: FITposium 2021

In this episode, I’m talking all about why we shifted our focus for this year’s FITposium and why you will want to be there!

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The importance of brand awareness.
  • “Be seen, be heard, be read.”
  • The fastest and most effective way to grow your business.
  • The power of earned media.
  • YOUR chance to get published.
  • Unparalleled media opportunities for you.

“Ignore everything, everybody. Stay in your lane. Go where you want to go.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #256: From $0 to 6 Figures in 1 Year with Jenny J

We get to chat about a topic that as you know, is very near and dear to my heart, the fitness industry. In particularly, what we’ve seen in the wellness industry over the last 18 months – which is a tremendous amount of change and evolution.

It’s required entrepreneurs to get savvy and start to think about how to best show up, connect with, and give value for their audience so they can grow their businesses in a new way.

My guest today is Jenny J, the founder of Jenny J Fitness. In a single year, she went from unemployed to running a 6-figure business. We’re talking about her process and how she made that happen.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How Jenny went from losing everything due to COVID to launching a successful business.
  • What social media channels helped Jenny and her business.
  • How being yourself will ultimately attract more people to you.
  • The importance of realizing you don’t need anyone’s approval in your own business.
  • The productive way to respond to haters.
  • Finding your community in business.
  • Turning followers into sales.

“That’s how I turn my followers into clients. Getting them out of the social media platform, into my email list, and eventually into my paid product.”

  • Getting clear on what YOU’RE good at and what you can scale and automate.
  • Staying connected to your audience.
  • Turning failure into success.
  • Why you should have multiple streams of income.

“You have to fail in order to succeed. It’s just like building muscle. You have to break your muscle down in order to grow new muscle.”

Connect with Jenny:

Website: www.jennyjfitness.com

Instagram: @jennyjfitness

Facebook: Jenny J Fitness

TikTok: @jennyjfitness

HUGE ANNOUNCEMENT: FITPOSIUM is now 30% SOLD OUT!!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. 

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

ALSO…

We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #255: Get Published in STRONG Fitness Magazine

Today, we have a really amazing opportunity for our listeners. It’s a get published opportunity.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • We are giving you the chance to be featured in the very next issue or Strong Fitness Magazine.
  • Amplify your authority, earn a media feature, and see your mission in print.

AFTER LISTENING

How to apply:

  1. Register for FITposium 2021 HERE. Virtual or in person.
  2. Email us: Your contact info, photos of you and what you do, a quick bio that answers the question, “How has fitness improved my life?” to fitposium@gmail.com. Tune in to see different ways to answer this question.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #254: Becoming Your Own Publisher with Cynthia Sassi

Today, we are talking about all things content and content marketing. I know you’ve heard the phrasing and seen the memes about how content is king. It’s true, content is king. But you might be wondering how you go about building that content platform and how to leverage and implement that content into your marketing strategy.

I’m so excited to have Cynthia Sassi on today. She’s the founder of Fabulous Media Group and we are diving into this topic. Tune in and get ready to take notes!

IN THIS EPISODE

  • What drew Cynthia to the digital marketing industry.
  • How digital advertising has leveled the marketing playing field.

“With digital, we can change things up by the minute. If something’s not working, we can try something else.”

  • The difference between digital and physical marketing materials.
  • How consumer demand and advertising money effects how things are marketed.
  • Different factors that Cynthia analyzes in order to create effective content.
  • Why consistency is so important.
  • Having an ideal client you are marketing to.

“When you try to market to everyone, you’re going to market to no one.” 

  • The importance of being flexible in your approach.
  • How to stand out in your digital marketing.
  • Taking a step back and asking yourself what YOU would want to see in order to add value to your marketing.

Connect with Cynthia:

Website: Fabulous Media Group –

Instagram: @cynthiasassi
@fabulousarizona @fabulouswisconsin @fabulousiowa @fabulouswashington @fabulouscalifornia

HUGE ANNOUNCEMENT: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

ALSO…

We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #253: Biggest Mistakes I’ve Made Podcasting

In this episode, I want to talk about podcasting. I’ve been recording podcasts, been the host of podcasts, been the guest on podcast for around 10 years now. At this point, spending literally thousands of hours on a microphone, I don’t spend so much time on the pre and postproduction of the show; it becomes routine.

Looking back, I made 5 giant mistakes that slowed my podcast from growing faster or being more successful. I want to share these with you so you can learn from them.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The Top 5 mistakes I made:
  1. Inconsistency
  2. Vague positioning
  3. Bad interviews
  4. Big name guests won’t necessarily grow your audience.
  5. Lack of promotion
  • Why these are considered mistakes and how you can avoid them.

“You have to remind your audience about your show.” 

FREE COACHING CALL WITH JAMES! Share this show and tag me @JPatrickPhoto

James will be picking 3 winners!

PSA: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI #252: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Allison Pynn

It’s Friday so it’s time for another one of our special edition episodes called My Entrepreneurial Journey. I love these episodes because we get to chat with entrepreneurs who are navigating the landscape in real time, and you get to learn all the things they are going through and learning and how it can help and impact your business.

In this episode, I get to chat with a dear friend of mine. She’s a professional makeup artist and now a body painter, Allison Pynn. I’ve worked with Allison for more years than we can count!

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Allison’s journey as an artist and how she became a professional makeup artist and body painter.
  • The important details in your business that make you stand out.

“This could end at any time. I don’t take any of this for granted.” 

  • How being authentic creates a safe space for your client to be themselves.
  • The power of old school marketing.
  • Why showing behind the scenes is so impactful.
  • What it takes to create work that stands out.
  • Having clarity on who you are and what you’re doing.

“Ignore everything, everybody. Stay in your lane. Go where you want to go.”

Connect with Allison:

Website: https://www.makeupaz.com/

Instagram: @allisonpynn

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

HUGE ANNOUNCEMENT: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

ALSO…

We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #251: Important Facebook Advertising Changes with Amy Bliefnick

Today, we are chatting all about all things related to the changes that we’ve seen in the Facebook advertising platform, what this means for anyone who has advertised or is planning to advertise, and what we as business owners need to know to best equip ourselves for this change.

As we see shifts organically or from changes in algorithms, it’s important for us to talk about the way it effects our business. We are so honored to have our very own, Amy Bliefnick on today. Amy does all our in-house marketing and advertising. She has been in the digital marketing space for over 10 years and has homed in on Facebook advertising as her main way to drive traffic to and scale her client’s businesses.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The new changes in the Facebook advertising platform.
  • The new iOS 14 update and how we can respond as advertisers.

“If you stick to the foundations, you should be fine through everything else.” 

  • Why your visibility may decrease with this new update via no longer have cookie-based advertising.
  • It’s important to know, as of now, this is only happening on Apple mobile devices, but we believe other companies will quickly follow (and some already are!).
  • Things that have been effected: CPMs, not being able to create large retargeting audiences, a decreased look alike audience, Facebook reports will no longer be reliable.
  • Strategic and tactical actions you can take to combat these changes.
  • The importance of understanding that consumer demand is ever changing so we must be ready,
  • Domains and subdomains and how to get verified.
  • 8 conversion events and how to set them up.
  • Why thank you pages are important in tracking your advertisements.
  • Conversion API – the new way of doing things moving forward and how you can do it.
  • Diversifying your leads. 

Connect with Amy:

Website: www.511west.com

Instagram: @amy511west

Message her on her website or Instagram to receive a training on how to put these things into practice!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

HUGE ANNOUNCEMENT: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

ALSO…

We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #250: Why UNFOLLOWs and UNSUBSCRIBEs are a Good Thing

You’re listening to this show because you have subscribed and are following the show. Or perhaps you saw me post about this show on Instagram, meaning you’re following my Instagram account (@jpatrickphoto or @fitposium). Or you saw us post about it on Facebook. Maybe you received an email from us talking about this episode, or a text message.

The point is you are following the show.

First of all, thank you. But today, we are talking about why unsubscribes and unfollows can actually be a good thing for your business.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why it’s a good thing when someone unsubscribes or unfollows.
  • How your marketing efforts will actually have a larger reach.
  • How email unsubscribes lead to a higher email open rate and why this helps.
  • Email cleansing and why it’s important.
  • The engagement rate on your social media will INCREASE and why.

 

“This is increasing the potential of getting your content in front of the people who you actually need it to get to.”

PSA: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI #249: Live Coaching – How to Launch a Podcast with Laura Mak

I have Laura Mak with me today who is a fitness expert, content creator, and just all around awesome human being. Laura has been in the fitness industry for over 25 years, including being a collegiate NCAA gymnast and personal trainer.

Laura and her business partner are starting a podcast and seeking more help via James.

GOAL: A successful podcast launch.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear James go through helping Laura with different aspects of the podcast that will make a huge impact in the long run, along with answering all her questions.
  • Why you need a clear and specific promise when launching a podcast or service.
  • How to stay consistent and nail down important details that make your product or service successful.
  • How the name and logo of your product or service plays a big role in first impressions.
  • Having a great launch strategy and working backwards from the launch date.
  • Why and how you should hype up your product or service launch weeks before the launch date and how it helps.
  • Getting great ratings right away once you launch your podcast and how to get extended promotions.
  • Headlines and body copy in your product or service matters!

“It’s not about likes and follows, it’s about engagement.”

CONNECT WITH LAURA

Website: Living Fit Now – with Laura Mak (lauramakfitness.com)

Instagram: @lauramakfitness

Facebook: Laura Mak Fitness

HUGE ANNOUNCEMENT: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

ALSO…

We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #248: Future of Fitness Entrepreneurship with Amy Thompson

In today’s episode we get to chat about something very near and dear to my heart. I’ve been working in the health and wellness industry for over a decade and our industry has undergone a lot of shifts and a lot of change over the last 18 months. Coming out of 2020, there have been a lot of really great opportunities for health and fitness professionals and that is what we’re talking about today.

Joining me in this conversation is Amy Thompson, she’s the vice president and general manager of IDEA Health & Fitness Association.

“You can’t do the work you love, you can’t make the money you need to make unless you have a good marketing strategy or a sales funnel into your business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The health and fitness industry changes over the years.
  • How you, the fitpreneur, can best equip yourself for the changes and for the future of this industry.
  • Why having a solid marketing plan and sale funnel is important.
  • Using social media to impact locally and in your own community.
  • The longevity that comes with attracting your dream client by niching down in your business.
  • Being authentic in your messaging and marketing.
  • Focusing on how fitness makes people feel, not just how they will look.
  • The beauty of online coaching and the different ways to offer it.
  • Meeting clients where they’re at and where they want to be because now more than ever, they have a choice.
  • Finding other ways of revenue income streams within the industry.
  • Networking – the key to your success.
  • IDEA World Convention 2021 where James will be presenting. See more HERE

Use MY LINK FOR AN EXCLUSIVE DISCOUNT TO IDEA WORLD!

“It’s not about likes and follows, it’s about engagement.”

CONNECT WITH AMY

IDEA World: https://www.ideafit.com/

Instagram: @business4fitpro

LinkedIn: @amybthompson

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #247: Three Types of Leads You Need to Know About

Today, we are going to be talking about leads. I’ve been talking about leads A LOT lately and there’s a reason for that.

“Leads are the lifeblood of our business. Without leads, we do not grow our business.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The 3 types of leads you can have in your business. (Earned, Purchased, Owned)
  • The 2 misconceptions we have about what a lead is and how to generate leads.
  1. The size of your audience is directly correlated to the leads you have.
  2. We have to create them.

“A lead is someone who is willing to purchase from you.” 

  • The 4 metrics that qualify a lead.
  • What our job is in regard to generating leads and what it looks like.
  • Focusing on generating leads over “fixing your product/services.”
  • Ways to generate leads.
  • Why owned leads are HUGE.

HUGE ANNOUNCMENT: WE HAVE OPENED EARLY BIRD PASSES FOR THIS YEAR’S FITPOSIUM!

Details: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks. 100% all about how to get published.

All details are live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com 

ALSO…

We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #246: The BIG NEWS for FITposium 2021

SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT! FITposium is coming back for 2021 in a completely new way! We have been running this conference since 2015. Originally, we wanted to equip all of our clients in the health and fitness space with everything they needed to launch into the industry. This is our 7th year, and we’ve watched the conference grow from 150 people packed in a room, to now having over 1500 participants go through the conference.

Last year, we had to shift the presentation to a more focused, virtual presentation. We had an overwhelming positive response which helped us to know exactly what YOU need as an entrepreneur.

“If I had to pick a mantra or a theme for this year, for 2021, it is to only release products and services that serve what our audience need moving forward. Not what worked before, but what people need moving forward.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why in 2021 it has become difficult for health and wellness professionals to grow their business.
  • The importance of brand awareness and the strategy behind it.
  • Earned media and getting published and why this is HUGE for your business.
  • FITposium 2021 – 100% focused on showing you the exact formula to help you get published more often, resulting in more clients coming to you, ready to work with you. (Think podcast interviews, speaking engagements, etc.)
  • Unparalleled opportunities to earn and land top media features with mainstream magazines, podcasts, and digital outlets.
  • Establish lifetime credibility.

DETAILS: September 16-18th, 2021 in Phoenix, AZ. Both virtual and in-person passes will be available. All details will be live Monday, June 14th. Early bird pricing will be available for 2 weeks.

All details will be live HERE: https://fitposium.com/

ANOTHER UPDATE! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #245: Has Social Media Stopped Working for Entrepreneurs?

Our topic today is time. More specifically, the things we are spending time on that are not giving us return, especially in our business, and are not generating any income. The medium we are discussing today, which you may have already guessed, is social media.

“It’s important to recognize that social media originally leveled the playing field in marketing. Where relatively unknown could rise quickly to near superstardom faster, and with more agility than a large corporate brand.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A video that James watched many years ago about social media and predictions that were made.
  • Where social media is today and how it effects your business.
  • Where the balance of power really lies on social media.
  • How an individual can stay ahead of the algorithm.
  • Why we jump on social media trends to try to outsmart the system.
  • The fact that engagement on social channels has plummeted.
  • Spending too much time creating content that isn’t connecting with our audiences.
  • THE SOLUTION:
  1. Stop trying to create content in hopes it goes viral and stop spending so much time copying a trend. Instead, create content for one single person in your audience.
  2. Invite that person to connect with you in a place where there can never be an algorithm severing that connect. Ex: email

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Check out this episode!

BTI #244: How to Generate More Leads

What I’m talking about today is, leads. The lifeblood of your business and how to generate more leads. It is impossible to grow your brand and your business unless people know you exist. Most professionals I talk to and people who hire me, don’t have a system or strategy set up to generate leads.

“If you want more sales in your business, you need more leads.”

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A large audience is does not mean more leads.
  • What a lead truly is – someone who is willing to purchase from you.
  • Where to spend your energy when generating leads.
  • What doesn’t generate leads. 

“Lead generation requires that the right people know you exist and, more importantly, they know why you matter in the context of their lives.”

NEED MORE HELP GENERATING LEADS?

I’m hosting a FREE live workshop, tomorrow June 8th, 4PM PST.

What’s this workshop all about?

  • How to generation copious amounts of leads for your fitness and coaching business.
  • The 3 types of leads.
  • The difference between earned leads and purchased leads.
  • Ways to effectively find lead sources.
  • How to interrupt and invite those lead sources into your network.
  • Earned media.
  • Lead generation/lead magnets.
  • Top mistakes people make when trying to create leads.
  • Funnels, etc.
  • AND MORE!

If you’re interested in generating more leads, join us TOMORROW! join.jamespatrick.com/get-more-leads

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #243: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Darcy DeFrees

In today’s episode, I get to chat with one of my dearest friends. I’ve known her and worked with her for years. She is an alumni of our FITposium conference and an alumni of our Get Amped mastermind. Darcy DeFrees is a fitness and freedom entrepreneur and we’re talking about how to establish your personal freedom while still being an amazing entrepreneur.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Why you really have to stay true to yourself and what that really looks like.

“I’ve never put the thoughts and feelings and opinions of others about what I should do, who I should be, how I should think, in front of my own.” 

  • The importance of refueling and making sure it’s a priority in your life.
  • Being present in today and realizing that being happy in your present life is

“If we’re not free right now, then we’re really not where we want to be.” 

  • Getting rid of the pressures you’re used to facing in the corporate world.
  • Having freedom in your day-to-day schedule.
  • How to stop acting like an employee and start acting like an entrepreneur.
  • Respecting yourself enough to create healthy boundaries in your business.

Connect with Darcy:

Website: getdarcysdish.com

Instagram: @darcydefrees

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Check out this episode!

BTI #242: The Actual Role of Marketing with Shannon Fable

We have a special episode for you today. As we were going back through our archives, I found this interview with Shannon Fable back in 2019 for a separate podcast that I used to run called the FITposium podcast. As I was re-listening to this interview, I realized this was such an in depth, powerful interview about marketing and how we chose to market our brand and services, I knew I needed to share this with you. So, let’s dive in.

Shannon Fable is a fitness business consultant and serves as chair of the board for American Council on Exercise’s (ACE). Shannon focuses on business development with fitness brands; she helps them dig into where they want to go, who they think their target market is, and help them develop a strategic plan on how to get there.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How the fitness and health industry has changed in the last 3-5 years.
  • The importance of working from an abundance mentality in this industry.
  • Earning the attention of the audience you’re trying to connect with correctly.
  • Realizing that marketing doesn’t get you clients, it gets you awareness.
  • Why having patience in the sales cycle is key.

“When their (the customer’s) level of trust lines up with the value they’re putting on what you’re doing, then they will buy.”

  • Not being afraid to give, give, give, and give in order to build relationships.
  • Why content marketing is crucial.
  • To stop selling out of your own pocket.
  • What to do differently when price is an objection.
  • Why you need to set up a business and offer a variety of services/products.
  • The 3 things you can always monetize:
  1. A digital product for passive income
  2. A group product
  3. A one-on-one coaching product
  • Are you a freelancer or an entrepreneur?
  • How and why you need to get really clear about what you want. 

“If you’re not willing to give away your information without fear that giving it away will steal from your potential to monetize what you know, you are not going to make it in this business because people can get that information somewhere else.”

Connect with Shannon:

Website: www.shannonfable.com/

Instagram: @sfable

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Check out this episode!

BTI #241: Why Sales Feels Icky

Last week when returning home from the gym, I saw a salesman walking up to my door. Instead of stopping, I sped up to past my house and drive around the block in hopes that he would be gone when I return. This got me thinking about sales and inspired this conversation today.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Hear the story of a salesman at James’ house.
  • The discomfort around sales and how to fix it.
  • How to not fit into the stereotype of a typical salesman.
  • The FOUR pillars of sales.
    • We are offering something that we know people want.
    • We believe in what we’re offering.
    • We care about the people we are offering it to.
    • We will give in order to receive.

“Sales is not a one-way relationship. Sales is a two-way channel.”

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

Check out this episode!

BTI #240: Live Coaching with Melissa Paige

In this new segment, I’m inviting listeners on to the show to be a guest, talk about their business, while getting live business coaching on the show. A lot of things our guest is going through, you will probably also be going through.

On today’s show, I am chatting with Melissa Paige. Melissa is an intuitive health coach for women who has been in the fitness and health industry for over 15 years. She specializes in helping women break destructive habits that no longer serve them, toxic cycles, and help heal and overcome past traumas, get fit, feel sexy, and shine.

Melissa wants help:

  1. Growing her business.
  2. Making sure that she is getting in touch with the woman that she really wants to work with.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • A LIVE coaching call with James and Melissa.
  • Hear James ask Melissa questions in order to uncover things that can be improved in her business model.
  • Easy ways to make your clients respect your time, which in turn gives you more time to work on your business.
  • Why time blocking may be the answer for you.
  • How to prospect effectively.
  • James’s 3 opportunities to convert clients’ pillars.
  • Simple things you can do to accelerate a sale.
  • How to and why being specific in your marketing matters.
  • What to do when you’re not a good fit for a prospect.
  • 7 ways to generate leads for your business.

Connect with Melissa:

Instagram: @themelissapaige

Facebook: Melissa Jones

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #239: Get Published in D’FYNE Magazine feat. Chris Linton

Today, I get to chat with Chris V. Linton. He is a photographer turned publisher, founder, and owner of D’FYNE Magazine. D’FYNE is focused on empowering and highlighting the women over 40 market.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The transition from photographer to publisher and what the beginning stages looked like.
  • Navigating the culture shift from print to digital and making changes accordingly.
  • The benefits of digital features in your business.
  • How to get you or your work featured on desired publication platforms.
  • How to stand out to publications and brands.

Connect with Chris:

Website: dfynefitnessmag.com

Instagram: @dfynefitnessmag

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #238: 5 Reasons You’re Not Generating Leads

In today’s episode I want to dive into the five reasons you are not generating more leads in your business. We’re going to talk about how to get more of the right people to see who you are, what you do, and why it matters.

For listeners of this show, I am hosting a FREE workshop to teach you how to generate more leads for your business, which means more paying customers. Join the FREE workshop HERE.

“Your awareness is people who know you exist,

a lead is someone who is ready to purchase from you.”

IN THIS EPISODE

The 5 reasons you’re not generating more leads.

  1. Lack of visibility
  2. Lack of relevancy
  3. Lack of value
  4. Lack of authority
  5. Lack of calls to action

Tune into this episode to hear in detail about each of the 5 reasons and how to solve the specific problems in your business in order to generate more leads. To join the FREE workshop, click HERE or go to https://join.jamespatrick.com/get-more-leads 

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review! 

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #237: What You’re Selling That NO ONE Is Buying

I see so many entrepreneurs selling this thing, but I don’t see anyone buying.

This is really important, because if we are spending all of our time promoting our latest service or product, and no one is purchasing it, then we need to figure out where there is a misalignment. Usually, the misalignment is in the verbiage we are using to promote.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • Your customers aren’t buying confidence, fulfillment, sustainability, etc.
  • Why semantics and specific verbiage matter!
  • The few things people actually purchase and how to word it correctly.
  • The importance of identifying where your prospect is, the obstacle in their way, and how your service or product can get them to where they want to go.
  • Selling results!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened the Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #236: When to Outsource with Sam Kabert

One of the topics that comes up so often is trying to get entrepreneurs to take things off of their to-do lists.

“When we start outsourcing and getting those things off our to-do lists, we shift ourselves from working in our business to working on our business.”

In today’s episode, I talk with Sam Kabert; he’s an entrepreneur, author, podcast host, and he more than doubled his business when he decided to invest in hiring a VA.

In this episode we dive into the importance of having a team of people to help do things in your business in order to scale it.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The key to managing having many different things going on within your business.
  • How virtual assistants can lead to doubling your business revenue while doing less work.
  • Setting an effective plan to bringing on the right people in your team.
  • Subjective vs. Objective Tasks
  • Managing your employees and the tasks you outsource efficiently.
  • Setting expectations with new hires.
  • Staying organized and tracking tasks to completion with your team members.
  • Hiring your first VA; Use Sam’s Skills & Thrills Matrix
  • Taking a real look at the hours you are working and how it equates financially.
  • How to give good feedback to your team members to help them grow with your business.

“If you’re super intentional about anything you do, success will come if you’re dedicated to your craft.”

This episode is packed with tips and advice on how to keep your business running smoothly as you outsource tasks and bring on employees. If you’re feeling like you’re doing everything, it’s time for you to take things off your to-do list confidently!

CONNECT WITH SAM

Online: samkabert.com / cloneyourselfuniversity.com

Instagram: @swagsamcreates

Books: SwagWorx, The Written Goal, Working with Virtual Assistants to Grow Your Business

YouTube: EatUp Silicon Valley

Podcast: Soul Seeker / CLONE YOURSELF

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #235: How I 2X My Own Income in a Single Year

In today’s episode I talk about what I did that allowed me to 2x my income in a single year. A handful of years ago, I owned a couple businesses, and I was working tirelessly to try to grow these brands. At some point, I kept hitting these ceilings and walls and wasn’t able to get to the next level.

IN THIS EPISODE

  • How I got out of the plateau I was in to reach the next level.
  • Why it’s important who you surround yourself with and what level they’re at.
  • Why the mentality to “work more” if it’s not working, won’t work.

“Your network equals your net worth. When you improve your network, you can improve your net worth.”

5 THINGS THAT WORKED

  1. Set a focus for your efforts.
  2. Have a sounding board.
  3. Build a strategy.
  4. Have connection and support from others.
  5. Accountability

These 5 things are why I created my program, Get Amped Mastermind.

A little about the Mastermind:

  • Brings together entrepreneurs to connect and support each other.
  • Dozens of entrepreneurs have 4x, 6x, 10x their income since being a part of the mastermind.
  • It’s a brand new and revamped mastermind.
  • A deep dive, strategy session with me followed by 6 months of focused and efficient work with monthly meetings to do work
  • A photoshoot with me so I can help you build marketing materials for your brand and business development.
  • Real work to focus on reaching results.

Apply at getampedmastermind.com or text me at 408-605-3254 and book a free discovery call with me so we can chat about your goals and see how I can support you. 

If you’re feeling stuck, this episode will unlock and highlight areas you can improve so that you can reach that next level in your business and your entrepreneurial journey!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

For more, visit jamespatrick.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #234: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Jenn Roux

In today’s episode I get to chat with my dear friend, Jenn Roux. She’s the owner of Fresh Take Fitness and a representative for Zyia Active. She was also one of the graduates of our mastermind program and I got to witness her growth as she transitioned from corporate America to full time entrepreneurship. We dive into how she made that journey happen!

IN THIS EPISODE

  • The call that led Jenn to go into entrepreneurship full time.
  • How she made her business her own even with many other similar businesses out there.
  • Jenn’s mindset in the beginning of her journey and how she went from having imposter syndrome to overcoming that and becoming successful.
  • Jenn’s transition from side hustle to full time entrepreneur and all that came with that.
  • The importance of laying a strong foundation for who you want to be in your business and having every action build upon that.
  • Why you should always be leading a team, no matter what stage of entrepreneurship you are in.

ADVICE FROM JENN 

  1. Invest in coaching.

“I can not stress enough how important it is to invest in yourself, because that’s an investment in your business. You will go further faster if you have help.”

  1. Remember this journey takes time.
  2. Don’t compare your business or journey to anyone else’s.

CONNECT WITH JENN 

Online: freshtakefitness.com and myzyia.com/jennroux

Instagram: @jenn.roux_

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #233: How to Create More Time in Your Work with Stephanie Riel

In today’s episode I get to chat with Stephanie Riel. She’s the founder of ReilDeal Marketing. We’re talking about where you can automate your workflows to save more time so you can work on your business, not just in your business.

“I think there’s so much power in story. Whenever we are trying to connect with another entity, of course humans, but our brands have a story too. Being able to help bring that story and that why to life, is really what made me fall in love with marketing.”

IN THIS EPISODE

Stephanie and I dive into how to take things off your plate (including the pressure to do it all) in order to help your business thrive.

  • How and why to work smarter and not harder instead of experiencing burnout as an entrepreneur.
  • Finding a better way to get things done instead of doing it at 2AM.
  • Determining what to outsource and what to automate in your business.
  • The importance of focusing on tasks that bring in revenue.
  • Stephanie offers different solutions to tasks you may need to rethink doing yourself.
  • Bringing your customer into the sales funnel and how it helps get more sales overtime.
  • Different platforms you may want to use in your business to help automate your tasks.

ADVICE FROM STEPHANIE

  • Make a list of revenue generating tasks, operational, creative, etc. (areas where you spend your time). Then figure out what you enjoy doing, what you can automate (repeated patterns ex: emails), and what you can outsource.

Connect with Stephanie:

Online: https://www.rieldealmarketing.com/

Instagram: @rieldealmarketing or @rieldeal

Facebook: RielDeal Marketing

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #232: 5 Reasons Your Lead Magnet is NOT Working

Before we dive into this episode today, I have a BIG announcement that comes in the form of a question.

Are you an entrepreneur who is tired of all of the same recycled education? The constant talking and the pointless vanity metrics that seem to be plaguing our industry? Are you ready to instead take purpose fueled and intentional action? Are you ready to be part of a curated network of professionals who are there to support you in your goals? And are you ready to finally get to work to create the results that you deserve?

If you answered yes, then I’m talking to YOU! I am reopening up enrollment in my Get Amped Mastermind. This is not your ordinary mastermind. It’s about organized effect, collaboration, and action.

To apply, text me at 480-605-3254. ***Space is extremely limited.

In this episode I talk all about lead magnets and particularly why your lead magnet might not be working.

Q: What is a lead magnet?

A: A lead magnet is some tool, resource, or guide that you’re giving away for free that you are using as a way to grow your email list, text list, phone number list, mailing list, etc. It’s a way to grow a list of prospects who are interested and who are opting into your marketing messaging. This leads to being able to continue to market to this prospect list in an in-depth way, which should convert to a sale later down the road.

IN THIS EPISODE

I am focusing on breaking down why your lead magnet may not be working. There are two things happening with your lead magnet.

  1. No one is downloading the free tool you released, which means your prospect list isn’t grow.
  2. You have many people downloading the free tool you released, but no one is taking the next step to do business with you.

There are five reasons why your lead magnet is not working.

  1. There is no clear or specific promise.
  2. The outcome is not important.
  3. It does not feel doable.
  4. It does not promote you as the expert.
  5. There is not a through-line from the lead magnet to your final offer.

“If you can reverse these five, you’ll not only have a lead magnet that grows a prospective list of individuals, but it will also help you make sales.”

I go into detail on each of these five reasons and share a lot of examples to help you see each problem clearly so you can identify if this is happening with your lead magnet and how to overcome it. Make sure you tune in and get ready to take notes!

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

Connect with James Patrick

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #231: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Candice McMurren

It’s time for another one of our special episodes; My Entrepreneurial Journey. I absolutely love these episodes because I get to chat with entrepreneurs who are with our listeners right now. They are in the trenches going through all the same things that you are, and we get to unpack and share so much of their journey to provide some insight and some clarity on your own journey.

In today’s episode I get to chat with my good friend, Candice McMurren. She’s a fitness and nutrition coach, she’s one of our amazing FITposium alumni and she’s been through my coaching program. She joined in 2019. That year, I made all the attendees to write down where they would be in 1 year. Flash forward to 2020, I get a text from Candice saying she wrote down that she would be a full-time coach, and one year later, she was.

“One of my biggest mistakes was listening to what other people thought I should I do and signing on to that, as opposed to sticking with things I knew I was good at and I knew I was meant to do.”

IN THIS EPISODE

Candice shares with us her desire behind her business, the mindsets she had to overcome, and how she broke through obstacles and invested in herself to become a full-time entrepreneur.

  • How to get resourceful and build a business without a degree or any experience.
  • Why investing in yourself for the long-term will change your life.
  • The importance of surrounding yourself with people who think the way you need to think.
  • The beauty of delegating tasks out that you are weak at.
  • Why sometimes, you have to let things go in order to get to what you really want.
  • Moving from fear into action.
  • Identifying what fills us and what drains us in order to love what we do.

ADVICE FROM CANDICE

  • Just start without needing to be perfect.
  • Get connected with a great coach.
  • Put yourself out there and make connections with people. 

Connect with Candice:

Online: candicemcmurren.com/

Instagram: @candicemcmurrencoaching

Facebook: Candice McMurren Fitness

Please share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #230: Escape the Dark Side of Entrepreneurship with Dave Ruel

“There’s a big problem, in my opinion, in the entrepreneurial world called ambition appropriation. The toxic culture of looking up what others do and thinking that this is what you should be doing as well. We never ask ourselves, “Is this what I really want for myself?’ “

Recently, I had the chance to read Done By Noon by Dave Ruel, and it was like Dave was spying on me while he wrote it. I walked through the dark side of entrepreneurship – feeling like I just had to work harder and work more and that the secret behind success was behind that extra effort. I found that wasn’t true at all. Instead, I had to shift my priorities.

On this episode, I’m so excited to have Dave Ruel on the show. Dave talks about how his book was born from his own experience as an entrepreneur, the mistakes he made along the way, and how he was able to find similar mistakes in other entrepreneurs that we could all learn from.

“We all go into business as entrepreneurs for one thing, and it’s for freedom.”

IN THIS EPISODE

Dave and I dive into dialogue that will help you to not make the same mistakes and get you moving in the right direction in your entrepreneurial journey.

  • The 3 freedoms in entrepreneurship we strive for: Time, Financial, Creative
  • Recognizing when you are “drifting” in your journey and how to correct it before you’re totally lost.
  • Ambition Appropriation and why we need to ask ourselves what WE really
  • Easy exercises that help you get a clear direction of what you truly want that will get you there.
  • The importance of having a big and specific why or intention behind your goals.
  • How to make sure you achieve your annual plans that you set out for yourself.
  • Why prioritizing your tasks correctly makes a huge difference in your success – Reactive vs Responsive.
  • How to set a plan and then protect it so you can actually follow it.

Get Dave’s Planner, and do more in 90 days than others do in a full year!

Connect with Dave: Online: daveruel.com or effic.co Instagram: @daveruel Facebook: Dave Ruel

Be sure to share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #229: Quick Method to Find Your Next Big Idea

Now, if you’ve listened to the show, you know I’ve talked about passion a lot.

“Passion is not found, passion is created.”

I didn’t have a passion for photography before I became a photographer. How could I? I had never held a camera before. I had no passion for writing until I was already a writer. I could say the same thing about podcasting, about public speaking; any of the different things that I’m investing my time and energy into. I did not find the passion; I created the passion.

IN THIS EPISODE

I give you the formula on how you should find the work you should be doing, and we do the exercise together while you listen. With this formula, you will find the intersection between the things you love to do and what you’re good at.

Once you know this, you can then answer the question, “What do people around you need?”

After listening, doing the exercise, and answering the questions, you will then know your business model.

Share this podcast with a friend and remember to leave a 5-star review!

Connect with James Patrick

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #228: Feeling Unsupported in Your Goals? 5 Things to Do!

Last week I did an Instagram post that stated “ultimately, no on who actually matters would ever judge you for working to figure things out.”

This post spurred a flurry of response from followers commenting, sharing, DMing and texting me to thank me for the post noting it was exactly what they needed to hear in that moment.

That got me thinking about the support that entrepreneurs require to do the best work possible.

This episode is about the five things you the entrepreneur need to do if you feel like you are lacking support in your goals!

Connect with James Patrick

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #227: How Marketing and Branding Fail in 2021 with Emily Soccorsy

Brand positioning no longer works. Old marketing funnels no longer work either. There are near insurmountable challenges in differentiation in the online marketplace.

But all is not lost! Our guest today on Beyond the Image, Emily Soccorsy is a brand strategist and the Founder and CEO of Root + River. In this episode she, along with host James Patrick, discuss how entrepreneurs need to adjust their business model to the current economic realities of 2021.

Learn what truly separates you and your brand in the marketplace to increase your resonances with your target audience.

Listeners can connect with Emily Soccorsy at RootandRiver.com or on Instagram @EmilyAtLarge or @RootAndRiver

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio Drops Courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #226: Podcast Wars – Spotify Strikes Back!

Last week Apple announced that is was going to launch a subscription option to allow content creators to charge subscribers for all or some of their content (or to create exclusive content just for paid subscribers). This is a massive shift in a platform that has always been free.

The cost to creators, however, is $19.99 a year plus 30% of any sales to Apple. Many entrepreneurs and podcasts might see this as just the cost of doing business.

But hold the (mobile) phone because Spotify is striking back announcing that they too are launching a subscription platform to allow podcasters to charge for access to their shows. The difference? There is no fee to do this and Spotify will not take any percentage of sales.

Listen to this episode Beyond the Image for most information and to begin the conversation on what this could mean for the future of podcasting.

Connect with James Patrick

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #225: Make Money Podcasting (Here’s How!)

There is a brand new way to monetize your podcast platform (or a podcast platform you are looking to start) and in this episode of Beyond the Image host James Patrick reveals the big shift that is coming to podcast creators on May 1, 2021.

In addition to this new revenue opportunity for podcasters, James also covers traditional ways that podcast creators can monetize their platforms.

Connect with James Patrick

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #224: Grow Your Network to Grow Your Net Worth with Karen Stanley

Something I bring up a lot on this show is the importance of having a strong foundation that you are building your business upon. In past episodes, I shared about my own journey in how I chose to focus on my physical health, my mental wellbeing, and to foster successful relationships. When I chose to do these three things, my business actually took off. In today’s episode, we are talking about why we need to cultivate the best relationships; not only with others, but also with ourselves. And how these relationships can improve our business.

WHO IS KAREN STANLEY?

Karen Stanley is the best-selling author of Becoming Mrs. Stanley, an agency owner, and an entrepreneur based in Arizona. At the beginning of her journey, she struggled with self-worth and self-confidence until she decided to start applying her knowledge of relationships in business to her personal life. Karen believes relationships truly are the key to being successful.

“You can’t be successful on an island by yourself, you need people.”

But she also believes that the best way to have strong and healthy relationships with others, is to have a strong and healthy relationship with yourself. Her book came out of her personal experiences of attracting confident and strong relationships in her life, including her husband of 6 years.

WHY DO WE STRUGGLE WITH SELF-WORTH?

Karen learned that we develop our core beliefs during childhood. There are events that happen to us before the age of 7 that lead us to create a story around the event, which then leads us to create a core belief. EX: Abused as a child -> “I’m not worthy.”

“We have to identify the beliefs and then get clear on what the facts are.”

The believes that we have that aren’t true, are limiting us. It’s important to build new and empowering beliefs.

BEING DILIGENT ABOUT YOUR INPUT

Karen is a big believer of being very particular of the things we put into our brains. The things we watch, look at, listen to. Everything we look at and listen to matters. It’s also important to be diligent about who we follow and look up to. If someone or something is making you feel less than your best, get rid of it! We want to follow people who inspire us and who have been successful, because this inspires us to do the same. We don’t want to follow people who are faking it or haven’t actually achieved success. It’s okay to take that person off your feed!

HOW TO INCREASE SELF-CONFIDENCE

When Karen realized the missing piece in her life, she made time for things that in turn, increased her self-confidence and changed her life.

  1. Karen made time to work on her mindset.
  2. Karen made time for fitness.
  3. Karen made time for reading.

“It’s an inside job. You’re the only one who can give yourself self-confidence.”

In turn, Karen said she started to feel great, and this is truly when her business started to grow. She pinned down what was missing and decided what was important. Taking time for herself was a missing piece that led to many other things falling into place. The secret sauce is the internal work. It doesn’t happen overnight, but it’s an intentional work that pays off.

FOCUS ON THE WINS

Highly driven individuals are goal oriented and always making sure they get things done. Oftentimes, we may forget to take a step back and acknowledge all the things we did accomplish. One of Karen’s best strategies for herself is to focus on her wins in the morning.

EX: Did I have a great conversation with ___? Did I have a great meeting with that client?”

When you start to see the list of wins, we see what we have a new appreciation for the progress you’ve made.

“There’s actually more dopamine released when you make progress towards the goal, than when we actually achieve it.”

Karen has found that really taking time to quiet your mind and be grateful for the things you do have now, brings a joy and fulfillment that is so important to our lives. Entrepreneurs often look towards the future and the goals we want to accomplish, which is great and keeps us going, but being thankful for the right now, magnifies all the great things that come.

Another simple task that Karen emphasizes is actually writing things down. Karen writes down a positive quote and her goals daily in the morning. She talks about how writing helps to slow down our brain and sets us up for success.

THE SCIENCE OF HABITS

Have you heard, “It takes 21 days to create a habit?” Karen shares how that’s not true. It’s a minimum of 66 days all the way up to a year. Knowing this, you can commit to doing something you know will make you successful for 90 days. (ex: a great morning routine, working out.)

If you can create habits you don’t have to think about, it saves time and energy and leads to your success. The energy you no longer spend on being intentional about creating the habit, can be used to build your business or build relationships.

THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVING A WHY

Living every day towards purpose and intention is what helps us reach our goals. When we know exactly why we are doing something, it makes it easier to do. For Karen, she works out because she wants to be active with her grandkids. Find your why and it will lead you to choosing to do the things that make you successful. This then leads to building that self-confidence and to knowing that you are doing what’s best for your business and your clients.

“When you start to believe in the work you’re doing, it makes it a lot easier to put it in front of other people.”

 

MORE FROM KAREN STANLEY

Tune into the episode to hear more detailed strategies from Karen and personal stories that will help you feel connected to her. Karen shares about the things that have given her great success and how she helps her clients.

Follow Karen on her website mrskarenstanley.com and on Instagram @officialmrskarenstanley . Karen drops a blog weekly so make sure to follow along!

CONNECT WITH HOST JAMES PATRICK

https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching

https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG

Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #223: You’ve Been Lied to About Passion

Sorry, but it is true. Every coach, trainer, leader, guru and the like who told you that success could be obtained by simply following your passions was lying to your face.

The problem that was created was so many were left to wonder, what am I passionate about? And if an answer was not readily apparent, it caused a paralysis that prevented any action from occurring. After all, we don’t want to be pursuing the wrong path that we are not passionate about.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick deconstructs passion and provides listeners with specific action items, not so they can find their passions, but so that they can create their passions.

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #222: I’m Bad At Sales!

“I’m bad at sales”
 
That is something I hear a lot. Perhaps something I’ve even been guilty of saying.
 

Why?
 

Because we have this misperception that sales is a high pressured strategy to take money from people who do not want to give it.
 

We think about the telemarketer, the used car salesman, the spam emailer, the door to door sales person.
 

THAT IS NOT SALES
 

Sales is about caring about the person you were talking to, and believing in what you can deliver them.
 

“Care about”
“Believe in”
 

That doesn’t sound like a high pressured tactic at all… that sounds like forming a real human connection to try to help someone else.
 

THAT IS SALES
 

So… If you can care about the person you’re talking to… And if you can believe in what you are trying to deliver… Then you are excellent at sales.
 
Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #220: You Can’t Grow A Business If People Don’t Know You Exist

It is impossible to grow your business if people simply don’t know you exist! That is why in this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick dives into how you as an entrepreneur can rapidly increase your brand awareness to earn more client leads!

Our free 3-Day Workshop on how to find your unfair advantage in the fitness industry kicks off tonight! Check out all the details and sign up for free at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

Check out this episode!

BTI #219: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Gina Harney

Welcome back to another on of our special edition episodes of My Entrepreneurial Journey on the Beyond the Image podcast! In this episode, host James Patrick chats with Gina Harney (more commonly known as The Fitnessista) on how she turned a blog into a thriving full time career and what you, the listener, can do to get started on your own path in content marketing.

Connect with Gina on Instagram @fitnessista her website fitnessista.com or check out her podcast Healthy in Real Life.

BIG NEWS! We are bringing back the popular free 3-Day Workshop on how to find your unfair advantage in the fitness industry! Check out all the details and sign up for free at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #218: Grow a Profitable Membership Business with Stu McLaren

If we learned anything from 2020, it is the need for predictable and recurring revenue in our business!

Our guest on Beyond the Image is the one and only Stu McLaren, the founder of Tribe Experience, sharing insights on why membership sites work better than ever this year, how to establish your unique platform and strategies to successfully grow your subscribers.

In this episode you will learn both the number one reason people join and stay in a membership as well as the number one reason they cancel!

This episode is perfect for the entrepreneur who already has a membership platform or is looking to diversify their income by setting one up!

Stu is hosting a FREE WORKSHOP on April 22 – save your seat at https://mo311.isrefer.com/go/workshop/jamespatrick

ALSO, BIG NEWS! We are bringing back the popular free 3-Day Workshop on how to find your unfair advantage in the fitness industry! Check out all the details and sign up for free at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #217: How to Learn the Secret to Sales!

It took over 200 episodes but we are finally able to reveal how to learn the secret to sales. In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick covers one of the top questions he receives and most common frustration entrepreneurs have – how to learn to close more sales.

BIG NEWS! We are bringing back the popular free 3-Day Workshop on how to find your unfair advantage in the fitness industry! Check out all the details and sign up for free at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #216: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Pam Sherman

Welcome back to another on of our special edition episodes of My Entrepreneurial Journey on the Beyond the Image podcast! In this episode, host James Patrick chats with FITposium alumni Pam Sherman on how she was able to propel herself past fear and previous obstacles to create a business, earn countless media features and imprint lasting impact on the community she looks to serve. This episode is perfect for the entrepreneur who is feeling unsure about the next step and why they should take it!

Connect with Pam on Instagram @perfectbalanceguru on YouTube @ThePerfectBalanceGuru or her website ThePerfectBalance.Guru

BIG NEWS! We are bringing back the popular free 3-Day Workshop on how to find your unfair advantage in the fitness industry! Check out all the details and sign up for free at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #215: Rank Your Website Higher with Billy Polson & John Hackbert

Your website is a crucial tool to successfully communicate your brand to potential customers and you have less than 10 seconds to capture their attention.

Our guests today on Beyond the Image are Billy Polson and John Hackbert of The Business Movement. Host James Patrick chats with Billy and John about what core components your website needs to have, how to focus on the visitor journey as well as simplifying SEO for entrepreneurs.

Billy & John are hosting a workshop on April 7 to help attendees invigorate their website so they can funnel more traffic in and convert more sales. Sign up at https://www.thebusinessmovement.com/virtual-experience/invigorate and use the code “teamdiakadi” at checkout to SAVE 20%

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #214: How to Sell FASTER Online

When our products or services do not sell online we fear there is a problem with the price, or that we need to purchase more advertising or that we just suck at marketing and sales! But the truth is – your audience just may not be ready to purchase.

There are actually three ways you can increase the speed of your online sales and conversions online and in this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses how to implement one, two or all three.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching/ 
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #213: Where Have All the Clients Gone? Feat. Dr. Meredith Butulis

Where have all the clients gone? For many entrepreneurs our first assumption is that we lost some of our clients in 2020 because of a lack of finances. However, data shows this is not the case!

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with mastermind member and coaching client Dr. Meredith Butulis on the top 3 reasons clients have disappeared and the specific steps you can take to get them back!

Listeners can connect with Dr. Meredith Butulis as well as access some of her free resources on Instagram @dr.meredithbutulis

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #212: Prepare for the Future of Business with Seth Mattison

We are facing some big questions early in 2021. Where are we going? How do we get there? How do we make sure we stand out when we arrive? WHAT COMES NEXT?!

Our guest on the Beyond the Image podcast is speaker, author and the CEO of Future Sight Labs, Seth Mattison. But the true reason for this conversation with host James Patrick is about where we as entrepreneurs who survived 2020 go now.

A true renaissance is coming in our economy and in this episode you will learn how to prepare to capitalize on it!

Listeners can connect with Seth Mattison on Instagram @SethMattison or his website SethMattison.com

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – To ppply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Audio drops courtesy of ZapSplat.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #211: 7 Reasons They Are NOT Buying

There are seven reasons why someone is not purchasing from you – but most of us only focus on one of the reasons! In this episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast, host James Patrick dives into each of the seven reasons and what you as the entrepreneur need to do to correct your positioning and close more sales.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching/ 
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #210: Are You Selling the Wrong Thing?

Are you frustrated with the lack of leads and sales you are getting in your business? Did you know that you could be selling the wrong thing? It is one of the top mistakes that entrepreneurs can make and in this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares what the wrong things to sell are and how to reposition your offers to become the right thing in the mind of your prospective clients.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #209: How to Get Published in STRONG Fitness Magazine with Jennifer Van Barneveld-Pe

Learn how to pitch and how to stand out to STRONG Fitness Magazine directly from the new president herself, Jennifer Van Barneveld-Pe.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Jennifer on her stepping into STRONG Fitness Magazine, the changes the brand is implementing, the future of where media is headed as well as what listeners need to know when pitching to be featured in the magazine.

Listeners can connect with Jennifer on Instagram @coach_jvb or at the magazine @strongfitnessmag

Connect with James Patrick
https://www.jamespatrick.com/coaching – Apply for 1-on-1 business coaching
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto – Follow in IG
Text James at (480) 605-3254

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #208: 7 Ways to Generate More Business Leads

There are 7 ways that businesses can generate more leads for sales. However, many entrepreneurs and businesses only focus on just one, paid advertising.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick reviews the 7 tactics that can be employed to generate more leads into your business.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #206: Achieving YouTube Success with Regan Rogerson

Where many are focusing their attention solely on Instagram or Facebook, many savvy entrepreneurs have been capitalizing on the power of growing their brand and business on YouTube.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Regan Rogerson on what it takes to create a successful YouTube channel, how to drive traffic, what works versus what to avoid as well as how to monetize the channel itself.

Listeners can connect with Regan on Instagram @regan_rogerson or on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/c/FitnessMarketingHub

CONNECT WITH JAMES PATRICK
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #205: How to Get Featured on This Podcast!

Hey Beyond the Image listeners! This is your opportunity to get featured and be on a guest on this show!

In this episode, host James Patrick shares the three very simple steps to apply to appear as a guest on two upcoming show segments we will be broadcasting in the coming weeks.

Do not miss this opportunity to grow your brand awareness, amplify your authority and even generate more leads for your business!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #204: Is Instagram’s Algorithm Suppressing You?

It is something we hear often. “The algorithm is suppressing my posts” or worse yet “The algorithm hates me!”

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares what is actually going on and the two things you can do to fix it.

James Patrick is opening a few 1-on-1 coaching spots to work with entrepreneurs to rapidly grow their business. Learn more at JamesPatrick.com/Coaching (Space is limited)

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #203: How to Keep Customers Longer with Will Armijo

We invest so much time, energy and even finances into growing our business through new client acquisition. The assumption is that the more customers we get, the more sales we make, the more revenue and growth our business can have.

However, we often overlook the our customer retention and the lifetime value of our customers which is one of the three core pillars of a business; to attract, convert and retain clients.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with fitness entrepreneur Will Armijo on how you can increase your customer lifestyle value (CLV).

Listeners can connect with Will on Instagram @I.Am.WillPowered or at Nrish.com

UPDATE: Get the free guide on the 4 Steps to Stand Out Online to Grow Your Fitness Business go to https://join.jamespatrick.com/how-to-stand-out-online or text James at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #202: Do I Deserve to Get Published?

IMPORTANT NOTE: My free 3-day marketing workshop starts today – sign up at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop 

Do I deserve to get published? Or do I have what it takes to get published? We are asked that question just as much as “how do I get published?”

In this episode host James Patrick shares the two biggest misconceptions about getting published and how to earn more media features.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #201: Find Your UNFAIR ADVANTAGE In Your Business

Check out James Patrick’s free 3-day marketing workshop starting Monday at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop 

In 3 Days, James is going to teach you how to grow your Fitness & Coaching business leveraging one of the most powerful marketing and sales strategies to ensure you increase your revenue while avoiding the entrepreneurial grind.

The biggest reason you are not growing your business and making more sales? Simply put, it is your MARKETING!

All the hard work, hustle and grind cannot save your business if your marketing strategy is broken. Your business needs to be seen and to be relevant to the right people, otherwise you will remain stuck on the hamster wheel trying to break out.

We need to work SMARTER on our businesses!

Sign up for free at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop

Check out this episode!

BTI #200: We Just Turned 200! And Your Questions Answered LIVE!

Woo hoo! Beyond the Image just turned 200! In this our 200th episode, host James Patrick answers your questions on marketing, branding, sales and media pitching live!

Check out James Patrick’s free 3-day marketing workshop at https://join.jamespatrick.com/3-day-workshop 

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #199: Why You Need Low Ticket Items to Increase Your Revenue

Low ticket items are a fantastic was to increase your gross revenue, but not in the way you might initially be thinking!

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick teaches listeners how to implement low ticket items into their portfolio of service or product offerings and how when done correctly can increase the number of clients as well as the overall gross sales for your business!

NEXT EPISODE IS OUR 200th EPISODE! Get your marketing, business, development, sales, PR, media questions answered live on air! DM your questions on Instagram @JPatrickPhoto or text them to James at (480) 605-3252 and he will answer them live on our 200th episode!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #198: Two Simple Words that Will Transform Your Sales Copy

The problem with most sales copy and marketing messages is that they do not connect emotionally to the reader. So much copy only focuses on the features that are being sold and not the benefits for what it means to the consumer.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick teaches listeners how two simple words can completely transform your sales copy to increase your conversions.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #197: Tap Into Marketing Psychology to Grow Your Business with Ross Kimbarovsky

It is time for you as an entrepreneur to tap into the resources that formerly only large corporations had access to – the principles of marketing psychology that will help you attract more prospects, close more sales and retain more clients.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick sits down with the CEO of crowdspring Ross Kimbarovsky to cover a wide array of psychology principles and how you as the entrepreneur can immediately implement them into your business to gain an unique advantage in your industry.

Learn more about Ross and crowdspring at crowdspring.com

UPDATE: To get the free guide on the 4 Steps to Stand Out Online to Grow Your Fitness Business go to https://join.jamespatrick.com/how-to-stand-out-online or text James at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #196: Four Things You Need to Know About Your Audience Before You Start Selling

Every coach agrees that we should pull together a customer or client avatar worksheet for the audience we are trying to position ourselves in front of.

However, most fall short by only focusing on the demographics of their audience and leave out the more important psychographics that entrepreneurs need to tap into.

In this episode, host James Patrick shares the four most important things we as business owners need to understand about our audience to best position our products and services.

Get the FREE WORKSHEET from this episode by texting James at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #195: Haters Gonna Hate, Hate, Hate, Hate, Hate… What You Should Do

The more success you build and the more impact you create the more you will find haters popping up in your path to attempt to slow you down or derail you altogether.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares with listeners how to accept advice versus allow criticism to negatively shift your direction.

Learn when to listen to feedback and when to simply throw it away.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #194: How to Grow Your Social Media with Callie Bundy

How do I stand out online? How do I grow an engaged audience? How do I manage my time on social media? How do I best sell my services online? How do I use the latest tools in my brand growth online?

These are just a few of the many topics on this episode of Beyond the Image where host James Patrick is joined by social media icon and fitness entrepreneur Callie Bundy. All your social media questions will be answered in this interview!

Listeners can connect with Callie on IG @CallieBundy

UPDATE: To get the free guide on the 4 Steps to Stand Out Online to Grow Your Fitness Business go to https://join.jamespatrick.com/how-to-stand-out-online or text James at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #193: Fast Lane vs. Slow Lane Sales – What You Need to Know

In business we have two types of sales. Fast lane sales are typically smaller ticket offers based upon more of a transactional relationship with a customer whereas slow lane sales are core offers or high ticket offers to a nurtured audience that we as entrepreneurs have a successful relationship with.

Both can exist in our business, but in this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses how to use fast lane sales without focusing too much on the transaction but to leverage them to build a long-term client relationship.

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #192: I’m an Impostor!

My name is James Patrick, and apart from being the host of the Beyond the Image podcast, I am also an impostor!

What do I mean by that? In this episode I will quickly unpack why we all have been looking at impostor syndrome incorrectly and why every single entrepreneur should celebrate being an impostor!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/
Text your business questions to James at (480) 605-3254 or to go https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #191: How to Get Published in Inside Fitness Magazine with Terry Frendo

Learn how to pitch and stand out to Inside Fitness Magazine directly from the publisher himself, Terry Frendo.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Terry Frendo on the original launch of the magazine, the evolution of health and fitness media, where the industry is headed and, of course, how to get published in the magazine.

Listeners can connect with Terry and the magazine on Instagram @TerryFrendo and @Inside_Fitness

UPDATE: You can now directly contact host James Patrick by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #190: Top 5 Digital Marketing Strategies You Need in 2021

With everyone rushing to do business online, it is imperative for entrepreneurs to hone in on these top 5 digital marketing strategies to grow their brand’s visibility, credibility and lead generation.

Host James Patrick gives a deep dive on each digital marketing strategy entrepreneurs should be focusing on this year and how to easily and effectively implement each one.

For listeners who want a 6TH BONUS strategy, text host James Patrick directly by saying you want the 6th strategy at 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick 

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #188: Starting Over with Danny J

Everyone at some point in their life has to make the decision of starting over. This choice becomes increasingly difficult when you compound it with the investment made with time, energy and even finances that are being given up for a new direction.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick speaks with serial entrepreneur Danny J on why we sometimes need to start from scratch to move in the direction of our goals instead of continuing down paths do that do serve us.

Listeners can connect with Danny on Instagram @DannyJdotcom

UPDATE: You can now directly contact host James Patrick by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #187: We Need to Talk About Permission

We need to stop waiting for permission from others to create the future we want for ourselves. While we are waiting for this permission which will never come, others are out there getting started.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares a story of when others tried to force him to ask their permission before launching the FITposium conference and how he responded.

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #186: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Jill Bunny

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with mastermind member Jill Bunny on charting a new direction in one’s career.

This critically important episode teaches entrepreneurs how to make important pivots or changes in their journey so that the work they are doing is in alignment with their own goals and values.

Jill shares her own story and the launch of her business CBT Meets Fitness and the inner struggles that came with the new direction she felt called to take.

Listeners can connect with Jill on Instagram @FitBunnyJill or on her website CBTMeetsFitness.com

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES PATRICK
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #185: Create Ads that Work on a Budget with Amy Bliefnick

The Facebook Advertising platform does not need to be intimidating and if done properly can be a source of leads and not an expense without a return.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with team member and digital marketing specialist Amy Bliefnick on everything entrepreneurs need to know to get started with the ad platform and how to successful create ad campaigns on a limited budget for maximum results.

Listeners can connect with Amy on Instagram @Amy511West

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #189: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Bridget Therese Romo

Entrepreneurs who have been fortunate enough to mass success sometimes forget the labor that was required to build their careers. When we say labor, we do not mean the physical or mental labor, nor do we mean the financial investment. No, we are talking about the emotional labor that an entrepreneur must endure while they work to turn their dreams into reality.

In this episode, host James Patrick chats with FITposium alumni Bridget Therese Romo on the true journey that entrepreneurs go through, the publishing of her book and the launch of her digital agency.

Listeners can connect with Bridget on Instagram @bridgetthereseofficial

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES PATRICK
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #184: 4 Steps to Stand Out Online

It has become increasingly difficult to get your brand to stand out online and it is easy to understand why. We are constantly being bombarded with thousands upon thousands of digital messages every single day and as entrepreneurs we are trying to break through all that noise.

In this episode, host James Patrick dives into the four steps that entrepreneurs need to take to stand out online. To get the FREE GUIDE that accompanies this episode, text James at (480) 605-3254.

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #183: Am I Qualified Enough?

This question came up this morning on a coaching call. Am I good enough? Am I qualified enough? Do I know enough to do this professionally? It is questions like these that slow down and hold back impact.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the call to action that all entrepreneurs feel and how it confronts with the hesitation of impossible to achieve standards.

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254 or go to https://my.community.com/jamespatrick – There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #182: Avoid Entrepreneurial Burnout with Kelly Patrick

Unfortunately, most entrepreneurs only realize they have hit the point of burnout once they are already in the midst of it. The lack of creativity, drive, passion, influence, productivity and energy is infectious and difficult to work through.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with licensed psychotherapist Kelly Patrick – and, no, the last name is not a coincidence. James and Kelly discuss the early signs of burnout and various ways that entrepreneurs can support themselves so they avoid the burnout crash.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #181: Advice vs. Criticism

Are we allowing our own confirmation bias to seek out reasons to quit? In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick peels apart the difference between accepting advice from someone versus dismissing critique.

Unfortunately, we as entrepreneurs far too often accept critique from those we would never turn to for advice and it is a habit we need to break.

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #180: Important Message for Entrepreneurs

It is Friday which typically means we put out one of our special edition episodes called MY ENTREPRENEURIAL JOURNEY.

And although we intend to return with the key interviews next week – we felt it was important to address the journey we all are on right now.

2020 was an intense year for business owners and there was this prevailing hope that there would be a return to some form of normalcy as we entered into 2021.

But, to put it mildly, this week has been a rollercoaster of emotions. We understand that many of you listening right now may be angry, you may be scared, you may be confused and as a result and finding it difficult to return to business as normal. We know this because that is exactly how we’ve been feeling.

This episode is about what we as entrepreneurs need to be doing to take care of ourselves so we can show up for others.

Check out this episode!

BTI #179: How to Create Ads that Convert with Bob Regnerus

Facebook Advertising can be complex, confusion and often overwhelming. But it does not need to be.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Bob Regnerus, the author of the Ultimate Guide to Facebook Advertising (4th Edition) on how to build the right ads, at the right time for the right audience.

In this episode, James and Bob discuss how advertising fits into an entrepreneur’s overall marketing strategy and the essential facets that need to be understood before one begins to run ads. 

Listeners can learn more at UltimateFB.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #178: Why I’m Terrified

We are going to be blunt and level with you… 2021 is not going to be an easy year. It is going to be a difficult, grueling and intense battle that we as entrepreneurs are going to be faced with. And as a result – we are all terrified.

In this New Year episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick dives into the real palatable fear that all entrepreneurs are facing off against right now and what we need to do to recognize that and respond to it.

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #177: Actually Achieve Your 2021 Goals Part 3

Welcome to the final part of this three episode series on how to actually achieve the goals you set for yourself in 2021!

If you missed part one or two, just go back to episodes 175 and 176.

In this third and final installment, host James Patrick discusses how to turn your quarterly action plans into monthly, weekly and daily roadmaps so you get more done than ever before!

If you want a copy of the worksheet to follow along with, text him at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #176: Actually Achieve Your 2021 Goals Part 2

Welcome back to this three part episode on how to actually achieve the goals you set for yourself in 2021!

If you missed part one, just go back to episode 175.

In this second part of three episodes, host James Patrick discusses how to turn your annual goals into quarterly action plans so you can build an effective implementation strategy.

If you want a copy of the worksheet to follow along with, text him at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #175: Actually Achieve Your 2021 Goals Part 1

The only thing worse than not setting goals is setting goals without an action plan to ensure they are accomplished!

In this first part of three episodes, host James Patrick discusses how to set annual goals that can be turned into quarterly action plans and weekly/day agendas.

If you want a copy of the worksheet to follow along with, text him at (480) 605-3254

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #174: Where NOT To Spend Money in 2021

Hey, we get it, 2020 was a rough year for a lot of business owners and as we get closer to 2021 many are planning where they want to invest in efforts to grow their business.

STOP!

This episode of Beyond the Image is all about the five main areas you want to be extremely careful about investing in the new year and how to better shift those investments for a better return!

Host James Patrick shares alternatives and tips for what to look out for as you are investing in your business growth.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #173: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Dr. Stacie Morris

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Sports Physical Therapist Dr. Stacie Morris on the power of content marketing.

Since she launched her business less than four years ago, Dr. Morris has been able to provide services to more than 1500 clients in almost every country in the the world harnessing the power of social media to create both active and passive income streams.

Listeners can connect with Dr. Morris on Instagram @ThePhysioFix

This episode is brought to you by FITposiumPLUS.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to (480) 605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #172: How to Create Message that Stand Out with Alex Street

Unless you’ve been ignoring marketing trends, there has been an overwhelming wave of information for business owners to “share their story.”

However many entrepreneurs are still wondering
How do I share my story?
What is my story?
I don’t think I have a big enough story to share!

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick interviews story focused communication coach Alex Street on everything entrepreneurs need to know to craft the right story for the right audience to stand out!

Listeners can connect with Alex on his website AlexStreet.ca or on Instagram @StreetSays

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #171: How I Photographed 500 Magazine Covers

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares the story behind how he photographed more than 500 magazine covers and the lessons learned that you can apply to your own client on-boarding process.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #170: Get Published in IconRefined and IconFIT Magazine!

Attention Beyond the Image subscribers! We are now accepting submissions for features in our two new publications IconRefined and IconFIT Magazine!

This episode features host and publisher of IconRefined and IconFIT Magazine James Patrick and the Editor in Chief of both platforms Cassie Douglas sharing the details on what you need to know to submit to both publications!

Pitches are to be sent to IconRefinedMedia@gmail.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #169: Never Lose Your Voice Again with Sarah Sawyer

We are constantly on coaching calls, zoom meetings, doing videos for YouTube and Instagram and by the end of the day our voices are thrashed!

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with vocal coach Sarah Sawyer on what entrepreneurs need to do to not only protect their voices, but what to be aware of to increase the power of their voice for greater resonance with their audience.

You will never sound the same and if you implement the exercises in this episode, you will never have to lose your voice again.

Listeners can connect with Sarah on Instagram @SarahSawyerStudio

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #168: Secret Hack to Achieve Any Goal

There is a secret hack to achieving any goal you want in business and in life and this episode of Beyond the Image reveals that secret!

Host James Patrick shares the story of his first online business and the compounding choices that nearly crippled the launch before it ever was released to market and how a single decision changed everything.

What idea have you been holding back on? It is time to move it forward.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

CONNECT WITH JAMES
www.JamesPatrick.com
https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto/

This episode is brought to you by www.FITposiumPLUS.com where you get monthly live coaching and education modules to support you in your business development goals!

Check out this episode!

BTI #167: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Dr. Kelly Lamoreaux

As if the emotional labor required to become an entrepreneur was not hard enough, consider how increasingly difficult it is when you don’t have the full support of those around you.

In this important episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Dr. Kelly Lamoreaux, also known as The Abs Doctor, on her journey to take what many could pass off as nothing more than a hobby or a small side hustle and turn it into a massive business.

The true theme of this episode is the importance for entrepreneurs to learn to trust their vision.

Listeners can connect with Kelly on Instagram @drkellyfitmomof4

This episode is brought to you by FITposiumPLUS.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to (480) 605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #166: Succeed at Digital Marketing with Jim Carter III

Technology should not be a barrier between you and your target audience, but an effective tool. This episode will get you moving forward confidently in the right direction

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with digital marketing strategist Jim Carter III on the techniques you should know about and implement as you go into 2021. This episode covers social media marketing, list building, sms marketing and more. A must listen for any entrepreneur looking to grow their business in the new year!

Listeners can connect with Jim on Instagram @CauseHacker or at FourWestDigital.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #165: Top 7 Rules for Entrepreneurs in 2021

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses the Top 7 Rules for entrepreneurs going into 2021.

The rules come from understanding and honoring consumer behavior and demands along with trends in the marketplace.

It is essential for any business owner to start discussing how to incorporate these 7 rules into their business including the last one which is the most important marketing asset you have.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #164: My Own Entrepreneurial Journey

In this special edition episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick shares insights from his own entrepreneurial journey and the impact that three different individuals had on his trajectory over the course of a decade that still apply now.

The important lesson for listeners is that w are all only one step away from anyone else. Our mission is to figure out what that next step is and to take it.

So who next to you can show you that next step?

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to (480) 605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #163: Write Copy That Sells with Blair Badenhop

Effective copywriting is equal parts art with science as we craft a compelling narrative to build trust and resonance with our audience in efforts to increase our sales.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks to copywriting expert Blair Badenhop on how to use effective copy to stand out to the right audience and write copy that sells!

Connect with Blair on BlairBadenhop.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #161: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Shane Kokas

Making the leap from being employed to becoming an entrepreneur is one of the most, if not the most terrifying actions that one can take. But you know what makes the leap both possible and manageable?

A relentlessly supportive group of clients! In this week’s special edition My Entrepreneurial Journey, host James Patrick talks with personal trainer Shane Kokas on how he made that leap, the lessons he learned in the process and why having the strongest client relationships matter!

Listeners can connect with Shane on Instagram @ShaneKokas

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to (480) 605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #160: Building Qualified Sales with Jill Coleman

It is insane to realize that we are already half way through the final quarter of 2020. This means a lot of entrepreneurs are scrambling to both close out their years as well as to set the framework for a more successful new year.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with business coach Jill Coleman about the path to build highly qualified leads that can convert into better sales.

The episode covers lead generation, nurture sequencing and how to own your brand positioning.

Listeners can connect with Jill on IG @JillFit or JillFit.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #159: Create More Content in Less Time

We have been told that “content is king” and that we need to be content curation machines, always pumping out new social media posts, videos, blogs, podcasts, reels and more to satiate our audience’s needs. Meanwhile we barely have enough time to do our real work!

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses how to get more content created in less time.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #158: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Samantha Wallace

Imagine wanting to quit a job that was well paid during an economic recession because you know that you are being called upon to achieve something greater.

That is exactly the space our guest Samantha Wallace was in when she chose to go all in on her vision of growing her own business where she was able to grow her client base from 0-to-100 in only six months!

Connect with Samantha on Instagram @SamWallaceFit

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #157: Drop Expectations and Create New Success with Kristen Crowley

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick interviews the 2020 FITpreneur of the Year winner Kristen Crowley on why she chose to walk away from what many others would see as a dream job to cultivate her own dream future.

The discussion covers the reality of pivoting, the missing elements in the health and fitness industry and how to generate momentum despite fear.

Connect with Kristen on Instagram @KristenCrowleyTV or @ReframeYourBiz

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #156: Missing Step to Get More Customers

Entrepreneurs will often exclusively focus on either doing heavy marketing on their brand awareness to generate more leads or they will invest all their time and energy into closing leads into sales.

However these is a critical middle step that many are missing and in this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick reveals the middle step and the best practices for entrepreneurs to master all three.

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #155: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Adriana Morrison

You have a choice. You can choose to be accountable with your goals or you can cling to deniability. But you can’t do both.

This episode of Beyond the Image features Adriana Morrison who was forced to change the entire trajectory she had planned to be on – but in doing so, made the choice to embrace her call to serve others and is now seeing the amazing results of her efforts.

Listeners can connect with Adriana on Instagram @adrianamorrison_

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #154: Where You Need to Focus with Tiffany Carter

It is time to cut through all the clutter and noise on business advice that is not actually helping you, but instead causing you an overwhelming sense of frustration.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with fellow business coach Tiffany Carter on where entrepreneurs need to focus their time and efforts for the remainder of 2020 and going into 2021. It does not matter whether you are a seasoned pro or new to starting a business – this episode will give you clarity over confusion!

Check out Tiffany’s FREE 5 Essential Things Entrepreneurs Need to do at http://projectmewithtiffany.com/fiveessentials and connect with her on Instagram @Projectme_with_Tiffany

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: You can now connect with host James Patrick directly by texting him any of your business questions to 480-605-3254! There is no cost and James will respond to all your questions with helpful answers and support!

Check out this episode!

BTI #153: Our ICONIC New Announcement!

We are so excited to publicly announce the launch of two new brands to you our loyal listeners.

IconRefined is a new multi-media network celebrating entrepreneurs who not only grow their business, but care about their body, mind and relationships!

IconFit Magazine is a new magazine showcasing entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry or business owners who put their physical and mental health as a priority!

Both brands will officially hit the market in early 2021, but we are actually hiring for new team members for these brands! E-mail us at editor@fitposium.com if you are interested and we will provide you with more details!

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Check out this episode!

BTI #152: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Tiffany Forte

It is important to understand the real journey that entrepreneurs walk down which is a stark contrast from the success that is broadcast on social media.

This episode of Beyond the Image features Tiffany Forte who is the founder of Fit and Female Active and the conversation covers the true emotional path of entrepreneurship, launching a business during the pandemic, how the Black Lives Matter Movement impacted the fitness industry and much more!

Listeners can connect with Tiffany on Instagram @fitandfemale__ as well as check out her athletic apparel line @fitandfemaleactive

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Check out this episode!

BTI #151: Making Marketing Simple and Implementable with Tim Fitzpatrick

The problem many have with marketing is that they falsely believe that they just don’t know enough about it to be successful at it!

Enter in our guest on Beyond the Image, Tim Fitzpatrick who chats with host James Patrick on how to implement a simple, effective and (most importantly) actionable marketing plan.

Listeners can connect with Tim at RialtoMarketing.com

Be sure to click subscribe to get all the latest episodes of Beyond the Image!

UPDATE: This Thursday, October 29 we are hosting a LIVE COACHING event where you can get your questions answered with James Patrick and Tiffany Carter! This live event is exclusive to members of FITposiumPLUS.com – not a member yet? No worries! Head to FITposiumPLUS.com to sign up!

Check out this episode!

BTI #150: “WTF Is Wrong With Me?”

Many entrepreneurs have been suffering from and struggling with the same symptoms. They are lacking motivation, they are struggling creatively, they are confused about next steps to take and they are having difficulty finding the will to get momentum. And they all say the same thing: “I don’t know what’s wrong with me?”

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the context of why so many entrepreneurs are feeling stuck and the question to reset their focus and vision moving forward.

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #149: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Ellis King

When you look back upon your life, you will realize that along the journey you have been equipped with all the experiences and lessons that you need to start to create the future you envision.

This episode of Beyond the Image features Ellis King, aka King Cuz, the 51-year-old US Navy Veteran and former amateur boxer who is walking proof that you can turn passion into purpose. Instead of seeing limitations and things he “can’t do”, Ellis instead asked “why can’t I?” and proceeded to achieve what others would call impossible. This is evidence that you can do the same for yourself.

Connect with Ellis at 50andFit.org and on Instagram @kingcuzfitnesstrainer 

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #148: Get Published in Train Magazine with Ray Klerck

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with the publisher and editor in chief of Train Magazine and Train for Her Magazine, Ray Klerck.

Over the course of the show, James and Ray discuss the evolution of magazines within the health and fitness industry, why print media still matters, how Train changed the game when it came to distribution as well as the launch of his new venture Vello.

Connect with Ray and Train at TrainMag.com and check out his new app for an additional revenue stream at Vello.vip

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #147: Top 5 Mistakes I’ve Made in Launching

In this episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast, host James Patrick shares the Top 5 Mistakes he has made when it came to launching a business so you can avoid them in your own launches.

Speaking of launching (how is that for a segue), BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #146: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Michelle Leigh

Many falsely believe that a prerequisite to becoming an entrepreneur is unwavering confidence. The truth is that entrepreneurs feel the same fear and hesitation that everyone else does. The difference is that they do not allow that fear to turn into paralysis as they take action.

This special episode of Beyond the Image features the creator of VisorGirl, Michelle Leigh and how she had the determination and perseverance to not only turn her idea into a reality – but to quickly adapt to all the changes in 2020 and still make the brand grow.

Connect with Michelle on Instagram @MichelleLeighLifts and VisorGirl @VisorGirl or VisorGirl.com

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #145: Get Published in Ellements Magazine with Kaneo Biggs

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with the publisher and editor in chief of the wildly popular Ellements Magazine.

Over the course of the show, James and Kaneo chat about the rise of independent publications, the role they play in the current media landscape as well as what photographers and talents need to know about submitting and getting published in the magazine.

Check out the magazine at EllementsMagazine.com or on Instagram @EllementsMagazine

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #143: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Corey Phelps

So many entrepreneurs never truly own their pursuit of success and instead keep their head down and work quietly behind the scenes trying to build their empire. But it is when entrepreneurs become unapologetic in who they are and what their mission is that they truly become unstoppable. That is what our guest on this week’s special edition of My Entrepreneurial Journey on Beyond the Image, Corey Phelps learned in 2020.

In this interview, host James Patrick talks to Corey about her elevation from just working in her business to being the owner who works on their business.

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #142: How to Get Published in Fitness Magazine with Tanja Schmitz

Still on a high from FITposium 2020 we wanted to highlight the amazing editor of Fitness Magazine Tanja Schmitz who booked 15 attendees of the conference for features within her publication!

In this interview, host James Patrick chats with Tanja about the evolution of the fitness publishing industry, the positioning of fitness magazine and what listeners need to know when it comes to pitching to the magazine.

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #141: Top 5 Lessons Needed for Rest of 2020

Wow! We just wrapped FITposium 2020 and what a whirlwind of an event it was! Hundreds of passionate entrepreneurs gathering together to learn everything they need on how to create a brand, market a brand and profit from a brand.

Over the three day conference we covered so much content and in this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick covers the Top 5 Takeaways and Lessons Learned that you need to apply for the final quarter in 2020.

BIG NEWS! We have re-opened our Launch program! This 8 week masterclass gives you the proven path to profit by helping you take your idea and bring it to market in under 8 weeks. Sign up now and get a BONUS 1-1 COACHING session with James Patrick at www.CommitToLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #140: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Evina Luna

Thanks to social media, all we see are the greatest hits and the perception of overnight success from others within our industry. But the truth is that behind the scenes, we pour our blood, sweat and tears into our creations.

In this interview I chat with entrepreneur Evina Del Pizzo on the journey we as entrepreneurs take behind the scenes and the emotion that is required to see your passions into reality.

Connect with Evina on Instagram @StrongHouseTraining

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #138: The Only 4 Ways to Increase Revenue

Listen to the end of this episode to hear about the giveaway for free coaching services from host James Patrick.

There are actually only 4 levers you can pull to increase the revenue in your business. In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick dives into each of the levers, what you need to know about it and how to improve it to grow your gross profits.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #136: The Cure for Perfectionism with Chris Harder

Perfectionism is preventing the path to success for so many entrepreneurs. However there is a cure and that cure is imperfect action. Taking action and releasing ideas to market provides the necessary feedback for brands to evolve in real-time.

Our special guest on Beyond the Image is entrepreneur, podcast host and business coach Chris Harder who discusses how entrepreneurs can recover from perfectionism to take the necessary actions to move them closer to their goals.

Listeners can connect with Chris Harder on Instagram @ChrisWHarder or see him present at FITposium 2020!

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at www.FITposium.com 

 

Check out this episode!

BTI #135: The Only 3 Things You Need To Launch A Business

It is so easy for entrepreneurs to get caught up in the marketing system, or their sales funnel or the backend formatting of their business. The problem is that it is holding back your launch and preventing your audience from receiving your gifts.

In this podcast, host James Patrick breaks down the only three things you actually need to launch your business in 2020.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #134: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Ashley Wiens

Welcome back to our newest segment on the Beyond the Image Podcast, My Entrepreneurial Journey! Each week we will feature the story of an inspiring entrepreneur who is currently in the trenches with you, our listeners, as they share their insights and lessons learned.

Our third story features personal trainer Ashley Wiens who not only ascended her career to more than 2x her income in addition to landing numerous leading magazine features – she manifested the life she envisioned by having the courage to say “no” to what was not serving her.

Connect with Ashley on Instagram @fitfabash

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #133: Hustle vs. Health with Loree Bischoff

The hustle mentality can be a dangerous one for so many entrepreneurs who will sacrifice their health, their sanity and their closest relationships in the pursuit of what they consider to be success. Yet whenever they achieve that milestone, many are left feeling unfulfilled and empty.

Our guest on Beyond the Image is author and personal performance coach Loree Bischoff who chats with host James Patrick on the five pillars to achieve an amazing life and how we as entrepreneurs can escape the hustle mentality.

Listeners can connect with Loree on her website LoreeBischoff.com

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at www.FITposium.com 

 

Check out this episode!

BTI #132: Why You Are Not Getting Published

We continue our theme of teaching you how to land the media features that can accelerate the growth of your business and in this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick dives into the real reason you are not getting the media features you are aiming for.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #131: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Ariana Stowe

Welcome back to our newest segment on the Beyond the Image Podcast, My Entrepreneurial Journey! Each week we will feature the story of an inspiring entrepreneur who is currently in the trenches with you, our listeners, as they share their insights and lessons learned.

Our second story features Ariana Stowe who had a car accident that changed everything in how she viewed herself, her work, her life and how she showed up for others. In addition, she began to ask why she did not see other black and people of color represented in the fitness industry. Instead of allowing 2020 to just be a moment, Ariana instead has chosen to step up as a leader in a movement.

Connect with Ariana on Instagram @arianastowe

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #130: Muscle & Health Magazine Sub-Editor Samantha Yardley

We continue our theme on teaching listeners how to earn media with this latest episode featuring the Sub-Editor of the newly launched magazine Muscle & Health, Samantha Yardley.

Host James Patrick and Samantha discuss her background in media, the launch of the new publication, the editorial goals and direction of the magazine and how users can stand out when submitting to the magazine.

Check out the new magazine at https://muscleandhealth.com/ 

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at www.FITposium.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI #129: Your Permission To Ignore Others

Those who try to stand in your path in hopes to slow you down or derail you altogether only do so because they cannot succeed in their own path.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares several stories on what happens when we allow others to get in the way of our own progress as well as what can happen when you give yourself the permission to ignore them!

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #128: My Entrepreneurial Journey with Rebekah Lee

Welcome to our brand new segment on the Beyond the Image Podcast entitled My Entrepreneurial Journey! Every week we will bring you the story of an inspiring entrepreneur who is currently in the trenches with you our listeners as they share their insights and lessons learned.

Our first story features Rebekah Lee, the founder of Sugar Sisters Bakery in Castle Rock, Colorado who has had to face all the obstacles that 2020 has thrown her way from shut downs to quarantines while trying to keep a brick and mortar business afloat. But her selfless acts of generosity created a wealth of abundance for her.

Connect with Rebekah on Instagram @sugarsistersbakeryco

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #127: How to Get Unstuck with Lisa Rooney

Hey, we get it! 2020 threw us all a massive curveball. It doesn’t matter who you are or what you do for a living, no on expected this year to go the direction that it did and it has left many entrepreneurs feeling stuck or playing things far too safe.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with marketing strategist and NLP Master Practitioner Lisa Rooney on how to start getting momentum in your marketing, especially right now when you need it the most!

Listeners can connect with Lisa Rooney at LisaRooney.com

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #126: How to PR Your PR

Entrepreneurs work so hard to earn various magazine, podcast and digital media features to promote themselves and their brands – but if they stop doing the work once the feature is out then they missed the biggest opportunity!

You have to learn how to PR YOUR PR! In this episode, host James Patrick discusses the top steps that YOU need to be taking to successfully promote any earned media features you have received.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #125: Actually Crush Your Social Media Game with Jera Foster-Fell

You know you have to use social media to connect with your audience, but the constantly shifting algorithm and the new influx of different channels and methods on how to connect with your audience has left many entrepreneurs feeling overwhelmed, confused and frustrated.

Enter our guest on Beyond the Image, Jera Foster-Fell who is a content creator and social media coach helping entrepreneurs craft their message, communicate their purpose and connect with the right audience.

In this episode you will learn how to create content that stands out, trends to know about, what posts get traction over others and how to guide your audience.

Listeners can connect directly with Jera on all channels @Jera.Bean

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #124: Top 5 Ways Perfectionism Is Holding You Back

Does this sound familiar? You have done some amazing things in your career, but sadly you never actually recognize your accomplishments because you instead put unattainable and unrealistic conditions upon your perceived success.

This episode of Beyond the Image is about the Top 5 Ways in which we allow perfectionism to hold us back in our entrepreneurial journey and what we need to do to fix it.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #123: The Future of Gyms and Fitness Pros with Jeremy Scott

News publications are reporting that upwards of 60% of Americans with gym memberships have cancelled or will cancel their memberships and have no plans on ever returning to a gym post Covid-19. What does this mean for gym owners and fitness professionals who rely on in-person work? 

That is what host James Patrick discusses with best selling author, serial entrepreneur, coach and gym owner Jeremy Scott. In this interview the two talk about the current economy landscape that gyms are facing, what the next 6-to-12 months have in store and what fitness professionals need to be doing to pivot right now.

Listeners can connect with Jeremy Scott on Instagram @JeremyScottFitness

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also passes are now available for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #122: How to Use Local Media to Grow Your Brand

Earned media gets four times the engagement that paid advertising does – which is why we want to land those magazine features, podcast guest spots and more. However, we should not exclusively be targeting major networks and newsstand publications. We can actually achieve our goals and earn the results we want by leveraging local media.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks about the power of local media and how to leverage it as a platform to build your brand.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

If your goal is to target publications, you need to be at our FITposium 2020 Virtual Conference where you will have the unparalleled opportunity to get published with outlets such as Oxygen Magazine, Fitness Magazine, STRONG Fitness Australia, Train Magazine, Train for Her Magazine and many more! Sign up now at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #121: How to Stand Out to Media with Lauren Salaun

We understand why media is important but it can be increasingly frustrating for entrepreneurs as they are going through the motions of pitching to editors, journalists and hosts and are not hearing back.

This episode is all about how to get your pitches to stand out. Our guest on Beyond the Image is publicist Lauren Salaun who chats with host James Patrick about what makes a pitch the media unique and worth noticing.

Listeners can connect directly with Lauren on Instagram @laurensalaun or http://laurensalaun.com/pr-accelerator

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also we just opened up passes for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #120: Top 10 Mistakes That Will Get Your Pitch Thrown Out

If you are not receiving responses from your pitches to magazines it is because one of two reasons. The first is that the editors are busy, haven’t noticed or just don’t ned you right now. The second is that you have unfortunately committed one of the Top 10 Mistakes to avoid when it comes to pitching to the media.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

ONLY ONE WEEK LEFT OF EARLY BIRD PASSES for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #119: From Creating a Product to Leading a Movement with Kortney Olson

The launch of a brand is more than simply the release of a product or service to the marketplace. As our guest on Beyond the Image can attest to, a brand is truly about the emotion you bring to the world and the impact you want to leave upon the lives of those you connect with.

In this interview, host James Patrick talks to the founder of GRRRL Inc., Kortney Olson about how an idea turned into a movement that so just happens to also sell clothing!

This episode is perfect for any entrepreneur who is ready to show up for their community on a deeper and more meaningful level.

Be sure to follow Kortney and GRRRL at:
grrrl.com kortneyolson.com or on Instagram @kortney_olson @grrrl_clothing

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also we just opened up passes for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #118: How to Land Podcast Features

Getting featured and interviewed on podcasts is one of the best branding and marketing techniques an entrepreneur can take. But much like pitching to magazines, many are left unsure of what steps to take to get picked up.

In this episode of BEYOND THE IMAGE, host James Patrick teaches why it is important to land podcast interviews, what you need to start (which is not much), how to pitch, how to follow up and how to engage listeners back into your marketing system.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also we just opened up passes for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #117: How to Restart Your Marketing with Shanté Cofield

What was once working before is no longer working. The idea that if we simply posted enough content that eventually a percentage of our audience would see it and would want to hire us and work with us.

That idea of marketing and business development is no longer working in our over-stimulated and over-sold world. We need to restart our marketing with a fresh approach.

Enter Dr. Shanté Cofield, also known as The Movement Maestro who joins the Beyond the Image podcast to chat with host James Patrick about how to reignite consumer confidence within our brands by earning their attention, creating calls to interact and rewarding a fully engaged audience.

Connect with Shanté on Instagram @TheMovementMaestro

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also we just opened up passes for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #116: Should I Pitch to Print or Digital Publications?

In this episode of BEYOND THE IMAGE, host James Patrick discusses the difference of earning media traditionally by getting published in print magazines (or even newspapers) versus the new trend of earning digital media features or even social media features.

But which is right for you? It all comes down to your goals and reasons behind getting published or earning media?

Do you want to earn media because it would simply be really cool and something you can personally be proud of? Do you want to earn media because it would validate your brand and give you authority and strong positioning? Do you want to earn media because it would drive more traffic into your lead system so you can increase your sales? Or is it a combination of the above?

James Patrick dissects each of these goals and discusses why “getting published” carriers new meaning in 2020 and the amazing benefits of earning digital media features.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Also we just opened up passes for our annual FITposium conference happening October 1-3 all online! Get access to the best educators, amazing networking opportunities and unparalleled media castings exclusively at FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #115: From Side Hustle to 7 Figures with Jess Glazer

Imagine taking what is essentially just your side hustle and turning it into not just another job, but a 7 figure career! That is exactly what our guest on today’s episode of Beyond the Image did!

Jess Glazer went from being a teacher to starting a side business as a personal trainer and morphed it into a million dollar brand as a coach.

In this episode she chats with host James Patrick about the growth in her career, overcoming imposter syndrome and learning the how to deliver true value to her audience.

Listeners can connect more with Jess Glazer on Instagram @jess.glazer or her website JessGlazer.com

Be sure to subscribe to Beyond the Image to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Check out this episode!

BTI #114: When You Should Quit

Being an entrepreneur is hard, it is grueling and it can be unforgiving. But should you quit or should you stick with it?

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the primary questions an entrepreneur should ask themselves if they are considering quitting.

Be sure to subscribe to get updates on our bi-weekly podcast designed for you the entrepreneur!

Check out this episode!

BTI #113: How to Develop, Marketing & Crush Physical Products with Kelsey Eyers

In this episode of BEYOND THE IMAGE, host James Patrick gets to chat with Kelsey Eyers, the founder of Sweat CBD on the creation of her brand.

The show covers the ideation of the product, developing the brand identity, how to protected the product branding, the marketing and sales channels and unique opportunity to market with limitations in advertising.

You can connect with Kelsey on Instagram @kelsey.eyers on @sweatcbd

We are excited to announce that tomorrow we are kicking off our FITposium 2020 Summer Summit. This new virtual summit is designed for entrepreneurs like you to learn how to navigate the current economy to pivot and develop income now! Sign up for under $30 at www.FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #112: How Striving For Success Made Me Sick

So many entrepreneurs fall prey to the hustle mentality. If you are not succeeding it is because you are just not working hard enough. If you don’t have the results you want it is because you just are not grinding enough. The result is we work insane hours and give ourselves mountains of tasks without any real way to accomplish them. And if we do ever hit our goals, what do we went up doing? We just move the finish line further down the road.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks about the dangers of the hustle and how entrepreneurs should define their success in a healthy, sustainable manner.

For listeners of the show, we are excited to announce that later this week we kick off our first ever FITposium Summer Summit. This weekend virtual event is designed to help entrepreneurs navigate the current economic landscape. You can see all the details and sign up at www.FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #111: Earn Upwards of $30K/Month Using High Ticket Sales with Isaiah Grant

As an entrepreneur you can either work slowly towards your financial goals, inching your way there sale by sale, or you can leap towards your goal by implementing a high ticket offer for your clients.

In this podcast, host James Patrick interviews Isaiah Grant, the CEO of Dream Fitness Client Academy on what entrepreneurs need to do to create a high ticket offering, formulate their proven process, develop a client attraction system and build a platform for effortless sales.

This episode is a must for entrepreneurs who are ready to start multiplying their income… so everyone!

Learn more about DFCA at Dreamfitnessclientacademy.com/ice-cold-masterclass

We are excited to announce that in just over a week we are kicking off our FITposium 2020 Summer Summit. This new virtual summit is designed for entrepreneurs like you to learn how to navigate the current economy to pivot and develop income now! Sign up for under $30 at www.FITposium.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #110: Top 5 Digital Marketing Strategies for 2020

If you build it thy will come no longer works – but digital marketing is essential for your business growth.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the Top 5 digital marketing strategies you should begin implementing now in 2020.

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue!

We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #109: Increase Your Sales with Webinars with Casey Zeman

Webinars are a highly effective tool to provide value and content driven marketing to a target audience which can help you land more sales.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with the founder of EasyWebinar on how to leverage the use of webinars for lead generation, sales and even reducing churn with client on-boarding.

James and Casey also discuss how webinars are being used to replace in-person events during COVID and talk about the future of hybrid events.

Listeners can connect with Casey on Instagram @caseyzeman

LAST CHANCE TO JOIN! We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI #108: What You Can Create From a Single Idea

A single idea can change everything and you may very well already be sitting on the perfect idea!

But an idea without action has no value! This episode of Beyond the Image is about the potential of an idea put into motion.

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue!

We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #107: Curate Your Own Momentum with James Patrick

In this special episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick gets to interview fitness entrepreneur James Patrick! Not a typo, James Patrick the photographer and business coach chats with James Patrick the entrepreneur, dancer, choreographer and thespian on the the path business owners take to establish their brands and grow their visibility and business.

Guest James shares his own personal journey, how he learned to persevere and create his own fuel to propel his mission. The two also deep dive on the importance of mental health awareness and the need for black voices to be part of the health and fitness industry.

Listeners can connect directly with James on Instagram @jpfitnessguru or his website jamespatrick.guru

LAST CHANCE TO JOIN! We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI #106: How to Create Your First Launch

We do not have an idea shortage! What we have is a shortage of individuals who are willing to take action to see their ideas into reality. 

Ideas, at scale, do not have any inherent value. But if you couple an idea with action it will then represent limitless potential.

To create a launch you first need the willingness to act despite fear. The second thing you require is the passion to see it through to completion!

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue!

We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #105: Increase Website Traffic and Sales with Mariya Bentz

The concept of SEO (search engine optimization) can paralyze so many entrepreneurs. Unfortunately it has been made so confusing intentionally – so you have to hire agencies or marketers to do it for you.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks with online marketing expert Mariya Bentz on how to develop a social media strategy on your own to drive more traffic to your website and then what needs to be on your website to effective funnel your visitors into being consumers.

You can connect with Mariya online on Instagram @mariyabentz

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com 

Check out this episode!

BTI #104: How to Get More Client Leads

“If you build it they will come” has failed us! The best program, the best service, the best provider are not getting the clients they deserve because they are not getting found.

This episode of Beyond the Image is about how to leverage value-driven content marketing to increase your client leads.

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #103: How to Earn Media Features with Lisa Simone Richards

This episode is packed with everything an entrepreneur needs to know about getting published, featured and booked to appear in magazines, podcasts, TV segments and more!

Visibility strategist Lisa Simone Richards joins the podcast and chats with host James Patrick about how to earn and leverage media features to grow your brand awareness, create buzz around your offers and to enhance credibility with your clientele.

Want to learn how to get more exposure beyond this episode? Check out Lisa’s quiz at www.lisasimonerichards.com/quiz

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #102: Overcome the Top 3 Types of Imposter Syndrome

Imposter Syndrome. You know what it is because every single person has felt it. The feeling like you don’t belong, or you don’t fit, or you don’t deserve or that you will be judged for doing something.

It has ended so many voices, ideas and opportunities before they could ever even get momentum.

In this episode of the BEYOND THE IMAGE podcast, host James Patrick discusses the Top 3 types of imposter syndrome and a five step approach to overcoming them.

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #101: Create Copy that Sells with Lisa Cumes

Effective copywriting matters! You have such a limited amount of time to capture someone’s attention and get them to look further into who you are, what you do and what it matters.

On today’s episode of Beyond the Image we talk to copywriting expert Lisa Cumes on how to craft better copy; copy that converts and copy that sells!

You can check Lisa out on Instagram @LisaCumes or her website SimpleStorySolutions.com

We are so excited to announce the opening of wildly successful program LAUNCH! This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #100: Why We Choose to Be Entrepreneurs

We made to 100 episodes and for the second month in a row have broken our download numbers! Our biggest thanks goes out to all of you, our listeners for your support – for sharing this show, for your five star reviews and for your subscriptions!

This 100th episodes celebrates you the entrepreneur. You are in an elite group of less than 10% of humans who have chose to pursue a greater calling, chose to take a leap of faith, chose to challenge yourself and chose to serve others!

To honor YOU the entrepreneurs, we are excited to announce the opening of our wildly successful program LAUNCH. This is our 8 week masterclass that guides you, step-by-step to create an idea, bring that idea to market, launch and create revenue! We have tested this program on dozens of entrepreneurs to create this proven path to profit. SPACE IS LIMITED so sign up now at www.CommittoLaunch.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #099: Critical Business Numbers You Need to Know with Michael King

Did you know that 80% of small businesses fail within the first five years? It is not always because they have a bad product or a bad service – it is often because they did not have the right understanding of their financial numbers and what to look out for.

On today’s podcast we talk to financial expert Michael King about The Critical Four numbers that every entrepreneur needs to know. You do not need a business or financial degree to track this.

This is about learning what is most important to focus on to not only protect your business, but to ensure it is on a platform to grow because what you measure you can improve.

Connect with Michael King at www.iammichaelking.com or on Instagram @i.am.michael.king

BIG NEWS: We are giving away 10 free 1-on-1 coaching sessions to listeners. To apply, leave the podcast a 5-star review on Apple and DM us a copy of the review on Instagram @jpatrickphoto and host James Patrick will be selecting 4 more winners to receive a free 1-on-1 coaching call (6 have already been selected!)

Check out this episode!

BTI #098: Are You Already Living Your Own “Worst Case” Scenario?

It is an important question that we must ask ourselves. Are we already living in our own “worst case” scenario?

Right now is the most important time to step into the opportunity of entrepreneurship – yet so many hesitate because they are suffering from one or more of the top 10 fears about launching a business.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the 10 most common fears that potential entrepreneurs face and answers the question if we are already living our own “worst case” scenario.

BIG NEWS: We are giving away 10 free 1-on-1 coaching sessions to listeners. To apply, leave the podcast a 5-star review on Apple and DM us a copy of the review on Instagram @jpatrickphoto and host James Patrick will be selecting 6 more winners to receive a free 1-on-1 coaching call (4 have already been selected!)

Check out this episode!

BTI #097: Ask Better Questions with Elizabeth Benton

There will be times in life, not just as entrepreneurs, where you will be faced with hardship, with struggle, with pain, with obstacles and perhaps even with defeat.

When these moments arrive you will be faces with a question of what to do next, of how to respond.

Our guest on Beyond the Image is entrepreneur and podcast host Elizabeth Benton who shares from her personal journey the importance of asking ourselves better questions, even when things could not seem harder.

This is even more important now with what we all are collectively enduring together in the world and how we have the choice to show up.

Listen to Elizabeth’s podcast Primal Potential wherever you tune in or at PrimalPotential.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #096: How to Get Clarity on Your Direction

Have you ever felt like you don’t know what you should be doing? What your goals should be? What your direction should be? What your passions are?

This paralysis stops so many would-be great entrepreneurs who never get past the stage of establishing vision for where they want to go.

This episode of Beyond the Image is all about the steps you should be taking to start to craft the direction you want to go and the vision of who you want to become.

It starts with asking yourself better questions both to know who you are now as well as to imagine who you want to become.

BIG NEWS: We are giving away 10 free 1-on-1 coaching sessions to listeners. To apply, leave the podcast a 5-star review on Apple and DM us a copy of the review on Instagram @jpatrickphoto and host James Patrick will be selecting 8 more winners to receive a free 1-on-1 coaching call (2 have already been selected!)

Check out this episode!

BTI #095: Use Video Messages to Increase Sales and Client Retention with Matt Barnett

Video messaging is one of the most effective strategies you can leverage not only to improve your sales conversions, but to increase your client activation to reduce churn, re-engage or re-activate customers and to create electric brand evangelism.

Our guest today on Beyond the Image is Matt Barnett, the founder of Bonjoro, a premium application entrepreneurs are leveraging to improve their marketing efficiency.

In this episode, host James Patrick and Matt Barnett discuss the client journey from acquisition to super fan and how to effectively use video to improve each step of the path. This is now more important with people craving connection more than ever.

BONUS!!! Listeners of Beyond the Image are being gifted with a two week trial to get up and running on Bonjoro to drastically improve their customer acquisition and conversion!

Simply CLICK HERE or copy and paste https://www.bonjoro.com/?tap_a=22691-1c3cc7&tap_s=862647-cabe15 into your web browser.

Check out this episode!

BTI #094: How to Get Unstuck

Feeling stuck? So many entrepreneurs and small business owners are right now and it is easy to understand why.

But we must CHOOSE to breakthrough the paralysis and quicksand to create what will be our new normal.

In this episode of BEYOND THE IMAGE, host James Patrick discusses why we are feeling stuck, the fears we have about change and what we need to do to create a new direction in our business and our lives.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE is a group to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #093: What You Need to Know About the SBA Loans

This is an essential episode for any business owner (that is you) on everything you need to know about the two loans that are being offered to businesses right now and why you should be applying.

Our guest on Beyond the Image is Ashley Shepherd the founder of Money Muscle Co, also known as The Fit CPA, and she is answering all the most common questions and dispelling all the rampant misunderstandings about these loans.

Listeners will learn what qualifying factors are applied to each loan, how to apply for the grant, how to achieve a forgivable loan and methods to improve your chances of receiving one of the loans.

Check Ashley out at www.moneymuscleco.com

ALSO, CHECK OUR OUR FREE FACEBOOK GROUP SUPPORTING HEALTH, FITNESS AND WELLNESS PROFESSIONALS
https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance/

PLEASE LEAVE THIS PODCAST A 5 STAR REVIEW ON THE APPLE PODCAST APP AND SHARE TO YOUR STORY, TAGGING @JPATRICKPHOTO ON IG FOR A CHANCE TO WIN SOME FREE PRIZES!

Check out this episode!

BTI #091: Social Media Strategy that Attracts the Right Audience with Samantha Kozuch

Trying to understand how to best leverage social media while outsmarting the algorithm can feel like an overwhelming task. Questions like, how do I get more followers, how do I sell on Instagram, what should I put in my bio and what content works the best are constantly mystifying users.

But fear no more as our guest today on Beyond the Image is social media expert and business coach Samantha Kozuch who provides answers to all our most lingering questions about how to stand out on social media.

This show covers what users need to know about the algorithm, what content gets rewarded, how to properly create posts in a batch format, why losing followers can actually be a good thing and how to build you social platform to sell!

Check out Samantha Kozuch on Instagram @SamanthaKozuch or her website SamanthaKozuch.com

Listeners – we are hosting an amazing live coaching session with host James Patrick and guest coach Chris Harder on April, April 24 that is exclusive to members of our FITposiumPLUS community. Get your questions answered LIVE by joining at FITposiumPLUS.com

CHECK OUR OUR FREE FACEBOOK GROUP SUPPORTING HEALTH, FITNESS AND WELLNESS PROFESSIONALS
https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance/

PLEASE LEAVE THIS PODCAST A 5 STAR REVIEW ON THE APPLE PODCAST APP AND SHARE TO YOUR STORY, TAGGING @JPATRICKPHOTO ON IG FOR A CHANCE TO WIN SOME FREE PRIZES!

Check out this episode!

BTI #090: How to Sell During COVID-19

Not a day has gone by over the last four weeks that we have not been asked at least once if entrepreneurs and business owners should be selling during COVID-19.

Will people have the finances? Everyone else is giving their stuff away for free, should I also? Is it wrong to sell right now?

The real question is not whether or not we should be selling (short answer is YES) – but how do we sell right now?

In this episode of BEYOND THE IMAGE, host James Patrick teaches how entrepreneurs and small business owners can effectively sell during the pandemic.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE is a group to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #089: Removing Your Masks to Find Your True Self with Stefanos Sifandos

With the nation quarantined, it has forced many of us to be in the most uncomfortable position we could ever imagine; being alone with our thoughts and our emotions.

Some of us fear this space so much that we will do anything to avoid it including burying ourselves with “work,” run into actions that are not in alignment with who we are, or even form addictions to escape.

Our guest on Beyond the Image is Stefanos Sifandos dives deep with host James Patrick on the inner work we can all take to start removing the masks that have been slowing us down, or completely holding us back.

The conversation does not remain high level as the two dive into specific, actionable steps that listeners can start taking today to find their true authentic self.

Check out Stefanos at StefanosSifandos.com or on Instagram @stefanossifandos

CHECK OUR OUR FREE FACEBOOK GROUP SUPPORTING HEALTH, FITNESS AND WELLNESS PROFESSIONALS
https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance/

PLEASE LEAVE THIS PODCAST A 5 STAR REVIEW ON THE APPLE PODCAST APP AND SHARE TO YOUR STORY, TAGGING @JPATRICKPHOTO ON IG FOR A CHANCE TO WIN SOME FREE PRIZES!

Check out this episode!

BTI #088: How to Increase Sales with Low Ticket Items

Offering your prospective clients lower ticket offerings is a phenomenal way to boost your sales – but not in the direct way you may be thinking.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses why low ticket offers are a fundamental piece in your overall portfolio of product or service offerings to your clients and why lower ticket items will help you sell more of your signature and high ticket items.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE is a group to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #087: How to Be Abundant During COVID-19 with Taylor Simpson

Abundance is more than just an overused and etherial buzzword. It is an misunderstood and underutilized tool to thrive. Our guest on the Beyond the Image podcast is Taylor Simpson.

Taylor helps people tap into the true frequencies of abundance leveraging science, spirituality and mysticism. What does that mean for you the listener?

It means that Taylor and host James Patrick will be providing you real, applicable and actionable steps we all must be taking every single day to get ourselves into a state where we can receive abundance – even during this pandemic. And let’s be honest, it has never been more important!

Check Taylor Simpson out on Instagram @IAmTaylorSimpson

To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, we have created the FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE Facebook Group for free. The mission is to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #085: Take Messy Action with Angela Gargano

Our guest today is three-time American Ninja Warrior Angela Gargano. This is another interview we bumped up about 6 weeks ahead of schedule because of how important it is for what we are all dealing with right now amidst COVID-19 and the nationwide quarantine.

In this episode, host James Patrick and Angela Gargano discuss the importance of mindset and how it can overcome our own limiting beliefs, our ego, the barriers others try to put upon us and even an intense injury like Angela suffered on national TV when she tore her ACL.

This episode is perfect for any entrepreneur who is ready to take action, ready to shift from focusing on themselves to serving others and ready to stop being held back!

Listeners can connect with Angela on Instagram @Angela_Gargano or her website Angela-Gargano.com

To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, we have created the FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE Facebook Group for free. The mission is to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #084: It is OK to not be OK!

As COVID-19 continues to impact North America, forcing more to stay home and entrepreneurs scrambling to figure out what to do to sustain their business – it is important that we take a moment to actually acknowledge how absolutely scary things can be right now.

Stop scrolling through social media and judging yourself for not being as energetic or as motivated as many are pretending to be during this pandemic.

Realize that right now we need to put our self care first. We need to protect ourselves if we ever hope to show up for others.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE is a group to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #083: The Real Pandemic Entrepreneurs Are Facing with Dr. Jade Teta

We bumped up this episode a month ahead of schedule because this is the show every entrepreneur needs to listen to right now! In this episode of Beyond the Image, Dr. Jade Teta joins the show to discuss the real pandemic that entrepreneurs are facing.

It is not a lack of marketing, it is not a lack of a successful e-mail nurture sequence and it is not the lack of a funnel.

Host James Patrick and Dr. Jade Teta discuss the need for purpose in our personal and professional journey and how many of us are searching for this purpose in the wrong areas.

The good news is that it is never too late to start to do the deep dive work to push through your pain to find your true purpose. When that happens – you will be able to bring your unique voice to leave your fingerprint on the universe!

Listeners can connect with Dr. Jade Teta on Instagram @jadteta or his website JadeTeta.com

To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, we have created the FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE Facebook Group for free. The mission is to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #082: How COVID-19 is Impacting Entrepreneurs and What To Do About It

IMPORTANT UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEURS ALLIANCE is a new group to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

The corona virus is severely impacting entrepreneurs in a variety of ways. It has shifted how we bring in our income but it has also created a negative impact on our creative energy.

This episode covers how we can give ourselves the permission to take care of our emotional needs so that we can best show up for our audiences and serve their needs.

Our mission is to support you the entrepreneur every step of the way in this journey!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #081: The True Fear Entrepreneurs Face with Tracy O’Malley

IMPORTANT UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEURS ALLIANCE is a new Facebook Group we have officially launched. The mission is simple; to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

The entrepreneurial journey is a scary one. The misperception so many have is that success gifts confidence and that the leaders we see and the entrepreneurs we look up to are immune from the paralysis of fear. That could not be further from the truth.

Our guest on Beyond the Image is Tracy O’Malley. Aside from being a multi-7-figure entrepreneur, aside from being a leader to so many, aside from being the host of the wildly successful Becoming Bulletproof Podcast, aside from being a transformational coach and aside from being a life-changing Enneagram expert – Tracy is a master of the human condition.

In this deeply personal podcast, host James Patrick and guest Tracy O’Malley dive into the journey of entrepreneurship that many are afraid to talk about. The crippling fear that so many hopeful professionals face. And the paralysis that has sidelined so much potential.

James and Tracy hold nothing back and dive into their stories of success, finding rock bottom and climbing out to new heights never before imagined.

If you have ever felt fear or hesitation in your journey to make an impact on this world – then this episode is for you!

Listeners can connect with Tracy on Instagram @tracy_omalley or her website TracyOMalley.com – Also be sure to check out her podcast Becoming Bulletproof!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes of Beyond the Image discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #080: How to Excel in Business With Unpredictable Obstacles

IMPORTANT MESSAGE: Attend our free webinar TONIGHT on how to excel in your business with unpredictable obstacles!
Link to Register: https://zoom.us/webinar/register/WN_lKQP_RoARq6CFoZpY_0ksQ

With so much happening throughout the world and so many living in fear, many entrepreneurs have seen a negative impact upon their business.

The universe is forcing us all to re-evaluate HOW WE CONDUCT BUSINESS. We can reframe a downtick in the face-to-face economy as a space for us to create something completely new.

Entrepreneurs in the grind often struggle to find the time for big picture thinking and planning. See this as a gift!

Rather than spending your time stacking toilet paper rolls and watching virus prevention tips on the news for the 100th time, block out some time to work on your growth.

YOUR CLIENT’S NEED THIS AS MUCH AS YOU DO!

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick is joined by guest Kelly Patrick to discuss why this time is important to address core values, re-assess marketing and business development efforts as well as resources to diversify income streams. As entrepreneurs we need to move from working in our businesses to working on our businesses.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #079: How to Create a Truly Engaged Community with Melissa Martin & Sandy Vo

Our guests this week, Melissa Martin and Sandy Vo and the creators of Ladies Aligned and are truly experts in cultivating true engagement and fanaticism within their community.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with both Melissa and Sandy on how the universe was able to bring them together, the balancing of business with spiritualism and how they have been able to foster such amazing evangelism and engagement with the community they brought together.

Check out their upcoming event, Aligned and Rise happening May 1-3 by visiting LadiesAligned.com

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #078: 2 Reasons You’re Not Selling

“I’m not good at sales”

We hear this all the time from entrepreneurs we work with and it could not be further from the truth. The reality is we just have a misperception about what sales is and how we use sales to better the lives of those we connect with.

That being said, most entrepreneurs face 2 big mistakes that is preventing them from making more sales.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick dives into the 2 biggest mistakes we make in sales, how to correct those errors and how to shift our perception of what sales is and how to improve our sales process.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #090: 5 Mistakes that Will End Your Business During Quarantine

So many struggling business owners are sitting and wishing things back to the way they were before the COVID-19 epidemic. But they have a misperception of what business (and life) was like.

In this episode of BEYOND THE IMAGE, host James Patrick discusses the five mistakes many entrepreneurs and business owners are making during the quarantine that can actually kill off their business.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

UPDATE: To show our commitment and support to you our loyal listeners, my team and I have created a new FREE resource. FITPRENEUR ALLIANCE is a group to connect entrepreneurs in the health, fitness and wellness industry who want to grow their business, elevate their income, be in a supportive tribe of likeminded professionals who are working to leave massive impact on the world!!! This group is entirely free and you can request to join by going to https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitpreneuralliance

Check out this episode!

BTI #077: Giving Yourself Permission to Grow with Lindsey Schwartz

Listen, we have all been there. Holding ourselves back because of doubt, fear or lack. Our guest today will help you breakthrough all the BS lies you have been telling yourself to limit your success.

Lindsey Schwartz is the best-selling author of Powerhouse Woman, the founder of the wildly popular Powerhouse Women event and the host of the Powerhouse Women podcast.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick and guest Lindsey Schwartz discuss how to tap into the state of flow necessary to grow as an entrepreneur, how to give yourself permission to take big and scary leaps in your journey and why we need to stop being stingy with our amazing gifts.

Listeners can connect with Lindsey Schwartz on
Instagram @llindseyschwartz & @powerhouse_women or on her website www.powerhousewomen.co

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #076: Creating a Culture Worth Leading with Billy Boughey

Our guest Billy Boughey, is a legendary emcee, free style rapper, former professional baseball player and author of the new book Culture Reconstructed: A “Start-Where-You-Are” Guide to Building a Culture of Impact.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick and Billy discuss what the characteristics of true leadership are, how to craft better conversations for the future of yourself and your brand, and the necessary elements of an effective culture within your business.

Listeners can connect with Billy on Instagram @BillyBoughey

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #075: Accelerate Your Journey to Becoming a Leader with Kareen Walsh

IMPORTANT MESSAGE: 10 Listeners of this show can get a free signed copy of the book LEAD WITH VALUE by visiting www.kareenwalsh.com/leadwithvaluesigned

Our guest Kareen Walsh, the CEO and Head Strategist of Revampologist, is a coach who works with thought leaders to build 7-to-8 figure brands. She is also the author of LEAD WITH VALUE and the host of YOUR BADASS JOURNEY podcast.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick and Kareen discuss the importance of moving from being a reactionary entrepreneur to a vision-focused leader. During the conversation, Kareen shares applicable steps and practices listeners can take action on to begin this process for themselves.

Listeners can connect with Kareen at www.KareenWalsh.com or on Instagram @KareenZWalsh

REMINDER: 10 Listeners of this show can get a free signed copy of the book LEAD WITH VALUE by visiting www.kareenwalsh.com/leadwithvaluesigned

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #073: How to Leverage Content Marketing to Stand Out with Skyler Irvine

Our guest Skyler Irvine, the founder of RenzlerMedia, is a master of recognizing opportunities within a market and helping entrepreneurs leverage mediums such as podcasting and video production to scale their brands and businesses.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick and Skyler deep dive on the evolution of content marketing strategies and what entrepreneurs need to know to successful stand out in a crowded digital landscape.

Listeners can connect with Skyler at SkylerIrvine.com, RenzlerMedia.com or on Instagram @SkylerIrvine

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #072: Choosing Your Worth with Heidi Powell

Our guest Heidi Powell is more than just a personal trainer, TV show host and best-selling author. She has developed a ubiquitous brand in the health and fitness industry as a leader.

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Heidi on the evolution of her career, why she originally resisted the call to greatness, what got her to finally be willing to take a leap, when she noticed her own brand equity developing, how she cultivated her own growth and how she managed her brand both cohesively and independently from her husband Chris Powell. Heidi gets vulnerable and authentic sharing what happened when their TV show was cancelled and how her family manages their personal lives when business tried to get in the way. From there, Heidi and James deep dive into the path female entrepreneurs have to take and the importance of celebrating wins.

Connect with Heidi Powell on Instagram @RealHeidiPowell

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #071: How to Build a 7 Figure Membership Site from Scratch with Alison Lumbatis

For many of us, our entrepreneur journey starts by trading our time for money. We work exclusively by giving our time in exchange for compensation. However, the resulting issue is we either hit the ceiling of running out of time or we eventually max out how much we believe we can charge for our time.

When we hit that point we then enter into a new phase of seeking to create additional income streams that do not require we trade hour for dollar. One of those avenues is launching a membership site for recurring and residual income.

Our guest today on the Beyond the Image podcast is Alison Lumbatis who went from running a blog she started as a personal project to launching and scaling a membership platform, Get Your Pretty On, that in only a few short years is earning 7 figures.

In this episode, host James Patrick and Alison discuss the journey she took to create her personal platform, how she targeted her audience’s pain points, the importance of trusting your voice, how she cross marketed, why consistency beats luck, the value of scarcity, the various membership site monetization and sales strategies, how to engage and include members into the process and why you should seek to own all of your assets in the development of your own membership site.

This episode is perfect is you are ready to, or even curious about, launch your own membership site and the most effective ways to scale its growth.

CONNECT WITH OUR GUSET ALISON LUMBATIS
Website: GetYourPrettyOn.com
Instagram: @_getyourprettyon

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #070: Top 5 Ways to Hack and Sustain Motivation

As January is now half over, many entrepreneurs are finding it difficult to maintain the motivation they had at the start of the year.

Statistics show that 25% of New Year’s Resolutions have been abandoned by the middle of January and less than 10% are ever achieved by the end of the year. That is a terrifying reality and one we need to shift if we are to grow as business owners and leaders.

In this episode of the podcast, host James Patrick dives into the top 5 ways to hack your own motivation so it can be managed and sustained throughout the entire year.

Motivation is the quintessential component required for goal acquisition – and this episode gives practical and applicable steps you can implement today to start sustaining your motivation through the rest of the year.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #069: The Investment Cost of Growth with Lindsey Mango

Who reading this feels like they are destined for more than they are doing right now? Probably every single person who listens to this show! But our ability to clearly see the path we must go down and the actions we must take is where most of us struggle.

Our guest today is business and life coach Lindsey Mango who knows, first-hand, what the call to greatness sounds like and how to chart a course to achieve it. It is something she had to learn to do in her own life and now she teaches others to fulfill their own potential.

In this interview, host James Patrick and Lindsey discuss the call to greatness, how to silence critics, the deconstruction of motivation and the importance of celebration.

RIGHT NOW Lindsey is accepting applications into her new mastermind, for details please visit https://lindseymangocoaching.com/nextlevellife 

You can also follow Lindsey on Instgram https://www.instagram.com/lindseymango_/

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #068: Top 7 Business and Marketing Predictions for 2020

MISS THIS EPISODE AT YOUR OWN RISK! Having foresight into business and marketing trends can be critically important for the growth of yourself as an entrepreneur and the brand you are working to elevate. However, it is not enough to know about what is upcoming, you have to then take action.

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses the top 7 business and marketing predictions he foresees for 2020 and what you as the listener need to be doing to start integrating one, if not multiple, of these into your business planning efforts for the year.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

ALSO… if you are looking to rapidly accelerate your business trajectory in 2020, then you need to apply for the Get Amped Mastermind! This year long coaching and mentorship program will give you the information, connection and resources to unapologetically level up your business growth in the new year. Apply today at www.GetAmpedMastermind.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #067: How to Measure and Hit Your 2020 Goals

Goal setting is a critically important exercise for any entrepreneur. However many either do it incorrectly or fail to do it at all which leads to a lack of vision.

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses how entrepreneurs can set both their annual goals as well as how to then break those business goals into quarterly benchmarks followed by weekly action items.

The rule is simple, what you measure you can improve. This episode will teach you how to set the right goals and how to correctly measure them to drastically enhance your ability to achieve them, regardless of how many you want to set.

This is a critically important episode to listen to as you enter into the new year!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

ALSO… if you are looking to rapidly accelerate your business trajectory in 2020, then you need to apply for the Get Amped Mastermind! This year long coaching and mentorship program will give you the information, connection and resources to unapologetically level up your business growth in the new year. Apply today at www.GetAmpedMastermind.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #066: How to Avoid Sucky Marketing

If your marketing efforts are not giving you the return on your investment, chances are they suck. This episode of the Beyond the Image podcast is about how to re-engineer your marketing efforts going into 2020 to focus on the ultimate ROI – customers purchasing from you!

Host James Patrick discusses how to set better marketing objectives, creating your unique selling proposition, the importance of SWOT analysis as well as competitor research as well as the importance of testing everything.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

ALSO… if you are looking to rapidly accelerate your business trajectory in 2020, then you need to apply for the Get Amped Mastermind! This year long coaching and mentorship program will give you the information, connection and resources to unapologetically level up your business growth in the new year. Apply today at www.GetAmpedMastermind.com

Check out this episode!

#065: How to Effectively Use Video In Your Marketing with Amy Webber

Video will be one of the most important, if not the single most important, medium for your marketing going into 2020. Because of this we brought on Amy Webber to discuss how to most effectively leverage video in your marketing efforts.

Amy is the founder of Paideia Media and in this episode, host James Patrick and her chat about how to capture an audience’s attention and how to create a visual signature using video.

This is where your marketing investment needs to go as you enter into the new year! The episode is essential listening so you know how to invest properly in your video branding and marketing!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

ALSO… if you are looking to rapidly accelerate your business trajectory in 2020, then you need to apply for the Get Amped Mastermind! This year long coaching and mentorship program will give you the information, connection and resources to unapologetically level up your business growth in the new year. Apply today at www.GetAmpedMastermind.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

#064: The Art of Scaling Your Business with Matt Gottesman

Matt Gottesman is the king of scaling businesses. He has worked for some of the most iconic brands under Louis Vuitton Moet Hennessy and has a superpower of positioning brands for high visibility and scale. His podcast alone has scaled to reach more than 10.5 million people per month.

In this interview, host James Patrick and Matt dive into the most important details listeners need to know about why scaling is essential, how to scale, how to measure and then how to refine to improve your overall business trajectory.

The two discuss specific systems and tools, developing the proper accountability and tracking and how to manage the scaling process.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

ALSO… if you are looking to rapidly accelerate your business trajectory in 2020, then you need to apply for the Get Amped Mastermind! This year long coaching and mentorship program will give you the information, connection and resources to unapologetically level up your business growth in the new year. Apply today at www.GetAmpedMastermind.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #063: The NEW Beyond the Image

Welcome to the RE-LAUNCH of the Beyond the Image Podcast! We have taken the best parts of Beyond the Image and mixed them together with the best parts of our fellow podcast the FITposium podcast to create this new (and improved) show for you!

Every week this show will dive into the tools, strategies and resources you need to accelerate your growth personally and professionally.

The answers we seek are just beyond the image in front of us and host James Patrick, along with a wide variety of amazing guests will help you achieve your goals!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an entrepreneur! 

ALSO… if you are looking to rapidly accelerate your business trajectory in 2020, then you need to apply for the Get Amped Mastermind! This year long coaching and mentorship program will give you the information, connection and resources to unapologetically level up your business growth in the new year. Apply today at www.GetAmpedMastermind.com

Check out this episode!

BTI #062: How I Doubled My Income

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the thing which helped him double his income as an entrepreneur and the answer might surprise you.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #061: Six Things That Separate Success from Struggle

There are six major factors that separate successful photographers and entrepreneurs from those who are struggling to make it work. Check out this episode to learn what the six are and how to integrate into your own business model.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #060: You Can CHOOSE Success or Limitations

Success is a choice and so are limitations. You can choose potential, opportunity and fulfillment. But you can also choose struggle, obstacles and lack. In this episode of the podcast, host James Patrick discusses the importance of this choice and how to make the decision that will impact all the actions you will take.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #059: How to Increase Revenue by Increasing Offerings

Host James Patrick discusses how creative professionals can increase their revenue by increasing their product or service offerings to their clients. The show discusses how to effectively implement upsales, downsales, bundles and residual income streams.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #058: Understanding the Customer Journey

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses the six important steps that every customer takes when hiring us.

The show covers each step and how to maximize our efforts to increase our income with our target audience.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #057: Two Reasons You Are NOT Making the Money You Want

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the top two reasons you are not making the money you believe you deserve or that you want to be making in you creative business.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #056: Best Hack for Business Growth

In this podcast, host James Patrick shares the best hack you can implement into your life to help grow not only your business but your personal development journey.

It is all about the people you choose to connect with and have in your life. There are three groups of connections you should strive to have and this episode reveals why each are important.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #055: Featuring Russ Perry, Design Pickle

In this episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast host James Patrick interviews Russ Perry the founder and CEO of Design Pickle which provides unlimited graphic design services on a subscription base model.

The interview covers the 22 years that James and Russ have known each other, but dives deep into both how and why Design Pickle was created.

Russ discusses the full story of owning his own ad agency that was churning between $1-to-$3 million per year and why he had to step away from that business. From there he pivoted into freelance consulting and design work until the model of the subscription service presented itself to him that led him to launch Design Pickle which is now in its fifth year of business with exponential growth.

The conversation does not just cover the business growth of the company, it also goes deep into how we as entrepreneurs develop ourselves, set our vision for our future and act with intention to make that future a reality.

Listeners can connect with Russ on Instagram @RussPerry as well as check out DesignPickle.com

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #054: Featuring Lauren Valenzuela, Sigfus Designs

In this episode of Beyond the Image host James Patrick interviews Lauren Valenzuela the founder of Sigfus Designs on the formation of her brand and what drew her to work as a creative entrepreneur.

The interview covers how she set the intentions behind the Sigfus brand, what drives her creativity and how she has grown as a business owner to scale her company exponentially in just over a year.

Check Lauren and Sigfus Designs out at www.SigfusDesigns.com and on Instagram @SigfusDesigns

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #053: Do You Need to Go to School to be a Photographer?

One of the top two excuses I will hear from individuals who want to launch a career in the arts is that they did not go to school for it and thus are limited in their potential.

The truth is – most of the amazing photographers I know did not get a formal education in the arts. This show covers what is required to grow a successful creative career, if not school.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrick.com/Workshops

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #052: The Ratio of Failure

We are terrified of failing in our creative careers. However failure is a requirement to grow a successful photography business!

In this episode, host James Patrick discusses what the ratio of failure is and how to actually implement and use failure to grow in your career.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #051: How to Get More Done in Less Time

I have no time! We say this constantly but the truth is that the most successful people in the world have the exact same amount of time we do – to the second! Thus it is not about lack of time, it is about how we manage and use the time we have every single day.

In this episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast, host James Patrick discusses how we as creative entrepreneurs can better manage our time to get more done so we never have to use the excuse about lack of time again!

The show covers how to set ourselves up for success, how to time block, the importance of tracking our efforts and strategies to be more intentional with everything we schedule.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #050: How to Work With Professional Athletes

Working with professional athletes and celebrities can be not only a tremendous amount of fun, but also a strong boost to a photographer’s resume and portfolio. However; a lot can go wrong in the process. 

In this episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast, host James Patrick discusses the top things we as photographers need to do in our workflow when we are booked to photographed professional athletes or celebrities to maximize our chances of having the best photo shoot possible!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #049: How to Deal With Bad Clients

We can be honest, bad clients are the worst! But – what if they could be avoided almost entirely? In this episode of the podcast, host James Patrick discusses how many bad client relationships can actually be prevented altogether!

He discusses specific steps to take to maintain good client relationships and salvage those that begin to turn bad and at what point creatives need to walk away from a bad client.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: James Patrick has released a new workshop, THE PHOTOGRAPHER’S MARKETING GUIDE! This is his most comprehensive marketing and business development training for creatives ever. You can get it at JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

 

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #048: Why You Should NOT be a Freelancer

Why you should not be a freelancer? But isn’t this a podcast made for freelancers? 

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks about the dangers of running a business that is completely reliant on trading time for money.

What if you get sick, want to take a day off, go on vacation? You cannot earn a revenue that day because you are not out making work.

The episode covers what listeners can do to develop new and additional income streams that could be sold to their current client base.

This is not a get rich quick episode, but it does dive into the work that can be added into a freelancer’s portfolio to turn them into an entrepreneur!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #047: How to Actually Accomplish Your Goals

The year is half over and for many of us we look at the goals we set at the start of the year and panic sets in. We realize that we either lost focus on our goals, we put them off, or they were really difficult goals and we did not strategize effectively on how to achieve them.

In this episode, host James Patrick will discuss how you can own your success and achieve your goals you set for yourself over the next 90 days. This is a working episode that will give practical steps and actions listeners can take to identify their goals, create their benchmarks and build the map to achieve it.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #046: When to Sell and When NOT to Sell

We make two big problems in our sales process. The first is when we never actually ask for the sale and thus the sale never happens. The second is we ask for the sale at the wrong time in the customer’s journey.

In this episode of the podcast host James Patrick discusses how to avoid these two mistakes and the six important steps we need to take the client through and when to make the sale.

This will take a stranger and turn them into a prospect, a prospect and turn them into a customer, and a customer and turn them into an evangelist!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #045: How to Use Fear To Your Advantage

Listen, we have all been there! Afraid to promote our photography business, nervous that people might not like what we are doing, concerned that we will be judged for our creative endeavors.

The result is that we hide. We hide from promoting ourselves, from being proactive, from actually owning the future we want to create for ourselves.

Well, enough is enough! It is time to shift that energy and move from being reactive to proactive in your entrepreneurial journey.

This episode will cover how you, as a photographer, can turn fear into your ally and instead of allowing it to hold you back – to harness it and leverage it to help you grow your career.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #044: Featuring Kirstyn Brown, STRONG Fitness Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, the show is taken over by special guest host and Editor in Chief of STRONG Fitness Magazine, Kirstyn Brown.

 

Kirstyn leads an interview with James Patrick about his life before finding photography, how he developed this entrepreneurial spirit, the importance of fueling creatively, how to balance work with life, the definition of success and how to navigate failure.

Huge thanks goes out to Kirstyn for being a part of this show and for taking the seat as the host of the show!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #043: Why You Should Create A Media Kit

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks about why it is important for creatives and entrepreneurs to develop their own media kit to grow their career.

In addition to your portfolio, a media kit can be used to pitch to media outlets and market yourself as a subject matter expect and thus increase the potential to get more work.

James chats about the important of a media kit, what could be included, how to put it together and tips on how to use it to grow a creative career.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #042: Start Those Reps

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses why repetition is the most important action a creative business owner can take.

The episode covers how reps can beat out talent, creativity and luck using the example of learning to sell and how to sell effectively as an artist.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #041: When To Take That Leap

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick covers the topic of when creatives who want to leave a full time job to open their own business should make the leap.

The episode covers how to look at your numbers, set goals and transition from one career to the next in the most effective way possible.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #040: Featuring Mirelle Inglefield, Phoenix Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick visits and interviews the Art Director of Phoenix Magazine, Mirelle Inglefield.

The two discuss her background as an artist and how she first got hired with the publication in the advertising department and worked her way up until she became the Art Director of the publication.

James and Mirelle cover the importance of mentors, where to get inspired, developing a style, the evolution of the magazine and their newly released branding as well as what she looks for when working with creative professionals.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #039: Working for Free

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses when artists should be working for free – and it is not what you are thinking! He gets into the importance of a content marketing strategy and how giving away value increases a brand’s potential for growth.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #038: Featuring Stacy Jarvis-Paine, Clean Eating Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick speaks with special guest Stacy Jarvis-Paine about her professional journey that led to her career as the Creative Director of Clean Eating Magazine.

James and Stacy walk through their working connection and discuss what drives them in their career fields and why passion for their work is a key commonality. 

Stacy shares her tips for always evolving and remaining on the top of her game as an artist, citing the importance of staying current, paying attention to the way art is moving and changing in the world around her.

James then shares his approach to marketing and sales leaving us with some inspirational food for thought that we should all make a note of: Marketing is about telling your story and Sales is about being authentic.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #037: Let’s Talk About Money

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses why it is important for creatives to charge for their services. He covers the struggles many artists have with their money mindset, charging what they are worth, finding clients in line with their value, how to get better at selling, understanding various rates for services, how to bid on campaigns, how to negotiate, the value of projects themselves and how to set a course to earn any amount of income you want as a creative. The show concludes with James covering additional ways to increase revenues as an artist.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #036: It is All Your Fault

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the difference between having a passive and aggressive posture in business. He shares some background on when he was reactive instead of proactive and the importance of taking action to achieve your creative goals.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #035: Four Things to Grow Your Photo Business

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares the top four lessons from his recent photography marketing workshop that creatives need to do to grow their careers.

 

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #034: Featuring Julia Kelly and Jared Cohen, Troon

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick interviews Julia Kelly the VP of Sales and Marketing and Jared Cohen the Digital Communications Manager of Troon – the largest third party manager of golf, club and hospitality operations in the world.

 

The three get into a lengthy and detailed conversation about how photographers can increase their success potential with commercial clients, the essence of experiential photography, how we consume media and how photographers can best market themselves and their services.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists. Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #033: Featuring Amber Pera, Modern Fitness Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Amber Rose Pera, the Editor in Chief of Modern Fitness Magazine and the Marketing Director for Nutrishop.

The two discuss Amber’s professional trajectory from being a sponsored athlete to working as a store manager to working in the marketing department at the corporate office to taking the lead at the editor of their flagship publication. The conversation circles around the importance of initiative and how that can accelerate the growth of one’s career.

From there James and Amber shift the conversation to what she looks for when working with creative professionals, how to get noticed and how to develop strong relationships with the media.

Connect with Amber on Instagram @ARosePera

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists. Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #032: Instagram for Photographers

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the seven things to level up your engagement on Instagram to increase the number of business leads you are getting.

ATTEND JAMES PATRICK’S MARKETING WORKSHOP
Friday, April 12, 2019 – 5:30 PM
Scottsdale, Arizona
LINK TO REGISTER: https://www.eventbrite.com/e/photography-marketing-seminar-hosted-by-james-patrick-photography-tickets-58446180098

SPACE IS LIMITED

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #031: Four Steps to Getting Published

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the four steps creatives need to take to get their work noticed and published in magazines.

ATTEND JAMES PATRICK’S MARKETING WORKSHOP
Friday, April 12, 2019 – 5:30 PM
Scottsdale, Arizona
LINK TO REGISTER: https://www.eventbrite.com/e/photography-marketing-seminar-hosted-by-james-patrick-photography-tickets-58446180098

SPACE IS LIMITED

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #030: Why You Need to Suck as a Creative

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses why as creative free agents we actually need to suck in our work… at first that is.

DON’T MISS JAMES PATRICK’S MARKETING WORKSHOP
Friday, April 12, 2019
Scottsdale, AZ
LINK TO REGISTER: https://www.eventbrite.com/e/photography-marketing-seminar-hosted-by-james-patrick-photography-tickets-58446180098

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #029: Featuring Brad Smith, WWE

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with renowned photo editor and photo director Brad Smith. The two discuss Brad’s impressive resume which includes working for the White House during the Clinton Administration, the New York Times, Sports Illustrated as well as his current role as VP of Photography for the WWE.

James and Brad discuss the success and opportunities that photography has opened up for Brad during his career and initially where it all began. As a curious and passionate individual, Brad talks about his transition in to photo editing and how his fear of rejection set him on the path that has given him the career that he has today. The two shift the conversation and focus on helping others and the importance of listening and wanting to help, as well as seeking help, from one another as creative individuals.

Connect with Brad on Instagram @BradPix.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists. Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #027: We Need to STOP Doing These Things

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the destructive thoughts and actions that creative entrepreneurs need to stop doing.

The show covers a variety of items that asks listeners to make a commitment to never doing again. The intent is not only to help artists craft better careers for themselves, it is also to create better lives for us all!

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

For those interested in working with James Patrick for coaching, please visit JamesPatrick.com/coaching

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #026: Featuring Jesse Reiter, Golf Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Jesse Reiter, the Photo Editor of Golf Magazine

James and Jesse discuss his 15 year career at the publication, how artists are confronted with fear in their careers, the evolution of the publication, what makes a great photo editor, the status of the print industry and why he loves working with so many various artists at the magazine.

From there Jesse gets granular on how he finds the various photographers he works with and specifically what he looks for in their portfolios. The two also discuss in detail the rebrand of Golf Magazine and his creative vision for the photography moving forward.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #025: Good vs. Bad Competition

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the difference between good and bad competition.

Specifically he addresses what makes a good competitor and why we should strive to compete against the best in our industry and contrasts that with the distractions that a bad competition can have upon our businesses.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #024: Featuring Karen Frank, ESPN The Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with ESPN The Magazine’s Director of photography, Karen Frank. 

James and Karen discuss the success of their careers and the backgrounds that got them to where they are today. 

Having a passion for painting and art as a child, Karen went on to study Fine Arts in school. Given the opportunity of working for a photo agency, she was tasked with selecting photos for certain projects and set a path forward. She worked with several publications before landing the position of Director of Photography with ESPN The Magazine. 

In addition, the two chat about working in the sports industry as creative professionals, what goals Karen hopes to pursue as she furthers her career and what creative professionals need to know should they ever want to pitch to and work with ESPN The Magazine.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #023: Featuring Commercial Photographer Ian Spanier

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with fellow commercial photographer Ian Spanier about the development of his career and brand.

Ian majored in photography in college and worked as a photo editor for a variety of publications in New York before he launched his own photo career. Self-taught as a photographer, he has gone on to work for clients including MTV, Comedy Central, HBO, Shape Magazine, Muscle & Fitness, Psychology Today, Oxygen Magazine, Time Inc. and more.

In addition, Ian has grown into a speaker and educator sharing his technical and business insights with appearances at PPA, NY Photo Expo, Canon and B&H Photo.

During this interview, James and Ian discuss the importance of learning the business side of photography, how to develop a visual identity as a creative professional and the importance of continuous brand development.

Ian Spanier’s upcoming speaking engagements include:
– Jan 29, Canon Costa Mesa
– Feb 12, Canon Burbank
– Feb 26, Canon Costa Mesa
– Mar 14-15, Salt Lake City at Pictureline
– Mar 25-29, Santa Fe Workshop

Fore more information on Ian, his work and his upcoming workshops please visit IanSpanier.com or check him out on Instagram @ianspanier

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #022: Featuring Matt Tuthill, Robert Irvine Magazine

In the new episode of the Beyond the Image Podcast, host James Patrick chats with the General Manager of Robert Irvine Magazine, Matt Tuthill. 

The two chat about Matt’s background as a journalist and his transition from working at a newspaper to working in magazines, his career at Muscle & Fitness Magazine and his work with chef Robert Irvine to launch Robert Irvine Magazine.

This episode covers the importance of storytelling in the media, the requirements of emotional labor in one’s work and what he looks for when hiring creatives including the need to solve problems, great passion and an endless curiosity to try new things. James and Matt also discuss how to build rapport with subjects on set, why a shoot day should not end when a call sheet (or publicist) says it does, and the shifting changes of print publishing in a digital world.

Listeners can pick up a copy of the new special print issue of Robert Irvine Magazine available wherever magazines are sold or check out the back issues of the publication at RobertIrvineMagazine.com – also be sure to check out Robert’s new book that Matt worked on at ChefIrvine.com

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #020: How to Effectively Use Content Marketing as a Creative

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses why content marketing needs to be a paramount strategy in your 2019 marketing efforts.

Specifically he addresses the importance of content marketing for audience growth, the various types of content marketing, effective strategies to implement content marketing and how to offer content that is seen as more valuable to your audience.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #019: Who You Should Ignore

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick talks about when you should be ignoring someone. Our work as creatives is for an intended audience. When we shave off our edges to try to appease everyone, we are left with nothing left to define us.

This show discusses who our intended audiences are, why we should only focus on them and the dangers of listening to critics who do not matter.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #018: How to Make More Revenue in 2019

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses the various strategies you can implement to increase the revenue of your creative business in the new year.

The episode covers proactive marketing, picking up money left on the table, segmenting your audience, how to resell and upsell and, most importantly, why you should be reverse engineering your income goals.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #017: Featuring Film & Commercial Director Nickolas Duarte

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with award-winning film and commercial director Nickolas Duarte.

As a commercial director, Nickolas has earned over 70 industry awards including a National Addy, an Emmy, 6 National Tellys, and 3 National Communicator awards. He’s done work for clients such as Adidas, the NBA, the NFL, Nike, Pepsi, BMW, Ford, New Era, Charles Schwab, China Mobile, and Western Union. He was inducted into the AAFT Advertising Hall of Fame as the 2017 Next Generation Award winner, one year after host James Patrick.
 
His scripted and documentary work has played in festivals to international acclaim, and has been described by Short of The Week as “almost as much a physical viewing experience as an emotionally affecting one.”  He is a two-time NALIP Fellowship Recipient, a Time Warner Narrative Shorts Incubator Fellow, and a Ryan Murphy HALF Initiative Finalist. 
 
During this long-form interview, the two discuss the growth of a creative’s career, the need for grit and bootstrapping, the important of proactive marketing, how to survive mistakes and the years of commitment it takes to gain “overnight” success as well as how personal work can help a creative professional.

 

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #016: When It Is OK to Work for FREE

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses when it is okay for creatives to work for free.

The word “free” is perhaps the biggest F-word in all the creative industry. Artists, photographers, designers loathe the times when a client approaches them and expects free services.

This show discusses the three times when it is acceptable, and even encouraged, for a photographer to work for free.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #015: E-mail Marketing Made Easy

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses how to set up an effective e-mail marketing campaign.

Specifically the show covers how to drive traffic from social media to your website, how to leverage a lead magnet to collect e-mails, what strategies are for an autoresponder series, how to push e-mail subscribers towards purchasing, how to segment and clean lists and the importance of always adding value to your audience.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #014: Why You Should NOT Rely on Social Media

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses why you should not rely on social media for your marketing efforts.

Although this is counterintuitive from what we tend to do, the reality is that we do not own our social media following. The ever-changing algorithms, or when the social media platforms crash (as they did today) means we need to have other means in which to connect to our audience.

This episode discusses the various methods listeners can use to diversify their marketing efforts.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #013: When Working Harder is Not Smarter

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses when working harder is not the smarter choice.

Specifically the show covers how always working harder can lead to burn out physically and creatively and what artists should do to create a space that allows them to refresh and replenish their energy. 

Although this is counter to what we might think when we are busy and stressed, it is the act of stepping away that actually helps us refocus and approach our work from a more efficient state.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #012: Featuring Christine Reilly, WWE

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with Christine Reilly, the Photo Director for Digital and Social Media for the World Wresting Entertainment (WWE).

This is an extremely detailed episode that starts with Christine’s background in college and what got her into photography to begin with. The two then discuss the value and importance of having a mentor and why it is essential to always consider oneself a student.

From there they discuss how to develop and foster creativity individually and in a team setting and how to properly pitch those ideas to an editor or director.

James and Christine then touch on the importance of collaboration, how to set the right energy and maintain the proper etiquette on set with professional athletes.

The conclusion of the conversation centers around how to properly develop working relationships, the importance of paying attention and why follow up is essential in business development.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #011: Mistakes to Avoid

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses what mistakes creatives should be avoiding.

Specifically the show covers how to do proactive marketing instead of reactive marketing and the limitations and obstacles we put in our own way preventing us from success or slowing us down in the process of trying to achieve success.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #009: Featuring Jessica Marksbury, Golf Magazine

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick sits down with Jessica Marksbury the Senior Editor of Golf Magazine.

The two discuss trends in the publishing industry, working with professional athletes and what Golf Magazine looks for from creatives.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #008: Quick Level Ups to Your Social Media Game

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses what how to leverage social media to grow your business.

Focusing primarily on Instagram, James Patrick discusses the importance of content marketing, how to get better engagement with your audience and what crucial things you should be doing now for your profiles.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #007: How to Protect Yourself and Your Business

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses what artists should know on how to protect themselves and their businesses.

Specifically the show covers how to set up contracts, invoicing, liability insurance, LLCs, terms and conditions, red flags to watch out for, how to handle requests for bids and more.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #006: The Willingness to Fail

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses what a start up artist needs to move forward in their career.

This feature discusses how fear often holds us back, how to step into that fear, why we should always be a student and what separates successful entrepreneurs from those who never try anything.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #005: What Clients Look For

In this episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick shares his insights of what he looks for when hiring a photographer. He discusses the process he went through in hiring a wedding photography and why the person with the highest bid ended up getting the gig.

He also refers back to his previous roles as a photo editor for both newspapers and magazines and discusses how photographers should display their work as well as onboard their clients.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #004: Charging for Your Art

Asking a potential client for money, especially at the onset of one’s career can be a very scary and daunting process. In the fourth episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick dives into our mindset as it relates to money and where we set our own value at.

During the show he discusses how to have conversations about rates, where to find the money at, tips on how to valuate projects, strategies for negotiation, why we should eventually start to charge more and what we have gotten wrong about sales.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #003 featuring Jeff Carpenter: Developing Your Style

In the third episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick chats with fellow photographer Jeff Carpenter on the importance of developing a style.

During the interview the two discuss what it is like to go down unknown roads, overcoming excuses that slow us down, having the willingness to fail while striving to improve, how to develop a style, why having a style is more important than just technique, how to get past haters and the importance of proactive marketing.

To see Jeff’s work, check his Instagram out @ReadyLightMedia

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #002: Creating a Portfolio that Sells

In the second episode of Beyond the Image, host James Patrick discusses how photographers, creatives and other artists can create portfolios that truly sell their services.

He starts by sharing a frightening experience he personally had pitching his portfolio to a photo agency and what hard lessons he learned in the process.

From there he gets into the various important elements that all portfolios should contain in order to be relevant for the intended or target audiences and clients.

The episode concludes with a discussion on why creatives should only show the work they want to book and why they should either delete or remove everything else from their portfolios.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Also if you are interested in the free lighting tutorial from James Patrick Photography, or his digital download lighting workshop, please head over to JamesPatrickWorkshops.com

Thanks for tuning in!

Check out this episode!

BTI #001: Introduction to Beyond the Image

Beyond the Image is a new podcast from photographer, marketer, public speaker and storyteller James Patrick on how we can develop beyond the image in our careers and in our lives.

Whether we are photographers, illustrators, graphic designers or creators – the truth is that we are artists. As artists we are all storytellers and it is important to learn how to tell the stories of our brands.

In this episode, James goes into what Beyond the Image means for listeners and why it has never been a better time to be a storyteller. Unlike anytime before in history we all have the power to be publishers, to share our art and our ideas with an audience. People are craving stories – this is about learning to share that right brain creative with them.

From there, James also discusses his background and why he chose to launch this podcast as well as the six words that changes his career forever.

Be sure to subscribe for future episodes discussing how you develop your brand, market your brand and further profit from your brand as an artist! Episodes will feature interviews with creatives as well as clients themselves discussing what they look for when hiring artists.

Check out this episode!

No BS Approach to Business Development with Vanessa Joy

Business development is likely the most stressful element of a photographer’s career. Having to market and sell while navigating the relentless fear of rejection is what separates those who are able to successful grow their careers from those who continue to struggle.

Well, let’s fix that, shall we?

My guest today on the Beyond the Image podcast is Vanessa Joy. She has worked with thousands of photographers not only in mastering their craft, but to actually build a sustainable business.

Vanessa is a Canon Explorer of Light and has generated a multi-million dollar photography business working with brands such as BravoTV, Hilton Grand Vacations, Profoto and more.

In this episode of the podcast, Vanessa and I dive deep into the reality of marketing and business development for creative professionals, what works, what doesn’t work and what ultimately is the one thing that can generate new business.

As a gift for listeners, Vanessa Joy has a free social media guide. Just DM her “instatips” to her IG at https://www.instagram.com/vanessajoy

Thank you for checking out the Beyond the Image podcast. As always we appreciate your reviews on the Apple Podcast App, Spotify or wherever you get your episodes!

https://jamespatrick.com/ 

Check out this episode!

[FREE GUIDE] Legacy Planner Annual Goal Strategy Guide

The last planner you will ever need! Plan out your year, months, weeks and days with The Legacy Planner to get more done, stay on track and chart out your most successful year ever!

Why do some individuals seem to possess the capacity to consistently achieve great things in their lives, while others tend to struggle? Perhaps you have wondered the same thing and questioned what specifically separates the two groups.

If we are to believe musings from the infinite parade of social media memes, then each of us are already abundant with endless potential. Yet despite that potential, for some unknown reason, only a small percentage of the population seems to have the right key to unlock it.

To add to the confusion, that “key” is often defined as simply being the result of hard work, grit, hustle, persistence, determination, perseverance, or a multitude of other buzzwords that sound really great and empowering—but don’t actually provide a concrete answer.

What is it that actually separates the individual who is able to achieve his or her health goals from someone who battles with their health year after year? What distinguishes the efforts of the person who stimulates and grows their mental acuity from someone who regularly suffers from stress and atrophy? What is different about those who foster enriching relationships from others who remain lonely? And what distinguishes someone who achieves their business goals from those who do not?

For the past decade, these questions have been central in author James Patrick’s obsession behind deconstructing and comprehending how humans are able to cultivate change, and thereby achieve success within their lives. His goal was to decipher the exact methodology of achievement, systemize it, and make that approach accessible so others could put it into action.

Through his editorial research, the writing of his best-selling book Fit Business Guide: The Workout Plan for Your Brand, and the hundreds of interviews he conducted for the podcast Beyond the Image, James discovered the elements that are responsible for crafting change, and devised how to reserve engineer them so they can be applied to anything we wish to achieve.

After all, success leaves clues.

What those clues have shown is that creating the change you seek and turning the impossible to possible comes down to three essential pillars: Vision. Purpose. Legacy.

The Legacy Planner is how you can apply all three to your own life to ignite the change, growth, and success you’ve always imagined.

GET A FREE PDF COPY AT https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/

OR GET PRINT COPIES ON AMAZON AT https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0BJ4R45NV 

Check out this episode!

I Got Scammed

Early in my career I got scammed by a client who hired me to photograph an event for his company, and then never paid me. His company eventually disappeared and two decades passed until I came across him again.

He had relocated, launched a new company and was on the cover of a pay to be featured magazine. 

What happened next with the magazine was really interesting.

[NEWS] The Legacy Planner is newly updated for 2025! Get your copy now at https://jamespatrick.com/legacy/ 

Check out this episode!

Your Watermarks Suck

The last time I dared talk about photographers using watermarks, I got a few (okay, a lot) of angry messages.

But I hope this time you hear me out on why watermarking your photos is a futile effort that only satiates ego and does nothing to actually help your brand or business.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Getting Fired by Clients

By default we only want to share our wins and successes. The fear is that if we are open and honest about projects that don’t go well or client experiences that are not stellar that it will somehow reflect negatively upon us. The truth is, when we only share the positives about our careers, it gives a false aspiration of what a creative career truly looks like.

Throughout our careers we will lose more work than we will ever win. That is the simple math of it. And once we acknowledge that reality – we can begin to look at losses as not failures but as opportunities to learn and improve our services to the right clients.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Photographers Give Terrible Advice

When I am in the mood to torture myself, I hop over to Photography Facebook Groups and read the comment sections whenever a photographer asked for help, support or advice.

The inevitable result is a barrage of awful keyboard critics giving the worst advice pretending they are being altruistic and supportive – but in reality just trying to keep others out of the industry they believe they are at the center of.

In this episode I discuss what happened when a photographer made the mistake of asking for help.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Nightmare Photo Shoos **Halloween Special!**

I selected 13 (of course) of the most terrifying photo experiences I’ve had in my 20+ year career. Everything from having people physically assault me to say I’m too young to be a photographer.

Enjoy my awful memories while I go into an anxiety attack reliving these horrific experiences.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

How to Ask a Photographer to Work for Free

Okay don’t get too mad at me for this episode! It is not that I am encouraging photographers that they have to work for free. But I wanted to dissect how someone could professionally and respectfully ask a photographer to collaborate or provide services at low-to-no cost.

https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

Competition in Photography

How do we best compete as photographers in a way that supports the community and industry as a whole? And what happens when photographers go against that supportive environment and try to harm other’s businesses?

In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, host James Patrick discusses both sides of competition from healthy to unhealthy.

Connect with James Patrick at https://jamespatrick.com/

Check out this episode!

When Should Photographers Work for Free

When should photographers work for free? If you’ve followed me for anything length of time, you’ve seen the numerous videos and posts I’ve done about cheap clients trying to take advantage of photographers. You would, no doubt, asssume I would be diligent about saying that no photographer or creative should ever work for free.

But that is not what I feel at all. In this episode of the Beyond the Image podcast, I chat about the times when photographers and creatives should consider taking out the camera without being paid.

What do you think? Connect with me on my website https://jamespatrick.com/ or Instagram https://www.instagram.com/jpatrickphoto

 

Check out this episode!